Sync all skills and memories 2026-04-14 07:27
This commit is contained in:
251
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/README.md
Normal file
251
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/README.md
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
|
||||
# LaTeX Templates for ML/AI Conferences
|
||||
|
||||
This directory contains official LaTeX templates for major machine learning and AI conferences.
|
||||
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
## Compiling LaTeX to PDF
|
||||
|
||||
### Option 1: VS Code with LaTeX Workshop (Recommended)
|
||||
|
||||
**Setup:**
|
||||
1. Install [TeX Live](https://www.tug.org/texlive/) (full distribution recommended)
|
||||
- macOS: `brew install --cask mactex`
|
||||
- Ubuntu: `sudo apt install texlive-full`
|
||||
- Windows: Download from [tug.org/texlive](https://www.tug.org/texlive/)
|
||||
|
||||
2. Install VS Code extension: **LaTeX Workshop** by James Yu
|
||||
- Open VS Code → Extensions (Cmd/Ctrl+Shift+X) → Search "LaTeX Workshop" → Install
|
||||
|
||||
**Usage:**
|
||||
- Open any `.tex` file in VS Code
|
||||
- Save the file (Cmd/Ctrl+S) → Auto-compiles to PDF
|
||||
- Click the green play button or use `Cmd/Ctrl+Alt+B` to build
|
||||
- View PDF: Click "View LaTeX PDF" icon or `Cmd/Ctrl+Alt+V`
|
||||
- Side-by-side view: `Cmd/Ctrl+Alt+V` then drag tab
|
||||
|
||||
**Settings** (add to VS Code `settings.json`):
|
||||
```json
|
||||
{
|
||||
"latex-workshop.latex.autoBuild.run": "onSave",
|
||||
"latex-workshop.view.pdf.viewer": "tab",
|
||||
"latex-workshop.latex.recipes": [
|
||||
{
|
||||
"name": "pdflatex → bibtex → pdflatex × 2",
|
||||
"tools": ["pdflatex", "bibtex", "pdflatex", "pdflatex"]
|
||||
}
|
||||
]
|
||||
}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Option 2: Command Line
|
||||
|
||||
```bash
|
||||
# Basic compilation
|
||||
pdflatex main.tex
|
||||
|
||||
# With bibliography (full workflow)
|
||||
pdflatex main.tex
|
||||
bibtex main
|
||||
pdflatex main.tex
|
||||
pdflatex main.tex
|
||||
|
||||
# Using latexmk (handles dependencies automatically)
|
||||
latexmk -pdf main.tex
|
||||
|
||||
# Continuous compilation (watches for changes)
|
||||
latexmk -pdf -pvc main.tex
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Option 3: Overleaf (Online)
|
||||
|
||||
1. Go to [overleaf.com](https://www.overleaf.com)
|
||||
2. New Project → Upload Project → Upload the template folder as ZIP
|
||||
3. Edit online with real-time PDF preview
|
||||
4. No local installation needed
|
||||
|
||||
### Option 4: Other IDEs
|
||||
|
||||
| IDE | Extension/Plugin | Notes |
|
||||
|-----|------------------|-------|
|
||||
| **Cursor** | LaTeX Workshop | Same as VS Code |
|
||||
| **Sublime Text** | LaTeXTools | Popular, well-maintained |
|
||||
| **Vim/Neovim** | VimTeX | Powerful, keyboard-driven |
|
||||
| **Emacs** | AUCTeX | Comprehensive LaTeX environment |
|
||||
| **TeXstudio** | Built-in | Dedicated LaTeX IDE |
|
||||
| **Texmaker** | Built-in | Cross-platform LaTeX editor |
|
||||
|
||||
### Troubleshooting Compilation
|
||||
|
||||
**"File not found" errors:**
|
||||
```bash
|
||||
# Ensure you're in the template directory
|
||||
cd templates/icml2026
|
||||
pdflatex example_paper.tex
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
**Bibliography not appearing:**
|
||||
```bash
|
||||
# Run bibtex after first pdflatex
|
||||
pdflatex main.tex
|
||||
bibtex main # Uses main.aux to find citations
|
||||
pdflatex main.tex # Incorporates bibliography
|
||||
pdflatex main.tex # Resolves references
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
**Missing packages:**
|
||||
```bash
|
||||
# TeX Live package manager
|
||||
tlmgr install <package-name>
|
||||
|
||||
# Or install full distribution to avoid this
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
## Available Templates
|
||||
|
||||
| Conference | Directory | Year | Source |
|
||||
|------------|-----------|------|--------|
|
||||
| ICML | `icml2026/` | 2026 | [Official ICML](https://icml.cc/Conferences/2026/AuthorInstructions) |
|
||||
| ICLR | `iclr2026/` | 2026 | [Official GitHub](https://github.com/ICLR/Master-Template) |
|
||||
| NeurIPS | `neurips2025/` | 2025 | Community template |
|
||||
| ACL | `acl/` | 2025+ | [Official ACL](https://github.com/acl-org/acl-style-files) |
|
||||
| AAAI | `aaai2026/` | 2026 | [AAAI Author Kit](https://aaai.org/authorkit26/) |
|
||||
| COLM | `colm2025/` | 2025 | [Official COLM](https://github.com/COLM-org/Template) |
|
||||
|
||||
## Usage
|
||||
|
||||
### ICML 2026
|
||||
|
||||
```latex
|
||||
\documentclass{article}
|
||||
\usepackage{icml2026} % For submission
|
||||
% \usepackage[accepted]{icml2026} % For camera-ready
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{document}
|
||||
% Your paper content
|
||||
\end{document}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Key files:
|
||||
- `icml2026.sty` - Style file
|
||||
- `icml2026.bst` - Bibliography style
|
||||
- `example_paper.tex` - Example document
|
||||
|
||||
### ICLR 2026
|
||||
|
||||
```latex
|
||||
\documentclass{article}
|
||||
\usepackage[submission]{iclr2026_conference} % For submission
|
||||
% \usepackage[final]{iclr2026_conference} % For camera-ready
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{document}
|
||||
% Your paper content
|
||||
\end{document}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Key files:
|
||||
- `iclr2026_conference.sty` - Style file
|
||||
- `iclr2026_conference.bst` - Bibliography style
|
||||
- `iclr2026_conference.tex` - Example document
|
||||
|
||||
### ACL Venues (ACL, EMNLP, NAACL)
|
||||
|
||||
```latex
|
||||
\documentclass[11pt]{article}
|
||||
\usepackage[review]{acl} % For review
|
||||
% \usepackage{acl} % For camera-ready
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{document}
|
||||
% Your paper content
|
||||
\end{document}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Key files:
|
||||
- `acl.sty` - Style file
|
||||
- `acl_natbib.bst` - Bibliography style
|
||||
- `acl_latex.tex` - Example document
|
||||
|
||||
### AAAI 2026
|
||||
|
||||
```latex
|
||||
\documentclass[letterpaper]{article}
|
||||
\usepackage[submission]{aaai2026} % For submission
|
||||
% \usepackage{aaai2026} % For camera-ready
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{document}
|
||||
% Your paper content
|
||||
\end{document}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Key files:
|
||||
- `aaai2026.sty` - Style file
|
||||
- `aaai2026.bst` - Bibliography style
|
||||
|
||||
### COLM 2025
|
||||
|
||||
```latex
|
||||
\documentclass{article}
|
||||
\usepackage[submission]{colm2025_conference} % For submission
|
||||
% \usepackage[final]{colm2025_conference} % For camera-ready
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{document}
|
||||
% Your paper content
|
||||
\end{document}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Key files:
|
||||
- `colm2025_conference.sty` - Style file
|
||||
- `colm2025_conference.bst` - Bibliography style
|
||||
|
||||
## Page Limits Summary
|
||||
|
||||
| Conference | Submission | Camera-Ready | Notes |
|
||||
|------------|-----------|--------------|-------|
|
||||
| ICML 2026 | 8 pages | 9 pages | +unlimited refs/appendix |
|
||||
| ICLR 2026 | 9 pages | 10 pages | +unlimited refs/appendix |
|
||||
| NeurIPS 2025 | 9 pages | 9 pages | +checklist outside limit |
|
||||
| ACL 2025 | 8 pages (long) | varies | +unlimited refs/appendix |
|
||||
| AAAI 2026 | 7 pages | 8 pages | +unlimited refs/appendix |
|
||||
| COLM 2025 | 9 pages | 10 pages | +unlimited refs/appendix |
|
||||
|
||||
## Common Issues
|
||||
|
||||
### Compilation Errors
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Missing packages**: Install full TeX distribution (TeX Live Full or MikTeX)
|
||||
2. **Bibliography errors**: Use the provided `.bst` file with `\bibliographystyle{}`
|
||||
3. **Font warnings**: Install `cm-super` or use `\usepackage{lmodern}`
|
||||
|
||||
### Anonymization
|
||||
|
||||
For submission, ensure:
|
||||
- No author names in `\author{}`
|
||||
- No acknowledgments section
|
||||
- No grant numbers
|
||||
- Use anonymous repositories
|
||||
- Cite own work in third person
|
||||
|
||||
### Common LaTeX Packages
|
||||
|
||||
```latex
|
||||
% Recommended packages (check compatibility with venue style)
|
||||
\usepackage{amsmath,amsthm,amssymb} % Math
|
||||
\usepackage{graphicx} % Figures
|
||||
\usepackage{booktabs} % Tables
|
||||
\usepackage{hyperref} % Links
|
||||
\usepackage{algorithm,algorithmic} % Algorithms
|
||||
\usepackage{natbib} % Citations
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
## Updating Templates
|
||||
|
||||
Templates are updated annually. Check official sources before each submission:
|
||||
|
||||
- ICML: https://icml.cc/
|
||||
- ICLR: https://iclr.cc/
|
||||
- NeurIPS: https://neurips.cc/
|
||||
- ACL: https://github.com/acl-org/acl-style-files
|
||||
- AAAI: https://aaai.org/
|
||||
- COLM: https://colmweb.org/
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,534 @@
|
||||
# AAAI 2026 统一LaTeX模板使用说明 / AAAI 2026 Unified LaTeX Template Guide
|
||||
|
||||
> **📝 重要说明 / Important Notice**: 本仓库借助Cursor在AAAI 2026官方模板基础上改进得到。如果遇到不满足或有冲突的情况，请积极提issues。
|
||||
>
|
||||
> **📝 Important Notice**: This repository is improved based on the official AAAI 2026 template with the assistance of Cursor. If you encounter any issues or conflicts, please actively submit issues.
|
||||
|
||||
[中文](#中文版本) | [English](#english-version)
|
||||
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
## 🌐 在线查看 / Online Access
|
||||
|
||||
**📖 在线阅读和测试模板**: [https://cn.overleaf.com/read/wyhcnvcrtpyt#cd4a07](https://cn.overleaf.com/read/wyhcnvcrtpyt#cd4a07)
|
||||
|
||||
**📖 Online View and Test Template**: [https://cn.overleaf.com/read/wyhcnvcrtpyt#cd4a07](https://cn.overleaf.com/read/wyhcnvcrtpyt#cd4a07)
|
||||
|
||||
💡 **提示 / Tips**:
|
||||
- 中文：您可以通过上述链接在Overleaf中直接查看、编辑和编译模板，无需本地安装LaTeX环境
|
||||
- English: You can view, edit, and compile the template directly in Overleaf using the link above, without needing a local LaTeX installation
|
||||
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
## 中文版本
|
||||
|
||||
### 概述 ✅
|
||||
|
||||
我已经将AAAI 2026的两个版本（匿名投稿版本和camera-ready版本）**完整合并**成一个统一的模板文件 `aaai2026-unified-template.tex`。
|
||||
|
||||
该模板包含了原始两个模板的**所有完整内容**（共886行，比原始文件更全面），包括：
|
||||
- 所有格式化说明和要求
|
||||
- 完整的示例代码和表格
|
||||
- 图片处理指南
|
||||
- 参考文献格式要求
|
||||
- 所有章节和附录内容
|
||||
- 版本特定的Acknowledgments部分
|
||||
|
||||
### 主要差异分析
|
||||
|
||||
通过比较原始的两个模板，我发现主要差异在于：
|
||||
|
||||
#### 1. 包的加载方式
|
||||
- **匿名版本**: `\usepackage[submission]{aaai2026}`
|
||||
- **Camera-ready版本**: `\usepackage{aaai2026}`
|
||||
|
||||
#### 2. 标题差异
|
||||
- **匿名版本**: "AAAI Press Anonymous Submission Instructions for Authors Using LaTeX"
|
||||
- **Camera-ready版本**: "AAAI Press Formatting Instructions for Authors Using LaTeX --- A Guide"
|
||||
|
||||
#### 3. Links环境的处理
|
||||
- **匿名版本**: Links环境被注释掉，防止泄露作者身份
|
||||
- **Camera-ready版本**: Links环境正常显示
|
||||
|
||||
#### 4. 内容部分差异
|
||||
- **匿名版本**: 包含"Preparing an Anonymous Submission"部分的特殊说明
|
||||
- **Camera-ready版本**: 包含完整的格式说明和版权信息
|
||||
|
||||
### 依赖文件检查结果
|
||||
|
||||
✅ **已验证并复制到主目录的文件**：
|
||||
|
||||
- `aaai2026.sty` - AAAI 2026 样式文件（两个版本完全相同）
|
||||
- `aaai2026.bst` - 参考文献样式文件（两个版本完全相同）
|
||||
- `aaai2026.bib` - 示例参考文献文件
|
||||
- `figure1.pdf` 和 `figure2.pdf` - 示例图片文件
|
||||
|
||||
所有这些文件在两个版本中都是相同的，因此统一模板可以正常工作。
|
||||
|
||||
### 如何使用统一模板
|
||||
|
||||
#### 切换到匿名投稿版本
|
||||
在模板文件第11行，**取消注释**这一行：
|
||||
```latex
|
||||
\def\aaaianonymous{true}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
#### 切换到Camera-ready版本
|
||||
在模板文件第11行，**注释掉**或**删除**这一行：
|
||||
```latex
|
||||
% \def\aaaianonymous{true}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### 一键切换的核心机制
|
||||
|
||||
统一模板使用了LaTeX的条件编译功能：
|
||||
|
||||
```latex
|
||||
% 条件包加载
|
||||
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
|
||||
\usepackage[submission]{aaai2026} % 匿名版本
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\usepackage{aaai2026} % Camera-ready版本
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
|
||||
% 条件标题设置
|
||||
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
|
||||
\title{AAAI Press Anonymous Submission\\Instructions for Authors Using \LaTeX{}}
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\title{AAAI Press Formatting Instructions \\for Authors Using \LaTeX{} --- A Guide}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
|
||||
% 条件内容显示
|
||||
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
|
||||
% 匿名版本特有内容
|
||||
\else
|
||||
% Camera-ready版本特有内容
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### 文件清单
|
||||
|
||||
主目录现在包含以下文件：
|
||||
|
||||
- `aaai2026-unified-template.tex` - 统一主论文模板文件
|
||||
- `aaai2026-unified-supp.tex` - 统一补充材料模板文件
|
||||
- `aaai2026.sty` - AAAI 2026 LaTeX 样式文件
|
||||
- `aaai2026.bst` - 参考文献样式文件
|
||||
- `aaai2026.bib` - 示例参考文献文件
|
||||
- `figure1.pdf` - 示例图片1
|
||||
- `figure2.pdf` - 示例图片2
|
||||
- `README.md` - 本说明文档
|
||||
|
||||
### 补充材料模板 (Supplementary Material Template)
|
||||
|
||||
#### 概述
|
||||
`aaai2026-unified-supp.tex` 是专门为AAAI 2026补充材料设计的统一模板，与主论文模板使用相同的版本切换机制。
|
||||
|
||||
#### 主要功能
|
||||
- **版本切换**: 通过修改一行代码在匿名投稿和camera-ready版本间切换
|
||||
- **补充内容支持**: 支持额外的实验、推导、数据、图表、算法等
|
||||
- **格式一致性**: 与主论文模板保持完全一致的格式要求
|
||||
- **代码示例**: 包含算法、代码列表等补充材料的示例
|
||||
|
||||
#### 使用方法
|
||||
与主论文模板相同，只需修改第11行：
|
||||
```latex
|
||||
% 匿名投稿版本
|
||||
\def\aaaianonymous{true}
|
||||
|
||||
% Camera-ready版本
|
||||
% \def\aaaianonymous{true}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
#### 补充材料内容建议
|
||||
- 额外的实验结果和消融研究
|
||||
- 详细的数学推导和证明
|
||||
- 更多的图表和可视化
|
||||
- 算法伪代码和实现细节
|
||||
- 数据集描述和预处理步骤
|
||||
- 超参数设置和实验配置
|
||||
- 失败案例分析
|
||||
- 计算复杂度分析
|
||||
|
||||
### 使用检查清单 (Usage Checklist)
|
||||
|
||||
#### 📋 投稿前检查清单 (Pre-Submission Checklist)
|
||||
|
||||
**版本设置**:
|
||||
- [ ] 已设置 `\def\aaaianonymous{true}` (匿名投稿)
|
||||
- [ ] 已注释掉所有可能暴露身份的信息
|
||||
- [ ] 已匿名化参考文献（移除作者姓名）
|
||||
|
||||
**内容完整性**:
|
||||
- [ ] 标题、摘要、关键词已填写
|
||||
- [ ] 所有章节内容完整
|
||||
- [ ] 图表编号连续且正确
|
||||
- [ ] 参考文献格式正确
|
||||
- [ ] 补充材料（如有）已准备
|
||||
|
||||
**格式检查**:
|
||||
- [ ] 页面边距符合要求
|
||||
- [ ] 字体和字号正确
|
||||
- [ ] 行间距符合标准
|
||||
- [ ] 图表位置和大小合适
|
||||
- [ ] 数学公式格式正确
|
||||
|
||||
**技术检查**:
|
||||
- [ ] LaTeX编译无错误
|
||||
- [ ] 参考文献正确生成
|
||||
- [ ] PDF输出正常
|
||||
- [ ] 文件大小在限制范围内
|
||||
|
||||
#### 📋 录用后检查清单 (Post-Acceptance Checklist)
|
||||
|
||||
**版本切换**:
|
||||
- [ ] 已注释掉 `\def\aaaianonymous{true}` (camera-ready)
|
||||
- [ ] 已添加完整的作者信息
|
||||
- [ ] 已添加所有作者单位信息
|
||||
- [ ] 已恢复所有被注释的内容
|
||||
|
||||
**内容更新**:
|
||||
- [ ] 已根据审稿意见修改内容
|
||||
- [ ] 已更新所有图表和实验
|
||||
- [ ] 已完善补充材料
|
||||
- [ ] 已检查所有链接和引用
|
||||
|
||||
**最终检查**:
|
||||
- [ ] 最终PDF质量检查
|
||||
- [ ] 所有文件已备份
|
||||
- [ ] 符合会议最终提交要求
|
||||
- [ ] 补充材料已单独提交（如需要）
|
||||
|
||||
#### 📋 补充材料检查清单 (Supplementary Material Checklist)
|
||||
|
||||
**内容组织**:
|
||||
- [ ] 补充材料与主论文内容对应
|
||||
- [ ] 章节结构清晰合理
|
||||
- [ ] 图表编号与主论文不冲突
|
||||
- [ ] 参考文献格式一致
|
||||
|
||||
**技术细节**:
|
||||
- [ ] 算法伪代码清晰完整
|
||||
- [ ] 实验设置详细说明
|
||||
- [ ] 数据预处理步骤明确
|
||||
- [ ] 超参数配置完整
|
||||
|
||||
**格式要求**:
|
||||
- [ ] 使用统一的supp模板
|
||||
- [ ] 页面设置与主论文一致
|
||||
- [ ] 字体和格式符合要求
|
||||
- [ ] 文件大小在限制范围内
|
||||
|
||||
### 实际使用建议
|
||||
|
||||
1. **投稿阶段**:
|
||||
- 取消注释 `\def\aaaianonymous{true}`
|
||||
- 确保不包含任何可能暴露身份的信息
|
||||
- 检查参考文献是否已匿名化
|
||||
|
||||
2. **录用后准备final版本**:
|
||||
- 注释掉或删除 `\def\aaaianonymous{true}` 这一行
|
||||
- 添加完整的作者信息和affiliations
|
||||
- 取消注释links环境（如果需要）
|
||||
|
||||
3. **编译测试**:
|
||||
- 分别在两种模式下编译，确保都能正常工作
|
||||
- 检查输出的PDF是否符合要求
|
||||
- 验证参考文献格式是否正确
|
||||
|
||||
4. **依赖文件确认**:
|
||||
- 确保所有依赖文件都在同一目录下
|
||||
- 如果移动模板文件，记得同时移动依赖文件
|
||||
|
||||
### 重要注意事项
|
||||
|
||||
⚠️ **关于Bibliography Style**:
|
||||
- `aaai2026.sty`文件已经自动设置了`\bibliographystyle{aaai2026}`
|
||||
- **不要**在文档中再次添加`\bibliographystyle{aaai2026}`命令
|
||||
- 否则会出现"`Illegal, another \bibstyle command`"错误
|
||||
- 只需要使用`\bibliography{aaai2026}`命令即可
|
||||
|
||||
### 编译命令示例
|
||||
|
||||
```bash
|
||||
# 编译LaTeX文档
|
||||
pdflatex aaai2026-unified-template.tex
|
||||
bibtex aaai2026-unified-template
|
||||
pdflatex aaai2026-unified-template.tex
|
||||
pdflatex aaai2026-unified-template.tex
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### 常见问题解决
|
||||
|
||||
#### 1. "Illegal, another \bibstyle command"错误
|
||||
**原因**: 重复设置了bibliography style
|
||||
**解决方案**: 删除文档中的`\bibliographystyle{aaai2026}`命令，`aaai2026.sty`会自动处理
|
||||
|
||||
#### 2. 参考文献格式不正确
|
||||
**原因**: 可能缺少natbib包或者BibTeX文件问题
|
||||
**解决方案**: 确保按照标准的LaTeX编译流程：pdflatex → bibtex → pdflatex → pdflatex
|
||||
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
## English Version
|
||||
|
||||
### Overview ✅
|
||||
|
||||
I have **completely merged** the two AAAI 2026 versions (anonymous submission and camera-ready) into a single unified template file `aaai2026-unified-template.tex`.
|
||||
|
||||
This template contains **all complete content** from both original templates (886 lines total, more comprehensive than the original files), including:
|
||||
- All formatting instructions and requirements
|
||||
- Complete example codes and tables
|
||||
- Image processing guidelines
|
||||
- Reference formatting requirements
|
||||
- All sections and appendix content
|
||||
- Version-specific Acknowledgments sections
|
||||
|
||||
### Key Differences Analysis
|
||||
|
||||
By comparing the two original templates, the main differences are:
|
||||
|
||||
#### 1. Package Loading Method
|
||||
- **Anonymous version**: `\usepackage[submission]{aaai2026}`
|
||||
- **Camera-ready version**: `\usepackage{aaai2026}`
|
||||
|
||||
#### 2. Title Differences
|
||||
- **Anonymous version**: "AAAI Press Anonymous Submission Instructions for Authors Using LaTeX"
|
||||
- **Camera-ready version**: "AAAI Press Formatting Instructions for Authors Using LaTeX --- A Guide"
|
||||
|
||||
#### 3. Links Environment Handling
|
||||
- **Anonymous version**: Links environment commented out to prevent identity disclosure
|
||||
- **Camera-ready version**: Links environment displayed normally
|
||||
|
||||
#### 4. Content Section Differences
|
||||
- **Anonymous version**: Contains special instructions in "Preparing an Anonymous Submission" section
|
||||
- **Camera-ready version**: Contains complete formatting instructions and copyright information
|
||||
|
||||
### Dependency Files Verification
|
||||
|
||||
✅ **Files verified and copied to main directory**:
|
||||
|
||||
- `aaai2026.sty` - AAAI 2026 style file (identical in both versions)
|
||||
- `aaai2026.bst` - Bibliography style file (identical in both versions)
|
||||
- `aaai2026.bib` - Sample bibliography file
|
||||
- `figure1.pdf` and `figure2.pdf` - Sample image files
|
||||
|
||||
All these files are identical in both versions, so the unified template works properly.
|
||||
|
||||
### How to Use the Unified Template
|
||||
|
||||
#### Switch to Anonymous Submission Version
|
||||
On line 11 of the template file, **uncomment** this line:
|
||||
```latex
|
||||
\def\aaaianonymous{true}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
#### Switch to Camera-ready Version
|
||||
On line 11 of the template file, **comment out** or **delete** this line:
|
||||
```latex
|
||||
% \def\aaaianonymous{true}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Core Mechanism of One-Click Switching
|
||||
|
||||
The unified template uses LaTeX conditional compilation:
|
||||
|
||||
```latex
|
||||
% Conditional package loading
|
||||
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
|
||||
\usepackage[submission]{aaai2026} % Anonymous version
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\usepackage{aaai2026} % Camera-ready version
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
|
||||
% Conditional title setting
|
||||
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
|
||||
\title{AAAI Press Anonymous Submission\\Instructions for Authors Using \LaTeX{}}
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\title{AAAI Press Formatting Instructions \\for Authors Using \LaTeX{} --- A Guide}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
|
||||
% Conditional content display
|
||||
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
|
||||
% Anonymous version specific content
|
||||
\else
|
||||
% Camera-ready version specific content
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### File List
|
||||
|
||||
The main directory now contains the following files:
|
||||
|
||||
- `aaai2026-unified-template.tex` - Unified main paper template file
|
||||
- `aaai2026-unified-supp.tex` - Unified supplementary material template file
|
||||
- `aaai2026.sty` - AAAI 2026 LaTeX style file
|
||||
- `aaai2026.bst` - Bibliography style file
|
||||
- `aaai2026.bib` - Sample bibliography file
|
||||
- `figure1.pdf` - Sample image 1
|
||||
- `figure2.pdf` - Sample image 2
|
||||
- `README.md` - This documentation
|
||||
|
||||
### Supplementary Material Template
|
||||
|
||||
#### Overview
|
||||
`aaai2026-unified-supp.tex` is a unified template specifically designed for AAAI 2026 supplementary materials, using the same version switching mechanism as the main paper template.
|
||||
|
||||
#### Key Features
|
||||
- **Version Switching**: Switch between anonymous submission and camera-ready versions by modifying one line of code
|
||||
- **Supplementary Content Support**: Supports additional experiments, derivations, data, figures, algorithms, etc.
|
||||
- **Format Consistency**: Maintains complete format consistency with the main paper template
|
||||
- **Code Examples**: Includes examples for algorithms, code listings, and other supplementary materials
|
||||
|
||||
#### Usage
|
||||
Same as the main paper template, just modify line 11:
|
||||
```latex
|
||||
% Anonymous submission version
|
||||
\def\aaaianonymous{true}
|
||||
|
||||
% Camera-ready version
|
||||
% \def\aaaianonymous{true}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
#### Supplementary Material Content Suggestions
|
||||
- Additional experimental results and ablation studies
|
||||
- Detailed mathematical derivations and proofs
|
||||
- More figures and visualizations
|
||||
- Algorithm pseudocode and implementation details
|
||||
- Dataset descriptions and preprocessing steps
|
||||
- Hyperparameter settings and experimental configurations
|
||||
- Failure case analysis
|
||||
- Computational complexity analysis
|
||||
|
||||
### Usage Checklist
|
||||
|
||||
#### 📋 Pre-Submission Checklist
|
||||
|
||||
**Version Setup**:
|
||||
- [ ] Set `\def\aaaianonymous{true}` (anonymous submission)
|
||||
- [ ] Commented out all information that could reveal identity
|
||||
- [ ] Anonymized references (removed author names)
|
||||
|
||||
**Content Completeness**:
|
||||
- [ ] Title, abstract, and keywords filled
|
||||
- [ ] All sections complete
|
||||
- [ ] Figure and table numbers consecutive and correct
|
||||
- [ ] Reference format correct
|
||||
- [ ] Supplementary materials prepared (if any)
|
||||
|
||||
**Format Check**:
|
||||
- [ ] Page margins meet requirements
|
||||
- [ ] Font and font size correct
|
||||
- [ ] Line spacing meets standards
|
||||
- [ ] Figure and table positions and sizes appropriate
|
||||
- [ ] Mathematical formula format correct
|
||||
|
||||
**Technical Check**:
|
||||
- [ ] LaTeX compilation error-free
|
||||
- [ ] References generated correctly
|
||||
- [ ] PDF output normal
|
||||
- [ ] File size within limits
|
||||
|
||||
#### 📋 Post-Acceptance Checklist
|
||||
|
||||
**Version Switch**:
|
||||
- [ ] Commented out `\def\aaaianonymous{true}` (camera-ready)
|
||||
- [ ] Added complete author information
|
||||
- [ ] Added all author affiliation information
|
||||
- [ ] Restored all commented content
|
||||
|
||||
**Content Updates**:
|
||||
- [ ] Modified content according to reviewer comments
|
||||
- [ ] Updated all figures and experiments
|
||||
- [ ] Completed supplementary materials
|
||||
- [ ] Checked all links and citations
|
||||
|
||||
**Final Check**:
|
||||
- [ ] Final PDF quality check
|
||||
- [ ] All files backed up
|
||||
- [ ] Meets conference final submission requirements
|
||||
- [ ] Supplementary materials submitted separately (if needed)
|
||||
|
||||
#### 📋 Supplementary Material Checklist
|
||||
|
||||
**Content Organization**:
|
||||
- [ ] Supplementary materials correspond to main paper content
|
||||
- [ ] Chapter structure clear and reasonable
|
||||
- [ ] Figure and table numbers don't conflict with main paper
|
||||
- [ ] Reference format consistent
|
||||
|
||||
**Technical Details**:
|
||||
- [ ] Algorithm pseudocode clear and complete
|
||||
- [ ] Experimental setup explained in detail
|
||||
- [ ] Data preprocessing steps clear
|
||||
- [ ] Hyperparameter configuration complete
|
||||
|
||||
**Format Requirements**:
|
||||
- [ ] Using unified supp template
|
||||
- [ ] Page settings consistent with main paper
|
||||
- [ ] Font and format meet requirements
|
||||
- [ ] File size within limits
|
||||
|
||||
### Practical Usage Recommendations
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Submission Stage**:
|
||||
- Uncomment `\def\aaaianonymous{true}`
|
||||
- Ensure no information that could reveal identity is included
|
||||
- Check that references are anonymized
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Preparing final version after acceptance**:
|
||||
- Comment out or delete the `\def\aaaianonymous{true}` line
|
||||
- Add complete author information and affiliations
|
||||
- Uncomment links environment (if needed)
|
||||
|
||||
3. **Compilation Testing**:
|
||||
- Compile in both modes to ensure proper functionality
|
||||
- Check if the output PDF meets requirements
|
||||
- Verify reference formatting is correct
|
||||
|
||||
4. **Dependency File Confirmation**:
|
||||
- Ensure all dependency files are in the same directory
|
||||
- Remember to move dependency files when moving the template file
|
||||
|
||||
### Important Notes
|
||||
|
||||
⚠️ **About Bibliography Style**:
|
||||
- The `aaai2026.sty` file automatically sets `\bibliographystyle{aaai2026}`
|
||||
- **Do NOT** add `\bibliographystyle{aaai2026}` command again in your document
|
||||
- Otherwise you'll get "`Illegal, another \bibstyle command`" error
|
||||
- Just use the `\bibliography{aaai2026}` command
|
||||
|
||||
### Compilation Commands Example
|
||||
|
||||
```bash
|
||||
# Compile LaTeX document
|
||||
pdflatex aaai2026-unified-template.tex
|
||||
bibtex aaai2026-unified-template
|
||||
pdflatex aaai2026-unified-template.tex
|
||||
pdflatex aaai2026-unified-template.tex
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Common Issues and Solutions
|
||||
|
||||
#### 1. "Illegal, another \bibstyle command" Error
|
||||
**Cause**: Duplicate bibliography style setting
|
||||
**Solution**: Remove the `\bibliographystyle{aaai2026}` command from your document, `aaai2026.sty` handles it automatically
|
||||
|
||||
#### 2. Incorrect Reference Format
|
||||
**Cause**: Missing natbib package or BibTeX file issues
|
||||
**Solution**: Follow the standard LaTeX compilation process: pdflatex → bibtex → pdflatex → pdflatex
|
||||
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
## 版本信息 / Version Information
|
||||
|
||||
- **模板版本 / Template Version**: AAAI 2026 Unified (Main + Supplementary)
|
||||
- **创建日期 / Created**: 2024年12月
|
||||
- **支持格式 / Supported Formats**: Anonymous Submission & Camera-Ready
|
||||
- **模板类型 / Template Types**: Main Paper Template & Supplementary Material Template
|
||||
- **兼容性 / Compatibility**: LaTeX 2020+ / TeXLive 2024+
|
||||
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
🎉 **现在您只需要修改一行代码就可以在两个版本之间切换，同时所有必要的依赖文件都已经准备就绪！**
|
||||
🎉 **Now you only need to modify one line of code to switch between the two versions, with all necessary dependency files ready to use!**
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
|
||||
%File: aaai2026-unified-supp.tex
|
||||
%
|
||||
% UNIFIED AAAI 2026 SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL TEMPLATE
|
||||
% To switch between anonymous submission and camera-ready versions,
|
||||
% simply change the next line:
|
||||
%
|
||||
% For ANONYMOUS SUBMISSION: uncomment the next line
|
||||
% \def\aaaianonymous{true}
|
||||
%
|
||||
% For CAMERA-READY VERSION: comment out or delete the next line
|
||||
% \def\aaaianonymous{true}
|
||||
%
|
||||
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||
|
||||
\documentclass[letterpaper]{article} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
|
||||
% Conditional package loading based on version
|
||||
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
|
||||
\usepackage[submission]{aaai2026} % Anonymous submission version
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\usepackage{aaai2026} % Camera-ready version
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage{times} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\usepackage{helvet} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\usepackage{courier} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\usepackage[hyphens]{url} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\usepackage{graphicx} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\urlstyle{rm} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\def\UrlFont{\rm} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\usepackage{natbib} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS AND DO NOT ADD ANY OPTIONS TO IT
|
||||
\usepackage{caption} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS AND DO NOT ADD ANY OPTIONS TO IT
|
||||
\frenchspacing % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\setlength{\pdfpagewidth}{8.5in} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\setlength{\pdfpageheight}{11in} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
|
||||
% These are recommended to typeset algorithms but not required.
|
||||
\usepackage{algorithm}
|
||||
\usepackage{algorithmic}
|
||||
|
||||
% These are recommended to typeset listings but not required.
|
||||
\usepackage{newfloat}
|
||||
\usepackage{listings}
|
||||
\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}{labelfont=normalfont,labelsep=colon,strut=off} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\lstset{%
|
||||
basicstyle={\footnotesize\ttfamily},
|
||||
numbers=left,numberstyle=\footnotesize,xleftmargin=2em,
|
||||
aboveskip=0pt,belowskip=0pt,
|
||||
showstringspaces=false,tabsize=2,breaklines=true}
|
||||
\floatstyle{ruled}
|
||||
\newfloat{listing}{tb}{lst}{}
|
||||
\floatname{listing}{Listing}
|
||||
|
||||
\pdfinfo{
|
||||
/TemplateVersion (2026.1)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\setcounter{secnumdepth}{0} %May be changed to 1 or 2 if section numbers are desired.
|
||||
|
||||
% Title - conditionally set based on version
|
||||
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
|
||||
\title{AAAI 2026 Supplementary Material\\Anonymous Submission}
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\title{AAAI 2026 Supplementary Material\\Camera Ready}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
|
||||
% Author and affiliation information
|
||||
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
|
||||
\author{
|
||||
Anonymous Submission
|
||||
}
|
||||
\affiliations{
|
||||
% Leave affiliations empty for anonymous submission
|
||||
}
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\author{
|
||||
%Authors
|
||||
Written by AAAI Press Staff\textsuperscript{\rm 1}\thanks{With help from the AAAI Publications Committee.}\\
|
||||
AAAI Style Contributions by Pater Patel Schneider,
|
||||
Sunil Issar,\\
|
||||
J. Scott Penberthy,
|
||||
George Ferguson,
|
||||
Hans Guesgen,
|
||||
Francisco Cruz\equalcontrib,
|
||||
Marc Pujol-Gonzalez\equalcontrib
|
||||
}
|
||||
\affiliations{
|
||||
\textsuperscript{\rm 1}Association for the Advancement of Artificial Intelligence\\
|
||||
1101 Pennsylvania Ave, NW Suite 300\\
|
||||
Washington, DC 20004 USA\\
|
||||
proceedings-questions@aaai.org
|
||||
}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{document}
|
||||
|
||||
\maketitle
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{abstract}
|
||||
This document provides supplementary material for the main paper, including additional experiments, derivations, data, figures, algorithms, and other relevant content. Please add detailed information as needed. This supplementary material is submitted together with the main paper to further support and complement the main findings.
|
||||
\end{abstract}
|
||||
|
||||
% ----------- Supplementary Content Starts Here -----------
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Example Supplementary Content}
|
||||
|
||||
This is the main body of the supplementary material. You may add extra experimental results, ablation studies, detailed derivations, additional figures, pseudocode, dataset descriptions, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Additional Experiments}
|
||||
|
||||
% Example: Insert a figure
|
||||
% Uncomment and modify the following lines to add your own figures:
|
||||
% \begin{figure}[h]
|
||||
% \centering
|
||||
% \includegraphics[width=0.9\columnwidth]{your-figure-name}
|
||||
% \caption{Your figure caption here.}
|
||||
% \label{fig:supp1}
|
||||
% \end{figure}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Detailed Derivations}
|
||||
|
||||
You may provide detailed mathematical derivations, proofs, or other technical details here.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Pseudocode}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{algorithm}[h]
|
||||
\caption{Example Supplementary Algorithm}
|
||||
\begin{algorithmic}[1]
|
||||
\STATE Initialize parameters
|
||||
\FOR{each sample}
|
||||
\STATE Compute loss
|
||||
\STATE Update parameters
|
||||
\ENDFOR
|
||||
\STATE \textbf{return} optimal parameters
|
||||
\end{algorithmic}
|
||||
\end{algorithm}
|
||||
|
||||
% ----------- Supplementary Content Ends Here -----------
|
||||
|
||||
% References and End of Paper
|
||||
% These lines must be placed at the end of your paper
|
||||
\bibliography{aaai2026}
|
||||
|
||||
\end{document}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,952 @@
|
||||
%File: aaai2026-unified-template.tex
|
||||
%
|
||||
% UNIFIED AAAI 2026 TEMPLATE
|
||||
% To switch between anonymous submission and camera-ready versions,
|
||||
% simply change the next line:
|
||||
%
|
||||
% For ANONYMOUS SUBMISSION: uncomment the next line
|
||||
% \def\aaaianonymous{true}
|
||||
%
|
||||
% For CAMERA-READY VERSION: comment out or delete the next line
|
||||
% \def\aaaianonymous{true}
|
||||
%
|
||||
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||
|
||||
\documentclass[letterpaper]{article} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
|
||||
% Conditional package loading based on version
|
||||
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
|
||||
\usepackage[submission]{aaai2026} % Anonymous submission version
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\usepackage{aaai2026} % Camera-ready version
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage{times} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\usepackage{helvet} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\usepackage{courier} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\usepackage[hyphens]{url} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\usepackage{graphicx} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\urlstyle{rm} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\def\UrlFont{\rm} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\usepackage{natbib} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS AND DO NOT ADD ANY OPTIONS TO IT
|
||||
\usepackage{caption} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS AND DO NOT ADD ANY OPTIONS TO IT
|
||||
\frenchspacing % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\setlength{\pdfpagewidth}{8.5in} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\setlength{\pdfpageheight}{11in} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
|
||||
%
|
||||
% These are recommended to typeset algorithms but not required. See the subsubsection on algorithms. Remove them if you don't have algorithms in your paper.
|
||||
\usepackage{algorithm}
|
||||
\usepackage{algorithmic}
|
||||
|
||||
%
|
||||
% These are are recommended to typeset listings but not required. See the subsubsection on listing. Remove this block if you don't have listings in your paper.
|
||||
\usepackage{newfloat}
|
||||
\usepackage{listings}
|
||||
\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}{labelfont=normalfont,labelsep=colon,strut=off} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\lstset{%
|
||||
basicstyle={\footnotesize\ttfamily},% footnotesize acceptable for monospace
|
||||
numbers=left,numberstyle=\footnotesize,xleftmargin=2em,% show line numbers, remove this entire line if you don't want the numbers.
|
||||
aboveskip=0pt,belowskip=0pt,%
|
||||
showstringspaces=false,tabsize=2,breaklines=true}
|
||||
\floatstyle{ruled}
|
||||
\newfloat{listing}{tb}{lst}{}
|
||||
\floatname{listing}{Listing}
|
||||
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Keep the \pdfinfo as shown here. There's no need
|
||||
% for you to add the /Title and /Author tags.
|
||||
\pdfinfo{
|
||||
/TemplateVersion (2026.1)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% DISALLOWED PACKAGES
|
||||
% \usepackage{authblk} -- This package is specifically forbidden
|
||||
% \usepackage{balance} -- This package is specifically forbidden
|
||||
% \usepackage{color (if used in text)
|
||||
% \usepackage{CJK} -- This package is specifically forbidden
|
||||
% \usepackage{float} -- This package is specifically forbidden
|
||||
% \usepackage{flushend} -- This package is specifically forbidden
|
||||
% \usepackage{fontenc} -- This package is specifically forbidden
|
||||
% \usepackage{fullpage} -- This package is specifically forbidden
|
||||
% \usepackage{geometry} -- This package is specifically forbidden
|
||||
% \usepackage{grffile} -- This package is specifically forbidden
|
||||
% \usepackage{hyperref} -- This package is specifically forbidden
|
||||
% \usepackage{navigator} -- This package is specifically forbidden
|
||||
% (or any other package that embeds links such as navigator or hyperref)
|
||||
% \indentfirst} -- This package is specifically forbidden
|
||||
% \layout} -- This package is specifically forbidden
|
||||
% \multicol} -- This package is specifically forbidden
|
||||
% \nameref} -- This package is specifically forbidden
|
||||
% \usepackage{savetrees} -- This package is specifically forbidden
|
||||
% \usepackage{setspace} -- This package is specifically forbidden
|
||||
% \usepackage{stfloats} -- This package is specifically forbidden
|
||||
% \usepackage{tabu} -- This package is specifically forbidden
|
||||
% \usepackage{titlesec} -- This package is specifically forbidden
|
||||
% \usepackage{tocbibind} -- This package is specifically forbidden
|
||||
% \usepackage{ulem} -- This package is specifically forbidden
|
||||
% \usepackage{wrapfig} -- This package is specifically forbidden
|
||||
|
||||
% DISALLOWED COMMANDS
|
||||
% \nocopyright -- Your paper will not be published if you use this command
|
||||
% \addtolength -- This command may not be used
|
||||
% \balance -- This command may not be used
|
||||
% \baselinestretch -- Your paper will not be published if you use this command
|
||||
% \clearpage -- No page breaks of any kind may be used for the final version of your paper
|
||||
% \columnsep -- This command may not be used
|
||||
% \newpage -- No page breaks of any kind may be used for the final version of your paper
|
||||
% \pagebreak -- No page breaks of any kind may be used for the final version of your paperr
|
||||
% \pagestyle -- This command may not be used
|
||||
% \tiny -- This is not an acceptable font size.
|
||||
% \vspace{- -- No negative value may be used in proximity of a caption, figure, table, section, subsection, subsubsection, or reference
|
||||
% \vskip{- -- No negative value may be used to alter spacing above or below a caption, figure, table, section, subsection, subsubsection, or reference
|
||||
|
||||
\setcounter{secnumdepth}{0} %May be changed to 1 or 2 if section numbers are desired.
|
||||
|
||||
% The file aaai2026.sty is the style file for AAAI Press
|
||||
% proceedings, working notes, and technical reports.
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
% Title - conditionally set based on version
|
||||
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
|
||||
\title{AAAI Press Anonymous Submission\\Instructions for Authors Using \LaTeX{}}
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\title{AAAI Press Formatting Instructions \\for Authors Using \LaTeX{} --- A Guide}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
|
||||
% Author and affiliation information
|
||||
\author{
|
||||
%Authors
|
||||
% All authors must be in the same font size and format.
|
||||
Written by AAAI Press Staff\textsuperscript{\rm 1}\thanks{With help from the AAAI Publications Committee.}\\
|
||||
AAAI Style Contributions by Pater Patel Schneider,
|
||||
Sunil Issar,\\
|
||||
J. Scott Penberthy,
|
||||
George Ferguson,
|
||||
Hans Guesgen,
|
||||
Francisco Cruz\equalcontrib,
|
||||
Marc Pujol-Gonzalez\equalcontrib
|
||||
}
|
||||
\affiliations{
|
||||
%Afiliations
|
||||
\textsuperscript{\rm 1}Association for the Advancement of Artificial Intelligence\\
|
||||
% If you have multiple authors and multiple affiliations
|
||||
% use superscripts in text and roman font to identify them.
|
||||
% For example,
|
||||
|
||||
% Sunil Issar\textsuperscript{\rm 2},
|
||||
% J. Scott Penberthy\textsuperscript{\rm 3},
|
||||
% George Ferguson\textsuperscript{\rm 4},
|
||||
% Hans Guesgen\textsuperscript{\rm 5}
|
||||
% Note that the comma should be placed after the superscript
|
||||
|
||||
1101 Pennsylvania Ave, NW Suite 300\\
|
||||
Washington, DC 20004 USA\\
|
||||
% email address must be in roman text type, not monospace or sans serif
|
||||
proceedings-questions@aaai.org
|
||||
%
|
||||
% See more examples next
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
%Example, Single Author, ->> remove \iffalse,\fi and place them surrounding AAAI title to use it
|
||||
\iffalse
|
||||
\title{My Publication Title --- Single Author}
|
||||
\author {
|
||||
Author Name
|
||||
}
|
||||
\affiliations{
|
||||
Affiliation\\
|
||||
Affiliation Line 2\\
|
||||
name@example.com
|
||||
}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
|
||||
\iffalse
|
||||
%Example, Multiple Authors, ->> remove \iffalse,\fi and place them surrounding AAAI title to use it
|
||||
\title{My Publication Title --- Multiple Authors}
|
||||
\author {
|
||||
% Authors
|
||||
First Author Name\textsuperscript{\rm 1},
|
||||
Second Author Name\textsuperscript{\rm 2},
|
||||
Third Author Name\textsuperscript{\rm 1}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\affiliations {
|
||||
% Affiliations
|
||||
\textsuperscript{\rm 1}Affiliation 1\\
|
||||
\textsuperscript{\rm 2}Affiliation 2\\
|
||||
firstAuthor@affiliation1.com, secondAuthor@affilation2.com, thirdAuthor@affiliation1.com
|
||||
}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
|
||||
% REMOVE THIS: bibentry
|
||||
% This is only needed to show inline citations in the guidelines document. You should not need it and can safely delete it.
|
||||
\usepackage{bibentry}
|
||||
% END REMOVE bibentry
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{document}
|
||||
|
||||
\maketitle
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{abstract}
|
||||
AAAI creates proceedings, working notes, and technical reports directly from electronic source furnished by the authors. To ensure that all papers in the publication have a uniform appearance, authors must adhere to the following instructions.
|
||||
\end{abstract}
|
||||
|
||||
% Links section - only shown in camera-ready version
|
||||
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
|
||||
% Uncomment the following to link to your code, datasets, an extended version or similar.
|
||||
% You must keep this block between (not within) the abstract and the main body of the paper.
|
||||
% NOTE: For anonymous submissions, do not include links that could reveal your identity
|
||||
% \begin{links}
|
||||
% \link{Code}{https://aaai.org/example/code}
|
||||
% \link{Datasets}{https://aaai.org/example/datasets}
|
||||
% \link{Extended version}{https://aaai.org/example/extended-version}
|
||||
% \end{links}
|
||||
\else
|
||||
% Uncomment the following to link to your code, datasets, an extended version or similar.
|
||||
% You must keep this block between (not within) the abstract and the main body of the paper.
|
||||
\begin{links}
|
||||
\link{Code}{https://aaai.org/example/code}
|
||||
\link{Datasets}{https://aaai.org/example/datasets}
|
||||
\link{Extended version}{https://aaai.org/example/extended-version}
|
||||
\end{links}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
|
||||
% Version-specific content
|
||||
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
|
||||
\section{Preparing an Anonymous Submission}
|
||||
|
||||
This document details the formatting requirements for anonymous submissions. The requirements are the same as for camera ready papers but with a few notable differences:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item Anonymous submissions must not include the author names and affiliations. Write ``Anonymous Submission'' as the ``sole author'' and leave the affiliations empty.
|
||||
\item The PDF document's metadata should be cleared with a metadata-cleaning tool before submitting it. This is to prevent leaked information from revealing your identity.
|
||||
\item References must be anonymized whenever the reader can infer that they are to the authors' previous work.
|
||||
\item AAAI's copyright notice should not be included as a footer in the first page.
|
||||
\item Only the PDF version is required at this stage. No source versions will be requested, nor any copyright transfer form.
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
You can remove the copyright notice and ensure that your names aren't shown by including \texttt{submission} option when loading the \texttt{aaai2026} package:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{quote}\begin{scriptsize}\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
\documentclass[letterpaper]{article}
|
||||
\usepackage[submission]{aaai2026}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}\end{scriptsize}\end{quote}
|
||||
|
||||
The remainder of this document are the original camera-ready instructions. Any contradiction of the above points ought to be ignored while preparing anonymous submissions.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Camera-Ready Guidelines}
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\section{Introduction}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
|
||||
Congratulations on having a paper selected for inclusion in an AAAI Press proceedings or technical report! This document details the requirements necessary to get your accepted paper published using PDF\LaTeX{}. If you are using Microsoft Word, instructions are provided in a different document. AAAI Press does not support any other formatting software.
|
||||
|
||||
The instructions herein are provided as a general guide for experienced \LaTeX{} users. If you do not know how to use \LaTeX{}, please obtain assistance locally. AAAI cannot provide you with support and the accompanying style files are \textbf{not} guaranteed to work. If the results you obtain are not in accordance with the specifications you received, you must correct your source file to achieve the correct result.
|
||||
|
||||
These instructions are generic. Consequently, they do not include specific dates, page charges, and so forth. Please consult your specific written conference instructions for details regarding your submission. Please review the entire document for specific instructions that might apply to your particular situation. All authors must comply with the following:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item You must use the 2026 AAAI Press \LaTeX{} style file and the aaai2026.bst bibliography style files, which are located in the 2026 AAAI Author Kit (aaai2026.sty, aaai2026.bst).
|
||||
\item You must complete, sign, and return by the deadline the AAAI copyright form (unless directed by AAAI Press to use the AAAI Distribution License instead).
|
||||
\item You must read and format your paper source and PDF according to the formatting instructions for authors.
|
||||
\item You must submit your electronic files and abstract using our electronic submission form \textbf{on time.}
|
||||
\item You must pay any required page or formatting charges to AAAI Press so that they are received by the deadline.
|
||||
\item You must check your paper before submitting it, ensuring that it compiles without error, and complies with the guidelines found in the AAAI Author Kit.
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\section{Copyright}
|
||||
All papers submitted for publication by AAAI Press must be accompanied by a valid signed copyright form. They must also contain the AAAI copyright notice at the bottom of the first page of the paper. There are no exceptions to these requirements. If you fail to provide us with a signed copyright form or disable the copyright notice, we will be unable to publish your paper. There are \textbf{no exceptions} to this policy. You will find a PDF version of the AAAI copyright form in the AAAI AuthorKit. Please see the specific instructions for your conference for submission details.
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Formatting Requirements in Brief}
|
||||
We need source and PDF files that can be used in a variety of ways and can be output on a variety of devices. The design and appearance of the paper is \ifdefined\aaaianonymous governed by the aaai2026.sty file (aaai2026.bst for the bibliography style).\else strictly governed by the aaai style file (aaai2026.sty).\fi
|
||||
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item You must not modify the aaai2026.sty file or change the TeX commands.
|
||||
\item You must not use any commands that alter the layout or formatting of your document (i.e., you cannot change the default margins, line spacing, etc.).
|
||||
\item You may include other font size changes, color changes, or other formatting commands in your own source, but the paper has to be able to compile, and the styling commands are ignored.
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\textbf{You must not make any changes to the aaai style file, nor use any commands, packages, style files, or macros within your own paper that alter that design, including, but not limited to spacing, floats, margins, fonts, font size, and appearance.} AAAI imposes requirements on your source and PDF files that must be followed. Most of these requirements are based on our efforts to standardize conference manuscript properties and layout. All papers submitted to AAAI for publication will be recompiled for standardization purposes. Consequently, every paper submission must comply with the following requirements:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item Your .tex file must compile in PDF\LaTeX{} --- (you may not include .ps or .eps figure files.)
|
||||
\item All fonts must be embedded in the PDF file --- including your figures.
|
||||
\item Modifications to the style file, whether directly or via commands in your document may not ever be made, most especially when made in an effort to avoid extra page charges or make your paper fit in a specific number of pages.
|
||||
\item No type 3 fonts may be used (even in illustrations).
|
||||
\item You may not alter the spacing above and below captions, figures, headings, and subheadings.
|
||||
\item You may not alter the font sizes of text elements, footnotes, heading elements, captions, or title information (for references and mathematics, please see the limited exceptions provided herein).
|
||||
\item You may not alter the line spacing of text.
|
||||
\item Your title must follow Title Case capitalization rules (not sentence case).
|
||||
\item \LaTeX{} documents must use the Times or Nimbus font package (you may not use Computer Modern for the text of your paper).
|
||||
\item No \LaTeX{} 209 documents may be used or submitted.
|
||||
\item Your source must not require use of fonts for non-Roman alphabets within the text itself. If your paper includes symbols in other languages (such as, but not limited to, Arabic, Chinese, Hebrew, Japanese, Thai, Russian and other Cyrillic languages), you must restrict their use to bit-mapped figures. Fonts that require non-English language support (CID and Identity-H) must be converted to outlines or 300 dpi bitmap or removed from the document (even if they are in a graphics file embedded in the document).
|
||||
\item Two-column format in AAAI style is required for all papers.
|
||||
\item The paper size for final submission must be US letter without exception.
|
||||
\item The source file must exactly match the PDF.
|
||||
\item The document margins may not be exceeded (no overfull boxes).
|
||||
\item The number of pages and the file size must be as specified for your event.
|
||||
\item No document may be password protected.
|
||||
\item Neither the PDFs nor the source may contain any embedded links or bookmarks (no hyperref or navigator packages).
|
||||
\item Your source and PDF must not have any page numbers, footers, or headers (no pagestyle commands).
|
||||
\item Your PDF must be compatible with Acrobat 5 or higher.
|
||||
\item Your \LaTeX{} source file (excluding references) must consist of a \textbf{single} file (use of the ``input" command is not allowed.
|
||||
\item Your graphics must be sized appropriately outside of \LaTeX{} (do not use the ``clip" or ``trim'' command) .
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
If you do not follow these requirements, your paper will be returned to you to correct the deficiencies.
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
|
||||
\section{What Files to Submit}
|
||||
You must submit the following items to ensure that your paper is published:
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item A fully-compliant PDF file.
|
||||
\item Your \LaTeX{} source file submitted as a \textbf{single} .tex file (do not use the ``input" command to include sections of your paper --- every section must be in the single source file). (The only allowable exception is .bib file, which should be included separately).
|
||||
\item The bibliography (.bib) file(s).
|
||||
\item Your source must compile on our system, which includes only standard \LaTeX{} 2020 TeXLive support files.
|
||||
\item Only the graphics files used in compiling paper.
|
||||
\item The \LaTeX{}-generated files (e.g. .aux, .bbl file, PDF, etc.).
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
Your \LaTeX{} source will be reviewed and recompiled on our system (if it does not compile, your paper will be returned to you. \textbf{Do not submit your source in multiple text files.} Your single \LaTeX{} source file must include all your text, your bibliography (formatted using aaai2026.bst), and any custom macros.
|
||||
|
||||
Your files should work without any supporting files (other than the program itself) on any computer with a standard \LaTeX{} distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
\textbf{Do not send files that are not actually used in the paper.} Avoid including any files not needed for compiling your paper, including, for example, this instructions file, unused graphics files, style files, additional material sent for the purpose of the paper review, intermediate build files and so forth.
|
||||
|
||||
\textbf{Obsolete style files.} The commands for some common packages (such as some used for algorithms), may have changed. Please be certain that you are not compiling your paper using old or obsolete style files.
|
||||
|
||||
\textbf{Final Archive.} Place your source files in a single archive which should be compressed using .zip. The final file size may not exceed 10 MB.
|
||||
Name your source file with the last (family) name of the first author, even if that is not you.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Using \LaTeX{} to Format Your Paper}
|
||||
|
||||
The latest version of the AAAI style file is available on AAAI's website. Download this file and place it in the \TeX\ search path. Placing it in the same directory as the paper should also work. You must download the latest version of the complete AAAI Author Kit so that you will have the latest instruction set and style file.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Document Preamble}
|
||||
|
||||
In the \LaTeX{} source for your paper, you \textbf{must} place the following lines as shown in the example in this subsection. This command set-up is for three authors. Add or subtract author and address lines as necessary, and uncomment the portions that apply to you. In most instances, this is all you need to do to format your paper in the Times font. The helvet package will cause Helvetica to be used for sans serif. These files are part of the PSNFSS2e package, which is freely available from many Internet sites (and is often part of a standard installation).
|
||||
|
||||
Leave the setcounter for section number depth commented out and set at 0 unless you want to add section numbers to your paper. If you do add section numbers, you must uncomment this line and change the number to 1 (for section numbers), or 2 (for section and subsection numbers). The style file will not work properly with numbering of subsubsections, so do not use a number higher than 2.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{The Following Must Appear in Your Preamble}
|
||||
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
|
||||
\begin{quote}
|
||||
\begin{scriptsize}\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
\documentclass[letterpaper]{article}
|
||||
% DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\usepackage[submission]{aaai2026} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\usepackage{times} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\usepackage{helvet} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\usepackage{courier} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\usepackage[hyphens]{url} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\usepackage{graphicx} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\urlstyle{rm} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\def\UrlFont{\rm} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\usepackage{graphicx} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\usepackage{natbib} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\usepackage{caption} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\frenchspacing % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\setlength{\pdfpagewidth}{8.5in} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\setlength{\pdfpageheight}{11in} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Keep the \pdfinfo as shown here. There's no need
|
||||
% for you to add the /Title and /Author tags.
|
||||
\pdfinfo{
|
||||
/TemplateVersion (2026.1)
|
||||
}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}\end{scriptsize}
|
||||
\end{quote}
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\begin{quote}
|
||||
\begin{scriptsize}\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
\documentclass[letterpaper]{article}
|
||||
% DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\usepackage{aaai2026} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\usepackage{times} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\usepackage{helvet} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\usepackage{courier} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\usepackage[hyphens]{url} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\usepackage{graphicx} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\urlstyle{rm} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\def\UrlFont{\rm} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\usepackage{graphicx} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\usepackage{natbib} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\usepackage{caption} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\frenchspacing % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\setlength{\pdfpagewidth}{8.5in} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
\setlength{\pdfpageheight}{11in} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Keep the \pdfinfo as shown here. There's no need
|
||||
% for you to add the /Title and /Author tags.
|
||||
\pdfinfo{
|
||||
/TemplateVersion (2026.1)
|
||||
}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}\end{scriptsize}
|
||||
\end{quote}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Preparing Your Paper}
|
||||
|
||||
After the preamble above, you should prepare your paper as follows:
|
||||
\begin{quote}
|
||||
\begin{scriptsize}\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
\begin{document}
|
||||
\maketitle
|
||||
\begin{abstract}
|
||||
%...
|
||||
\end{abstract}\end{verbatim}\end{scriptsize}
|
||||
\end{quote}
|
||||
|
||||
\noindent If you want to add links to the paper's code, dataset(s), and extended version or similar this is the place to add them, within a \emph{links} environment:
|
||||
\begin{quote}%
|
||||
\begin{scriptsize}\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
\begin{links}
|
||||
\link{Code}{https://aaai.org/example/guidelines}
|
||||
\link{Datasets}{https://aaai.org/example/datasets}
|
||||
\link{Extended version}{https://aaai.org/example}
|
||||
\end{links}\end{verbatim}\end{scriptsize}
|
||||
\end{quote}
|
||||
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
|
||||
\noindent Make sure that you do not de-anonymize yourself with these links.
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
|
||||
\noindent You should then continue with the body of your paper. Your paper must conclude with the references, which should be inserted as follows:
|
||||
\begin{quote}
|
||||
\begin{scriptsize}\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
% References and End of Paper
|
||||
% These lines must be placed at the end of your paper
|
||||
\bibliography{Bibliography-File}
|
||||
\end{document}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}\end{scriptsize}
|
||||
\end{quote}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{quote}
|
||||
\begin{scriptsize}\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
\begin{document}\\
|
||||
\maketitle\\
|
||||
...\\
|
||||
\bibliography{Bibliography-File}\\
|
||||
\end{document}\\
|
||||
\end{verbatim}\end{scriptsize}
|
||||
\end{quote}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Commands and Packages That May Not Be Used}
|
||||
\begin{table*}[t]
|
||||
\centering
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{l|l|l|l}
|
||||
\textbackslash abovecaption &
|
||||
\textbackslash abovedisplay &
|
||||
\textbackslash addevensidemargin &
|
||||
\textbackslash addsidemargin \\
|
||||
\textbackslash addtolength &
|
||||
\textbackslash baselinestretch &
|
||||
\textbackslash belowcaption &
|
||||
\textbackslash belowdisplay \\
|
||||
\textbackslash break &
|
||||
\textbackslash clearpage &
|
||||
\textbackslash clip &
|
||||
\textbackslash columnsep \\
|
||||
\textbackslash float &
|
||||
\textbackslash input &
|
||||
\textbackslash input &
|
||||
\textbackslash linespread \\
|
||||
\textbackslash newpage &
|
||||
\textbackslash pagebreak &
|
||||
\textbackslash renewcommand &
|
||||
\textbackslash setlength \\
|
||||
\textbackslash text height &
|
||||
\textbackslash tiny &
|
||||
\textbackslash top margin &
|
||||
\textbackslash trim \\
|
||||
\textbackslash vskip\{- &
|
||||
\textbackslash vspace\{- \\
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
\caption{Commands that must not be used}
|
||||
\label{table1}
|
||||
\end{table*}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{table}[t]
|
||||
\centering
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{l|l|l|l}
|
||||
authblk & babel & cjk & dvips \\
|
||||
epsf & epsfig & euler & float \\
|
||||
fullpage & geometry & graphics & hyperref \\
|
||||
layout & linespread & lmodern & maltepaper \\
|
||||
navigator & pdfcomment & pgfplots & psfig \\
|
||||
pstricks & t1enc & titlesec & tocbind \\
|
||||
ulem
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
\caption{LaTeX style packages that must not be used.}
|
||||
\label{table2}
|
||||
\end{table}
|
||||
|
||||
There are a number of packages, commands, scripts, and macros that are incompatable with aaai2026.sty. The common ones are listed in tables \ref{table1} and \ref{table2}. Generally, if a command, package, script, or macro alters floats, margins, fonts, sizing, linespacing, or the presentation of the references and citations, it is unacceptable. Note that negative vskip and vspace may not be used except in certain rare occurances, and may never be used around tables, figures, captions, sections, subsections, subsubsections, or references.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Page Breaks}
|
||||
For your final camera ready copy, you must not use any page break commands. References must flow directly after the text without breaks. Note that some conferences require references to be on a separate page during the review process. AAAI Press, however, does not require this condition for the final paper.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Paper Size, Margins, and Column Width}
|
||||
Papers must be formatted to print in two-column format on 8.5 x 11 inch US letter-sized paper. The margins must be exactly as follows:
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
|
||||
\item Top margin: 1.25 inches (first page), .75 inches (others)
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\item Top margin: .75 inches
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\item Left margin: .75 inches
|
||||
\item Right margin: .75 inches
|
||||
\item Bottom margin: 1.25 inches
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
The default paper size in most installations of \LaTeX{} is A4. However, because we require that your electronic paper be formatted in US letter size, the preamble we have provided includes commands that alter the default to US letter size. Please note that using any other package to alter page size (such as, but not limited to the Geometry package) will result in your final paper being returned to you for correction.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Column Width and Margins.}
|
||||
To ensure maximum readability, your paper must include two columns. Each column should be 3.3 inches wide (slightly more than 3.25 inches), with a .375 inch (.952 cm) gutter of white space between the two columns. The aaai2026.sty file will automatically create these columns for you.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Overlength Papers}
|
||||
If your paper is too long and you resort to formatting tricks to make it fit, it is quite likely that it will be returned to you. The best way to retain readability if the paper is overlength is to cut text, figures, or tables. There are a few acceptable ways to reduce paper size that don't affect readability. First, turn on \textbackslash frenchspacing, which will reduce the space after periods. Next, move all your figures and tables to the top of the page. Consider removing less important portions of a figure. If you use \textbackslash centering instead of \textbackslash begin\{center\} in your figure environment, you can also buy some space. For mathematical environments, you may reduce fontsize {\bf but not below 6.5 point}.
|
||||
|
||||
Commands that alter page layout are forbidden. These include \textbackslash columnsep, \textbackslash float, \textbackslash topmargin, \textbackslash topskip, \textbackslash textheight, \textbackslash textwidth, \textbackslash oddsidemargin, and \textbackslash evensizemargin (this list is not exhaustive). If you alter page layout, you will be required to pay the page fee. Other commands that are questionable and may cause your paper to be rejected include \textbackslash parindent, and \textbackslash parskip. Commands that alter the space between sections are forbidden. The title sec package is not allowed. Regardless of the above, if your paper is obviously ``squeezed" it is not going to to be accepted. Options for reducing the length of a paper include reducing the size of your graphics, cutting text, or paying the extra page charge (if it is offered).
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Type Font and Size}
|
||||
Your paper must be formatted in Times Roman or Nimbus. We will not accept papers formatted using Computer Modern or Palatino or some other font as the text or heading typeface. Sans serif, when used, should be Courier. Use Symbol or Lucida or Computer Modern for \textit{mathematics only. }
|
||||
|
||||
Do not use type 3 fonts for any portion of your paper, including graphics. Type 3 bitmapped fonts are designed for fixed resolution printers. Most print at 300 dpi even if the printer resolution is 1200 dpi or higher. They also often cause high resolution imagesetter devices to crash. Consequently, AAAI will not accept electronic files containing obsolete type 3 fonts. Files containing those fonts (even in graphics) will be rejected. (Authors using blackboard symbols must avoid packages that use type 3 fonts.)
|
||||
|
||||
Fortunately, there are effective workarounds that will prevent your file from embedding type 3 bitmapped fonts. The easiest workaround is to use the required times, helvet, and courier packages with \LaTeX{}2e. (Note that papers formatted in this way will still use Computer Modern for the mathematics. To make the math look good, you'll either have to use Symbol or Lucida, or you will need to install type 1 Computer Modern fonts --- for more on these fonts, see the section ``Obtaining Type 1 Computer Modern.")
|
||||
|
||||
If you are unsure if your paper contains type 3 fonts, view the PDF in Acrobat Reader. The Properties/Fonts window will display the font name, font type, and encoding properties of all the fonts in the document. If you are unsure if your graphics contain type 3 fonts (and they are PostScript or encapsulated PostScript documents), create PDF versions of them, and consult the properties window in Acrobat Reader.
|
||||
|
||||
The default size for your type must be ten-point with twelve-point leading (line spacing). Start all pages (except the first) directly under the top margin. (See the next section for instructions on formatting the title page.) Indent ten points when beginning a new paragraph, unless the paragraph begins directly below a heading or subheading.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Obtaining Type 1 Computer Modern for \LaTeX{}.}
|
||||
If you use Computer Modern for the mathematics in your paper (you cannot use it for the text) you may need to download type 1 Computer fonts. They are available without charge from the American Mathematical Society:
|
||||
http://www.ams.org/tex/type1-fonts.html.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Nonroman Fonts.}
|
||||
If your paper includes symbols in other languages (such as, but not limited to, Arabic, Chinese, Hebrew, Japanese, Thai, Russian and other Cyrillic languages), you must restrict their use to bit-mapped figures.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Title and Authors}
|
||||
Your title must appear centered over both text columns in sixteen-point bold type (twenty-four point leading). The title must be written in Title Case capitalization rules (not sentence case). The rules are a bit involved, but in general verbs (including short verbs like be, is, using, and go), nouns, adverbs, adjectives, and pronouns should be capitalized, (including both words in hyphenated terms), while articles, conjunctions, and prepositions are lower case unless they directly follow a colon or long dash. You can use the online tool \url{https://titlecaseconverter.com/} to double-check the proper capitalization (select the "Chicago" style and mark the "Show explanations" checkbox).
|
||||
|
||||
Author's names should appear below the title of the paper, centered in twelve-point type (with fifteen point leading), along with affiliation(s) and complete address(es) (including electronic mail address if available) in nine-point roman type (the twelve point leading). You should begin the two-column format when you come to the abstract.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Formatting Author Information.}
|
||||
Author information has to be set according to the following specification depending if you have one or more than one affiliation. You may not use a table nor may you employ the \textbackslash authorblk.sty package. For one or several authors from the same institution, please separate them with commas and write all affiliation directly below (one affiliation per line) using the macros \textbackslash author and \textbackslash affiliations:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{quote}\begin{scriptsize}\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
\author{
|
||||
Author 1, ..., Author n\\
|
||||
}
|
||||
\affiliations {
|
||||
Address line\\
|
||||
... \\
|
||||
Address line\\
|
||||
}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}\end{scriptsize}\end{quote}
|
||||
|
||||
\noindent For authors from different institutions, use \textbackslash textsuperscript \{\textbackslash rm x \} to match authors and affiliations. Notice that there should not be any spaces between the author name (or comma following it) and the superscript.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{quote}\begin{scriptsize}\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
\author{
|
||||
AuthorOne\equalcontrib\textsuperscript{\rm 1,\rm 2},
|
||||
AuthorTwo\equalcontrib\textsuperscript{\rm 2},
|
||||
AuthorThree\textsuperscript{\rm 3},\\
|
||||
AuthorFour\textsuperscript{\rm 4},
|
||||
AuthorFive \textsuperscript{\rm 5}}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\affiliations {
|
||||
\textsuperscript{\rm 1}AffiliationOne,\\
|
||||
\textsuperscript{\rm 2}AffiliationTwo,\\
|
||||
\textsuperscript{\rm 3}AffiliationThree,\\
|
||||
\textsuperscript{\rm 4}AffiliationFour,\\
|
||||
\textsuperscript{\rm 5}AffiliationFive\\
|
||||
\{email, email\}@affiliation.com,
|
||||
email@affiliation.com,
|
||||
email@affiliation.com,
|
||||
email@affiliation.com
|
||||
}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}\end{scriptsize}\end{quote}
|
||||
|
||||
You can indicate that some authors contributed equally using the \textbackslash equalcontrib command. This will add a marker after the author names and a footnote on the first page.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that you may want to break the author list for better visualization. You can achieve this using a simple line break (\textbackslash \textbackslash).
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{\LaTeX{} Copyright Notice}
|
||||
The copyright notice automatically appears if you use aaai2026.sty. It has been hardcoded and may not be disabled.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Credits}
|
||||
Any credits to a sponsoring agency should appear in the acknowledgments section, unless the agency requires different placement. If it is necessary to include this information on the front page, use
|
||||
\textbackslash thanks in either the \textbackslash author or \textbackslash title commands.
|
||||
For example:
|
||||
\begin{quote}
|
||||
\begin{small}
|
||||
\textbackslash title\{Very Important Results in AI\textbackslash thanks\{This work is
|
||||
supported by everybody.\}\}
|
||||
\end{small}
|
||||
\end{quote}
|
||||
Multiple \textbackslash thanks commands can be given. Each will result in a separate footnote indication in the author or title with the corresponding text at the botton of the first column of the document. Note that the \textbackslash thanks command is fragile. You will need to use \textbackslash protect.
|
||||
|
||||
Please do not include \textbackslash pubnote commands in your document.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Abstract}
|
||||
Follow the example commands in this document for creation of your abstract. The command \textbackslash begin\{abstract\} will automatically indent the text block. Please do not indent it further. {Do not include references in your abstract!}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Page Numbers}
|
||||
Do not print any page numbers on your paper. The use of \textbackslash pagestyle is forbidden.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Text}
|
||||
The main body of the paper must be formatted in black, ten-point Times Roman with twelve-point leading (line spacing). You may not reduce font size or the linespacing. Commands that alter font size or line spacing (including, but not limited to baselinestretch, baselineshift, linespread, and others) are expressly forbidden. In addition, you may not use color in the text.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Citations}
|
||||
Citations within the text should include the author's last name and year, for example (Newell 1980). Append lower-case letters to the year in cases of ambiguity. Multiple authors should be treated as follows: (Feigenbaum and Engelmore 1988) or (Ford, Hayes, and Glymour 1992). In the case of four or more authors, list only the first author, followed by et al. (Ford et al. 1997).
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Extracts}
|
||||
Long quotations and extracts should be indented ten points from the left and right margins.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{quote}
|
||||
This is an example of an extract or quotation. Note the indent on both sides. Quotation marks are not necessary if you offset the text in a block like this, and properly identify and cite the quotation in the text.
|
||||
\end{quote}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Footnotes}
|
||||
Use footnotes judiciously, taking into account that they interrupt the reading of the text. When required, they should be consecutively numbered throughout with superscript Arabic numbers. Footnotes should appear at the bottom of the page, separated from the text by a blank line space and a thin, half-point rule.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Headings and Sections}
|
||||
When necessary, headings should be used to separate major sections of your paper. Remember, you are writing a short paper, not a lengthy book! An overabundance of headings will tend to make your paper look more like an outline than a paper. The aaai2026.sty package will create headings for you. Do not alter their size nor their spacing above or below.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Section Numbers.}
|
||||
The use of section numbers in AAAI Press papers is optional. To use section numbers in \LaTeX{}, uncomment the setcounter line in your document preamble and change the 0 to a 1. Section numbers should not be used in short poster papers and/or extended abstracts.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Section Headings.}
|
||||
Sections should be arranged and headed as follows:
|
||||
\begin{enumerate}
|
||||
\item Main content sections
|
||||
\item Appendices (optional)
|
||||
\item Ethical Statement (optional, unnumbered)
|
||||
\item Acknowledgements (optional, unnumbered)
|
||||
\item References (unnumbered)
|
||||
\end{enumerate}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Appendices.}
|
||||
Any appendices must appear after the main content. If your main sections are numbered, appendix sections must use letters instead of arabic numerals. In \LaTeX{} you can use the \texttt{\textbackslash appendix} command to achieve this effect and then use \texttt{\textbackslash section\{Heading\}} normally for your appendix sections.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Ethical Statement.}
|
||||
You can write a statement about the potential ethical impact of your work, including its broad societal implications, both positive and negative. If included, such statement must be written in an unnumbered section titled \emph{Ethical Statement}.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Acknowledgments.}
|
||||
The acknowledgments section, if included, appears right before the references and is headed ``Acknowledgments". It must not be numbered even if other sections are (use \texttt{\textbackslash section*\{Acknowledgements\}} in \LaTeX{}). This section includes acknowledgments of help from associates and colleagues, credits to sponsoring agencies, financial support, and permission to publish. Please acknowledge other contributors, grant support, and so forth, in this section. Do not put acknowledgments in a footnote on the first page. If your grant agency requires acknowledgment of the grant on page 1, limit the footnote to the required statement, and put the remaining acknowledgments at the back. Please try to limit acknowledgments to no more than three sentences.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{References.}
|
||||
The references section should be labeled ``References" and must appear at the very end of the paper (don't end the paper with references, and then put a figure by itself on the last page). A sample list of references is given later on in these instructions. Please use a consistent format for references. Poorly prepared or sloppy references reflect badly on the quality of your paper and your research. Please prepare complete and accurate citations.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Illustrations and Figures}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{figure}[t]
|
||||
\centering
|
||||
\includegraphics[width=0.9\columnwidth]{figure1} % Reduce the figure size so that it is slightly narrower than the column. Don't use precise values for figure width.This setup will avoid overfull boxes.
|
||||
\caption{Using the trim and clip commands produces fragile layers that can result in disasters (like this one from an actual paper) when the color space is corrected or the PDF combined with others for the final proceedings. Crop your figures properly in a graphics program -- not in LaTeX.}
|
||||
\label{fig1}
|
||||
\end{figure}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{figure*}[t]
|
||||
\centering
|
||||
\includegraphics[width=0.8\textwidth]{figure2} % Reduce the figure size so that it is slightly narrower than the column.
|
||||
\caption{Adjusting the bounding box instead of actually removing the unwanted data resulted multiple layers in this paper. It also needlessly increased the PDF size. In this case, the size of the unwanted layer doubled the paper's size, and produced the following surprising results in final production. Crop your figures properly in a graphics program. Don't just alter the bounding box.}
|
||||
\label{fig2}
|
||||
\end{figure*}
|
||||
|
||||
Your paper must compile in PDF\LaTeX{}. Consequently, all your figures must be .jpg, .png, or .pdf. You may not use the .gif (the resolution is too low), .ps, or .eps file format for your figures.
|
||||
|
||||
Figures, drawings, tables, and photographs should be placed throughout the paper on the page (or the subsequent page) where they are first discussed. Do not group them together at the end of the paper. If placed at the top of the paper, illustrations may run across both columns. Figures must not invade the top, bottom, or side margin areas. Figures must be inserted using the \textbackslash usepackage\{graphicx\}. Number figures sequentially, for example, figure 1, and so on. Do not use minipage to group figures.
|
||||
|
||||
If you normally create your figures using pgfplots, please create the figures first, and then import them as pdfs with proper bounding boxes, as the bounding and trim boxes created by pfgplots are fragile and not valid.
|
||||
|
||||
When you include your figures, you must crop them \textbf{outside} of \LaTeX{}. The command \textbackslash includegraphics*[clip=true, viewport 0 0 10 10]{...} might result in a PDF that looks great, but the image is \textbf{not really cropped.} The full image can reappear (and obscure whatever it is overlapping) when page numbers are applied or color space is standardized. Figures \ref{fig1}, and \ref{fig2} display some unwanted results that often occur.
|
||||
|
||||
If your paper includes illustrations that are not compatible with PDF\TeX{} (such as .eps or .ps documents), you will need to convert them. The epstopdf package will usually work for eps files. You will need to convert your ps files to PDF in either case.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection {Figure Captions.}The illustration number and caption must appear \textit{under} the illustration. Labels and other text with the actual illustration must be at least nine-point type. However, the font and size of figure captions must be 10 point roman. Do not make them smaller, bold, or italic. (Individual words may be italicized if the context requires differentiation.)
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Tables}
|
||||
Tables should be presented in 10 point roman type. If necessary, they may be altered to 9 point type. You must not use \texttt{\textbackslash resizebox} or other commands that resize the entire table to make it smaller, because you can't control the final font size this way.
|
||||
If your table is too large you can use \texttt{\textbackslash setlength\{\textbackslash tabcolsep\}\{1mm\}} to compress the columns a bit or you can adapt the content (e.g.: reduce the decimal precision when presenting numbers, use shortened column titles, make some column duble-line to get it narrower).
|
||||
|
||||
Tables that do not fit in a single column must be placed across double columns. If your table won't fit within the margins even when spanning both columns and using the above techniques, you must split it in two separate tables.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection {Table Captions.} The number and caption for your table must appear \textit{under} (not above) the table. Additionally, the font and size of table captions must be 10 point roman and must be placed beneath the figure. Do not make them smaller, bold, or italic. (Individual words may be italicized if the context requires differentiation.)
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Low-Resolution Bitmaps.}
|
||||
You may not use low-resolution (such as 72 dpi) screen-dumps and GIF files---these files contain so few pixels that they are always blurry, and illegible when printed. If they are color, they will become an indecipherable mess when converted to black and white. This is always the case with gif files, which should never be used. The resolution of screen dumps can be increased by reducing the print size of the original file while retaining the same number of pixels. You can also enlarge files by manipulating them in software such as PhotoShop. Your figures should be 300 dpi when incorporated into your document.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{\LaTeX{} Overflow.}
|
||||
\LaTeX{} users please beware: \LaTeX{} will sometimes put portions of the figure or table or an equation in the margin. If this happens, you need to make the figure or table span both columns. If absolutely necessary, you may reduce the figure, or reformat the equation, or reconfigure the table.{ \bf Check your log file!} You must fix any overflow into the margin (that means no overfull boxes in \LaTeX{}). \textbf{Nothing is permitted to intrude into the margin or gutter.}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Using Color.}
|
||||
Use of color is restricted to figures only. It must be WACG 2.0 compliant. (That is, the contrast ratio must be greater than 4.5:1 no matter the font size.) It must be CMYK, NOT RGB. It may never be used for any portion of the text of your paper. The archival version of your paper will be printed in black and white and grayscale. The web version must be readable by persons with disabilities. Consequently, because conversion to grayscale can cause undesirable effects (red changes to black, yellow can disappear, and so forth), we strongly suggest you avoid placing color figures in your document. If you do include color figures, you must (1) use the CMYK (not RGB) colorspace and (2) be mindful of readers who may happen to have trouble distinguishing colors. Your paper must be decipherable without using color for distinction.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Drawings.}
|
||||
We suggest you use computer drawing software (such as Adobe Illustrator or, (if unavoidable), the drawing tools in Microsoft Word) to create your illustrations. Do not use Microsoft Publisher. These illustrations will look best if all line widths are uniform (half- to two-point in size), and you do not create labels over shaded areas. Shading should be 133 lines per inch if possible. Use Times Roman or Helvetica for all figure call-outs. \textbf{Do not use hairline width lines} --- be sure that the stroke width of all lines is at least .5 pt. Zero point lines will print on a laser printer, but will completely disappear on the high-resolution devices used by our printers.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Photographs and Images.}
|
||||
Photographs and other images should be in grayscale (color photographs will not reproduce well; for example, red tones will reproduce as black, yellow may turn to white, and so forth) and set to a minimum of 300 dpi. Do not prescreen images.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Resizing Graphics.}
|
||||
Resize your graphics \textbf{before} you include them with LaTeX. You may \textbf{not} use trim or clip options as part of your \textbackslash includegraphics command. Resize the media box of your PDF using a graphics program instead.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Fonts in Your Illustrations.}
|
||||
You must embed all fonts in your graphics before including them in your LaTeX document.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Algorithms.}
|
||||
Algorithms and/or programs are a special kind of figures. Like all illustrations, they should appear floated to the top (preferably) or bottom of the page. However, their caption should appear in the header, left-justified and enclosed between horizontal lines, as shown in Algorithm~\ref{alg:algorithm}. The algorithm body should be terminated with another horizontal line. It is up to the authors to decide whether to show line numbers or not, how to format comments, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
In \LaTeX{} algorithms may be typeset using the {\tt algorithm} and {\tt algorithmic} packages, but you can also use one of the many other packages for the task.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{algorithm}[tb]
|
||||
\caption{Example algorithm}
|
||||
\label{alg:algorithm}
|
||||
\textbf{Input}: Your algorithm's input\\
|
||||
\textbf{Parameter}: Optional list of parameters\\
|
||||
\textbf{Output}: Your algorithm's output
|
||||
\begin{algorithmic}[1] %[1] enables line numbers
|
||||
\STATE Let $t=0$.
|
||||
\WHILE{condition}
|
||||
\STATE Do some action.
|
||||
\IF {conditional}
|
||||
\STATE Perform task A.
|
||||
\ELSE
|
||||
\STATE Perform task B.
|
||||
\ENDIF
|
||||
\ENDWHILE
|
||||
\STATE \textbf{return} solution
|
||||
\end{algorithmic}
|
||||
\end{algorithm}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Listings.}
|
||||
Listings are much like algorithms and programs. They should also appear floated to the top (preferably) or bottom of the page. Listing captions should appear in the header, left-justified and enclosed between horizontal lines as shown in Listing~\ref{lst:listing}. Terminate the body with another horizontal line and avoid any background color. Line numbers, if included, must appear within the text column.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{listing}[tb]%
|
||||
\caption{Example listing {\tt quicksort.hs}}%
|
||||
\label{lst:listing}%
|
||||
\begin{lstlisting}[language=Haskell]
|
||||
quicksort :: Ord a => [a] -> [a]
|
||||
quicksort [] = []
|
||||
quicksort (p:xs) = (quicksort lesser) ++ [p] ++ (quicksort greater)
|
||||
where
|
||||
lesser = filter (< p) xs
|
||||
greater = filter (>= p) xs
|
||||
\end{lstlisting}
|
||||
\end{listing}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{References}
|
||||
The AAAI style includes a set of definitions for use in formatting references with BibTeX. These definitions make the bibliography style fairly close to the ones specified in the Reference Examples appendix below. To use these definitions, you also need the BibTeX style file ``aaai2026.bst," available in the AAAI Author Kit on the AAAI web site. Then, at the end of your paper but before \textbackslash end{document}, you need to put the following lines:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{quote}
|
||||
\begin{small}
|
||||
\textbackslash bibliography\{bibfile1,bibfile2,...\}
|
||||
\end{small}
|
||||
\end{quote}
|
||||
|
||||
Please note that the aaai2026.sty class already sets the bibliographystyle for you, so you do not have to place any \textbackslash bibliographystyle command in the document yourselves. The aaai2026.sty file is incompatible with the hyperref and navigator packages. If you use either, your references will be garbled and your paper will be returned to you.
|
||||
|
||||
References may be the same size as surrounding text.
|
||||
However, in this section (only), you may reduce the size to {\em \textbackslash small} (9pt) if your paper exceeds the allowable number of pages. Making it any smaller than 9 point with 10 point linespacing, however, is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
The list of files in the \textbackslash bibliography command should be the names of your BibTeX source files (that is, the .bib files referenced in your paper).
|
||||
|
||||
The following commands are available for your use in citing references:
|
||||
\begin{quote}
|
||||
{\em \textbackslash cite:} Cites the given reference(s) with a full citation. This appears as ``(Author Year)'' for one reference, or ``(Author Year; Author Year)'' for multiple references.\smallskip\\
|
||||
{\em \textbackslash shortcite:} Cites the given reference(s) with just the year. This appears as ``(Year)'' for one reference, or ``(Year; Year)'' for multiple references.\smallskip\\
|
||||
{\em \textbackslash citeauthor:} Cites the given reference(s) with just the author name(s) and no parentheses.\smallskip\\
|
||||
{\em \textbackslash citeyear:} Cites the given reference(s) with just the date(s) and no parentheses.
|
||||
\end{quote}
|
||||
You may also use any of the \emph{natbib} citation commands.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Proofreading Your PDF}
|
||||
Please check all the pages of your PDF file. The most commonly forgotten element is the acknowledgements --- especially the correct grant number. Authors also commonly forget to add the metadata to the source, use the wrong reference style file, or don't follow the capitalization rules or comma placement for their author-title information properly. A final common problem is text (expecially equations) that runs into the margin. You will need to fix these common errors before submitting your file.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Improperly Formatted Files }
|
||||
In the past, AAAI has corrected improperly formatted files submitted by the authors. Unfortunately, this has become an increasingly burdensome expense that we can no longer absorb). Consequently, if your file is improperly formatted, it will be returned to you for correction.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Naming Your Electronic File}
|
||||
We require that you name your \LaTeX{} source file with the last name (family name) of the first author so that it can easily be differentiated from other submissions. Complete file-naming instructions will be provided to you in the submission instructions.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Submitting Your Electronic Files to AAAI}
|
||||
Instructions on paper submittal will be provided to you in your acceptance letter.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Inquiries}
|
||||
If you have any questions about the preparation or submission of your paper as instructed in this document, please contact AAAI Press at the address given below. If you have technical questions about implementation of the aaai style file, please contact an expert at your site. We do not provide technical support for \LaTeX{} or any other software package. To avoid problems, please keep your paper simple, and do not incorporate complicated macros and style files.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{quote}
|
||||
\noindent AAAI Press\\
|
||||
1101 Pennsylvania Ave, NW Suite 300\\
|
||||
Washington, DC 20004 USA\\
|
||||
\textit{Telephone:} 1-202-360-4062\\
|
||||
\textit{E-mail:} See the submission instructions for your particular conference or event.
|
||||
\end{quote}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Additional Resources}
|
||||
\LaTeX{} is a difficult program to master. If you've used that software, and this document didn't help or some items were not explained clearly, we recommend you read Michael Shell's excellent document (testflow doc.txt V1.0a 2002/08/13) about obtaining correct PS/PDF output on \LaTeX{} systems. (It was written for another purpose, but it has general application as well). It is available at www.ctan.org in the tex-archive.
|
||||
|
||||
\appendix
|
||||
\section{Reference Examples}
|
||||
\label{sec:reference_examples}
|
||||
|
||||
\nobibliography*
|
||||
Formatted bibliographies should look like the following examples. You should use BibTeX to generate the references. Missing fields are unacceptable when compiling references, and usually indicate that you are using the wrong type of entry (BibTeX class).
|
||||
|
||||
\paragraph{Book with multiple authors~\nocite{em:86}} Use the \texttt{@book} class.\\[.2em]
|
||||
\bibentry{em:86}.
|
||||
|
||||
\paragraph{Journal and magazine articles~\nocite{r:80, hcr:83}} Use the \texttt{@article} class.\\[.2em]
|
||||
\bibentry{r:80}.\\[.2em]
|
||||
\bibentry{hcr:83}.
|
||||
|
||||
\paragraph{Proceedings paper published by a society, press or publisher~\nocite{c:83, c:84}} Use the \texttt{@inproceedings} class. You may abbreviate the \emph{booktitle} field, but make sure that the conference edition is clear.\\[.2em]
|
||||
\bibentry{c:84}.\\[.2em]
|
||||
\bibentry{c:83}.
|
||||
|
||||
\paragraph{University technical report~\nocite{r:86}} Use the \texttt{@techreport} class.\\[.2em]
|
||||
\bibentry{r:86}.
|
||||
|
||||
\paragraph{Dissertation or thesis~\nocite{c:79}} Use the \texttt{@phdthesis} class.\\[.2em]
|
||||
\bibentry{c:79}.
|
||||
|
||||
\paragraph{Forthcoming publication~\nocite{c:21}} Use the \texttt{@misc} class with a \texttt{note="Forthcoming"} annotation.
|
||||
\begin{quote}
|
||||
\begin{footnotesize}
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
@misc(key,
|
||||
[...]
|
||||
note="Forthcoming",
|
||||
)
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
\end{footnotesize}
|
||||
\end{quote}
|
||||
\bibentry{c:21}.
|
||||
|
||||
\paragraph{ArXiv paper~\nocite{c:22}} Fetch the BibTeX entry from the "Export Bibtex Citation" link in the arXiv website. Notice it uses the \texttt{@misc} class instead of the \texttt{@article} one, and that it includes the \texttt{eprint} and \texttt{archivePrefix} keys.
|
||||
\begin{quote}
|
||||
\begin{footnotesize}
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
@misc(key,
|
||||
[...]
|
||||
eprint="xxxx.yyyy",
|
||||
archivePrefix="arXiv",
|
||||
)
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
\end{footnotesize}
|
||||
\end{quote}
|
||||
\bibentry{c:22}.
|
||||
|
||||
\paragraph{Website or online resource~\nocite{c:23}} Use the \texttt{@misc} class. Add the url in the \texttt{howpublished} field and the date of access in the \texttt{note} field:
|
||||
\begin{quote}
|
||||
\begin{footnotesize}
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
@misc(key,
|
||||
[...]
|
||||
howpublished="\url{http://...}",
|
||||
note="Accessed: YYYY-mm-dd",
|
||||
)
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
\end{footnotesize}
|
||||
\end{quote}
|
||||
\bibentry{c:23}.
|
||||
|
||||
\vspace{.2em}
|
||||
For the most up to date version of the AAAI reference style, please consult the \textit{AI Magazine} Author Guidelines at \url{https://aaai.org/ojs/index.php/aimagazine/about/submissions#authorGuidelines}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Acknowledgments}
|
||||
|
||||
% Anonymous submission version - shorter acknowledgments
|
||||
AAAI is especially grateful to Peter Patel Schneider for his work in implementing the aaai2026.sty file, liberally using the ideas of other style hackers, including Barbara Beeton. We also acknowledge with thanks the work of George Ferguson for his guide to using the style and BibTeX files --- which has been incorporated into this document --- and Hans Guesgen, who provided several timely modifications, as well as the many others who have, from time to time, sent in suggestions on improvements to the AAAI style. We are especially grateful to Francisco Cruz, Marc Pujol-Gonzalez, and Mico Loretan for the improvements to the Bib\TeX{} and \LaTeX{} files made in 2020.
|
||||
|
||||
The preparation of the \LaTeX{} and Bib\TeX{} files that implement these instructions was supported by Schlumberger Palo Alto Research, AT\&T Bell Laboratories, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, The Live Oak Press, LLC, and AAAI Press. Bibliography style changes were added by Sunil Issar. \verb+\+pubnote was added by J. Scott Penberthy. George Ferguson added support for printing the AAAI copyright slug. Additional changes to aaai2026.sty and aaai2026.bst have been made by Francisco Cruz and Marc Pujol-Gonzalez.
|
||||
|
||||
\bigskip
|
||||
\noindent Thank you for reading these instructions carefully. We look forward to receiving your electronic files!
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% Note: \bibliographystyle{aaai2026} is automatically set by aaai2026.sty
|
||||
% Do not add \bibliographystyle{aaai2026} here as it will cause "Illegal, another \bibstyle command" error
|
||||
\bibliography{aaai2026}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Reproducibility Checklist}
|
||||
|
||||
Unless specified otherwise, please answer ``yes'' to each question if the relevant information is described either in the paper itself or in a technical appendix with an explicit reference from the main paper. If you wish to explain an answer further, please do so in a section titled ``Reproducibility Checklist'' at the end of the technical appendix.
|
||||
|
||||
This paper:
|
||||
|
||||
Includes a conceptual outline and/or pseudocode description of AI methods introduced (yes/partial/no/NA)
|
||||
|
||||
Clearly delineates statements that are opinions, hypothesis, and speculation from objective facts and results (yes/no)
|
||||
|
||||
Provides well marked pedagogical references for less-familiare readers to gain background necessary to replicate the paper (yes/no)
|
||||
|
||||
Does this paper make theoretical contributions? (yes/no)
|
||||
|
||||
If yes, please complete the list below.
|
||||
|
||||
All assumptions and restrictions are stated clearly and formally. (yes/partial/no)
|
||||
|
||||
All novel claims are stated formally (e.g., in theorem statements). (yes/partial/no)
|
||||
|
||||
Proofs of all novel claims are included. (yes/partial/no)
|
||||
|
||||
Proof sketches or intuitions are given for complex and/or novel results. (yes/partial/no)
|
||||
|
||||
Appropriate citations to theoretical tools used are given. (yes/partial/no)
|
||||
|
||||
All theoretical claims are demonstrated empirically to hold. (yes/partial/no/NA)
|
||||
|
||||
All experimental code used to eliminate or disprove claims is included. (yes/no/NA)
|
||||
|
||||
Does this paper rely on one or more datasets? (yes/no)
|
||||
|
||||
If yes, please complete the list below.
|
||||
|
||||
A motivation is given for why the experiments are conducted on the selected datasets (yes/partial/no/NA)
|
||||
|
||||
All novel datasets introduced in this paper are included in a data appendix. (yes/partial/no/NA)
|
||||
|
||||
All novel datasets introduced in this paper will be made publicly available upon publication of the paper with a license that allows free usage for research purposes. (yes/partial/no/NA)
|
||||
|
||||
All datasets drawn from the existing literature (potentially including authors' own previously published work) are accompanied by appropriate citations. (yes/no/NA)
|
||||
|
||||
All datasets drawn from the existing literature (potentially including authors' own previously published work) are publicly available. (yes/partial/no/NA)
|
||||
|
||||
All datasets that are not publicly available are described in detail, with explanation why publicly available alternatives are not scientifically satisficing. (yes/partial/no/NA)
|
||||
|
||||
Does this paper include computational experiments? (yes/no)
|
||||
|
||||
If yes, please complete the list below.
|
||||
|
||||
This paper states the number and range of values tried per (hyper-) parameter during development of the paper, along with the criterion used for selecting the final parameter setting. (yes/partial/no/NA)
|
||||
|
||||
Any code required for pre-processing data is included in the appendix. (yes/partial/no).
|
||||
|
||||
All source code required for conducting and analyzing the experiments is included in a code appendix. (yes/partial/no)
|
||||
|
||||
All source code required for conducting and analyzing the experiments will be made publicly available upon publication of the paper with a license that allows free usage for research purposes. (yes/partial/no)
|
||||
|
||||
All source code implementing new methods have comments detailing the implementation, with references to the paper where each step comes from (yes/partial/no)
|
||||
|
||||
If an algorithm depends on randomness, then the method used for setting seeds is described in a way sufficient to allow replication of results. (yes/partial/no/NA)
|
||||
|
||||
This paper specifies the computing infrastructure used for running experiments (hardware and software), including GPU/CPU models; amount of memory; operating system; names and versions of relevant software libraries and frameworks. (yes/partial/no)
|
||||
|
||||
This paper formally describes evaluation metrics used and explains the motivation for choosing these metrics. (yes/partial/no)
|
||||
|
||||
This paper states the number of algorithm runs used to compute each reported result. (yes/no)
|
||||
|
||||
Analysis of experiments goes beyond single-dimensional summaries of performance (e.g., average; median) to include measures of variation, confidence, or other distributional information. (yes/no)
|
||||
|
||||
The significance of any improvement or decrease in performance is judged using appropriate statistical tests (e.g., Wilcoxon signed-rank). (yes/partial/no)
|
||||
|
||||
This paper lists all final (hyper-)parameters used for each model/algorithm in the paper's experiments. (yes/partial/no/NA).
|
||||
|
||||
\end{document}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
|
||||
@book{em:86,
|
||||
editor = "Engelmore, Robert and Morgan, Anthony",
|
||||
title = "Blackboard Systems",
|
||||
year = 1986,
|
||||
address = "Reading, Mass.",
|
||||
publisher = "Addison-Wesley",
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@inproceedings{c:83,
|
||||
author = "Clancey, William J.",
|
||||
year = 1983,
|
||||
title = "{Communication, Simulation, and Intelligent
|
||||
Agents: Implications of Personal Intelligent Machines
|
||||
for Medical Education}",
|
||||
booktitle="Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence {(IJCAI-83)}",
|
||||
pages = "556-560",
|
||||
address = "Menlo Park, Calif",
|
||||
publisher = "{IJCAI Organization}",
|
||||
}
|
||||
@inproceedings{c:84,
|
||||
author = "Clancey, William J.",
|
||||
year = 1984,
|
||||
title = "{Classification Problem Solving}",
|
||||
booktitle = "Proceedings of the Fourth National
|
||||
Conference on Artificial Intelligence",
|
||||
pages = "45-54",
|
||||
address = "Menlo Park, Calif.",
|
||||
publisher="AAAI Press",
|
||||
}
|
||||
@article{r:80,
|
||||
author = {Robinson, Arthur L.},
|
||||
title = {New Ways to Make Microcircuits Smaller},
|
||||
volume = {208},
|
||||
number = {4447},
|
||||
pages = {1019--1022},
|
||||
year = {1980},
|
||||
doi = {10.1126/science.208.4447.1019},
|
||||
publisher = {American Association for the Advancement of Science},
|
||||
issn = {0036-8075},
|
||||
URL = {https://science.sciencemag.org/content/208/4447/1019},
|
||||
eprint = {https://science.sciencemag.org/content/208/4447/1019.full.pdf},
|
||||
journal = {Science},
|
||||
}
|
||||
@article{r:80x,
|
||||
author = "Robinson, Arthur L.",
|
||||
year = 1980,
|
||||
title = "{New Ways to Make Microcircuits Smaller---Duplicate Entry}",
|
||||
journal = "Science",
|
||||
volume = 208,
|
||||
pages = "1019-1026",
|
||||
}
|
||||
@article{hcr:83,
|
||||
title = {Strategic explanations for a diagnostic consultation system},
|
||||
journal = {International Journal of Man-Machine Studies},
|
||||
volume = {20},
|
||||
number = {1},
|
||||
pages = {3-19},
|
||||
year = {1984},
|
||||
issn = {0020-7373},
|
||||
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1016/S0020-7373(84)80003-6},
|
||||
url = {https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0020737384800036},
|
||||
author = {Diane Warner Hasling and William J. Clancey and Glenn Rennels},
|
||||
abstract = {This article examines the problem of automatte explanation of reasoning, especially as it relates to expert systems. By explanation we mean the ability of a program to discuss what it is doing in some understandable way. We first present a general framework in which to view explanation and review some of the research done in this area. We then focus on the explanation system for NEOMYCIN, a medical consultation program. A consultation program interactively helps a user to solve a problem. Our goal is to have NEOMYCIN explain its problem-solving strategies. An explanation of strategy describes the plan the program is using to reach a solution. Such an explanation is usually concrete, referring to aspects of the current problem situation. Abstract explanations articulate a general principle, which can be applied in different situations; such explanations are useful in teaching and in explaining by analogy. We describe the aspects of NEOMYCIN that make abstract strategic explanations possible—the representation of strategic knowledge explicitly and separately from domain knowledge— and demonstrate how this representation can be used to generate explanations.}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@article{hcrt:83,
|
||||
author = "Hasling, Diane Warner and Clancey, William J. and Rennels, Glenn R. and Test, Thomas",
|
||||
year = 1983,
|
||||
title = "{Strategic Explanations in Consultation---Duplicate}",
|
||||
journal = "The International Journal of Man-Machine Studies",
|
||||
volume = 20,
|
||||
number = 1,
|
||||
pages = "3-19",
|
||||
}
|
||||
@techreport{r:86,
|
||||
author = "Rice, James",
|
||||
year = 1986,
|
||||
title = "{Poligon: A System for Parallel Problem Solving}",
|
||||
type = "Technical Report",
|
||||
number = "KSL-86-19",
|
||||
institution = "Dept.\ of Computer Science, Stanford Univ.",
|
||||
}
|
||||
@phdthesis{c:79,
|
||||
author = "Clancey, William J.",
|
||||
year = 1979,
|
||||
title = "{Transfer of Rule-Based Expertise
|
||||
through a Tutorial Dialogue}",
|
||||
type = "{Ph.D.} diss.",
|
||||
school = "Dept.\ of Computer Science, Stanford Univ.",
|
||||
address = "Stanford, Calif.",
|
||||
}
|
||||
@unpublished{c:21,
|
||||
author = "Clancey, William J.",
|
||||
title = "{The Engineering of Qualitative Models}",
|
||||
year = 2021,
|
||||
note = "Forthcoming",
|
||||
}
|
||||
@misc{c:22,
|
||||
title={Attention Is All You Need},
|
||||
author={Ashish Vaswani and Noam Shazeer and Niki Parmar and Jakob Uszkoreit and Llion Jones and Aidan N. Gomez and Lukasz Kaiser and Illia Polosukhin},
|
||||
year={2017},
|
||||
eprint={1706.03762},
|
||||
archivePrefix={arXiv},
|
||||
primaryClass={cs.CL}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@misc{c:23,
|
||||
title = "Pluto: The 'Other' Red Planet",
|
||||
author = "{NASA}",
|
||||
howpublished = "\url{https://www.nasa.gov/nh/pluto-the-other-red-planet}",
|
||||
year = 2015,
|
||||
note = "Accessed: 2018-12-06"
|
||||
}
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,315 @@
|
||||
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}%
|
||||
\ProvidesPackage{aaai2026}[2026/04/29 AAAI 2026 Submission format]%
|
||||
\def\year{2026}%
|
||||
\typeout{Conference Style for AAAI for LaTeX 2e -- version for submission}%
|
||||
%
|
||||
\def\copyright@on{T}
|
||||
\def\showauthors@on{T}
|
||||
\def\nocopyright{\gdef\copyright@on{}} % Copyright notice is required for camera-ready only.
|
||||
\DeclareOption{submission}{%
|
||||
\gdef\copyright@on{}%
|
||||
\gdef\showauthors@on{}%
|
||||
\long\gdef\pdfinfo #1{\relax}%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
\DeclareOption{draft}{%
|
||||
\gdef\copyright@on{}%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
\ProcessOptions\relax%
|
||||
% WARNING: IF YOU ARE USING THIS STYLE SHEET FOR AN AAAI PUBLICATION, YOU
|
||||
% MAY NOT MODIFY IT FOR ANY REASON. MODIFICATIONS (IN YOUR SOURCE
|
||||
% OR IN THIS STYLE SHEET WILL RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PAPER).
|
||||
%
|
||||
% WARNING: This style is NOT guaranteed to work. It is provided in the
|
||||
% hope that it might make the preparation of papers easier, but this style
|
||||
% file is provided "as is" without warranty of any kind, either express or
|
||||
% implied, including but not limited to the implied warranties of
|
||||
% merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, or noninfringement.
|
||||
% You use this style file at your own risk. Standard disclaimers apply.
|
||||
% There are undoubtably bugs in this style. If you would like to submit
|
||||
% bug fixes, improvements, etc. please let us know. Please use the contact form
|
||||
% at www.aaai.org.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Do not use this file unless you are an experienced LaTeX user.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% PHYSICAL PAGE LAYOUT
|
||||
\setlength\topmargin{-0.25in} \setlength\oddsidemargin{-0.25in}
|
||||
\setlength\textheight{9.0in} \setlength\textwidth{7.0in}
|
||||
\setlength\columnsep{0.375in} \newlength\titlebox \setlength\titlebox{2.25in}
|
||||
\setlength\headheight{0pt} \setlength\headsep{0pt}
|
||||
%\setlength\footheight{0pt} \setlength\footskip{0pt}
|
||||
\thispagestyle{empty} \pagestyle{empty}
|
||||
\flushbottom \twocolumn \sloppy
|
||||
% We're never going to need a table of contents, so just flush it to
|
||||
% save space --- suggested by drstrip@sandia-2
|
||||
\def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{}
|
||||
% gf: PRINT COPYRIGHT NOTICE
|
||||
\def\copyright@year{\number\year}
|
||||
\def\copyright@text{Copyright \copyright\space \copyright@year,
|
||||
Association for the Advancement of Artificial Intelligence (www.aaai.org).
|
||||
All rights reserved.}
|
||||
\def\copyrighttext#1{\gdef\copyright@on{T}\gdef\copyright@text{#1}}
|
||||
\def\copyrightyear#1{\gdef\copyright@on{T}\gdef\copyright@year{#1}}
|
||||
% gf: End changes for copyright notice (used in \maketitle, below)
|
||||
% Title stuff, taken from deproc.
|
||||
%
|
||||
\def\maketitle{%
|
||||
\par%
|
||||
\begingroup % to make the footnote style local to the title
|
||||
\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
|
||||
\twocolumn[\@maketitle] \@thanks%
|
||||
\endgroup%
|
||||
% Insert copyright slug unless turned off
|
||||
\if T\copyright@on\insert\footins{\noindent\footnotesize\copyright@text}\fi%
|
||||
%
|
||||
\setcounter{footnote}{0}%
|
||||
\let\maketitle\relax%
|
||||
\let\@maketitle\relax%
|
||||
\gdef\@thanks{}%
|
||||
\gdef\@author{}%
|
||||
\gdef\@title{}%
|
||||
\let\thanks\relax%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
\long\gdef\affiliations #1{ \def \affiliations_{\if T\showauthors@on#1\fi}}%
|
||||
%
|
||||
\def\@maketitle{%
|
||||
\def\theauthors{\if T\showauthors@on\@author\else Anonymous submission\fi}
|
||||
\newcounter{eqfn}\setcounter{eqfn}{0}%
|
||||
\newsavebox{\titlearea}
|
||||
\sbox{\titlearea}{
|
||||
\let\footnote\relax\let\thanks\relax%
|
||||
\setcounter{footnote}{0}%
|
||||
\def\equalcontrib{%
|
||||
\ifnum\value{eqfn}=0%
|
||||
\footnote{These authors contributed equally.}%
|
||||
\setcounter{eqfn}{\value{footnote}}%
|
||||
\else%
|
||||
\footnotemark[\value{eqfn}]%
|
||||
\fi%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
\vbox{%
|
||||
\hsize\textwidth%
|
||||
\linewidth\hsize%
|
||||
\vskip 0.625in minus 0.125in%
|
||||
\centering%
|
||||
{\LARGE\bf \@title \par}%
|
||||
\vskip 0.1in plus 0.5fil minus 0.05in%
|
||||
{\Large{\textbf{\theauthors\ifhmode\\\fi}}}%
|
||||
\vskip .2em plus 0.25fil%
|
||||
{\normalsize \affiliations_\ifhmode\\\fi}%
|
||||
\vskip 1em plus 2fil%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
%
|
||||
\newlength\actualheight%
|
||||
\settoheight{\actualheight}{\usebox{\titlearea}}%
|
||||
\ifdim\actualheight>\titlebox%
|
||||
\setlength{\titlebox}{\actualheight}%
|
||||
\fi%
|
||||
%
|
||||
\vbox to \titlebox {%
|
||||
\let\footnote\thanks\relax%
|
||||
\setcounter{footnote}{0}%
|
||||
\def\equalcontrib{%
|
||||
\ifnum\value{eqfn}=0%
|
||||
\footnote{These authors contributed equally.}%
|
||||
\setcounter{eqfn}{\value{footnote}}%
|
||||
\else%
|
||||
\footnotemark[\value{eqfn}]%
|
||||
\fi%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
\hsize\textwidth%
|
||||
\linewidth\hsize%
|
||||
\vskip 0.625in minus 0.125in%
|
||||
\centering%
|
||||
{\LARGE\bf \@title \par}%
|
||||
\vskip 0.1in plus 0.5fil minus 0.05in%
|
||||
{\Large{\textbf{\theauthors\ifhmode\\\fi}}}%
|
||||
\vskip .2em plus 0.25fil%
|
||||
{\normalsize \affiliations_\ifhmode\\\fi}%
|
||||
\vskip 1em plus 2fil%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
%
|
||||
\renewenvironment{abstract}{%
|
||||
\centerline{\bf Abstract}%
|
||||
\vspace{0.5ex}%
|
||||
\setlength{\leftmargini}{10pt}%
|
||||
\begin{quote}%
|
||||
\small%
|
||||
}{%
|
||||
\par%
|
||||
\end{quote}%
|
||||
\vskip 1ex%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
\newenvironment{links}{%
|
||||
\newcommand{\link}[2]{\par\textbf{##1} --- \url{##2}}%
|
||||
\setlength{\hangindent}{10pt}%
|
||||
\setlength{\parskip}{2pt}%
|
||||
\begin{flushleft}%
|
||||
}{%
|
||||
\end{flushleft}%
|
||||
\vskip 1ex%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
% jsp added:
|
||||
\def\pubnote#1{
|
||||
\thispagestyle{myheadings}%
|
||||
\pagestyle{myheadings}%
|
||||
\markboth{#1}{#1}%
|
||||
\setlength\headheight{10pt}%
|
||||
\setlength\headsep{10pt}%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
%
|
||||
% SECTIONS with less space
|
||||
\def\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}{-2.0ex plus
|
||||
-0.5ex minus -.2ex}{3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt}{\Large\bf\centering}}
|
||||
\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{-2.0ex plus
|
||||
-0.5ex minus -.2ex}{3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt}{\large\bf\raggedright}}
|
||||
\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subparagraph}{3}{\z@}{-6pt plus
|
||||
%%% DIEGO changed: 29/11/2009
|
||||
%% 2pt minus 1pt}{-1em}{\normalsize\bf}}
|
||||
-2pt minus -1pt}{-1em}{\normalsize\bf}}
|
||||
%%% END changed
|
||||
\renewcommand\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}{-6pt plus -2pt minus -1pt}{-1em}{\normalsize\bf}}%
|
||||
\setcounter{secnumdepth}{0}
|
||||
% add period to section (but not subsection) numbers, reduce space after
|
||||
%\renewcommand{\thesection}
|
||||
% {\arabic{section}.\hskip-0.6em}
|
||||
%\renewcommand{\thesubsection}
|
||||
% {\arabic{section}.\arabic{subsection}\hskip-0.6em}
|
||||
% FOOTNOTES
|
||||
\footnotesep 6.65pt %
|
||||
\skip\footins 9pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
|
||||
\def\footnoterule{\kern-3pt \hrule width 5pc \kern 2.6pt }
|
||||
\setcounter{footnote}{0}
|
||||
% LISTS AND PARAGRAPHS
|
||||
\parindent 10pt
|
||||
\topsep 4pt plus 1pt minus 2pt
|
||||
\partopsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\itemsep 0.5pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\parsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\leftmargin 10pt \leftmargini 13pt \leftmarginii 10pt \leftmarginiii 5pt \leftmarginiv 5pt \leftmarginv 5pt \leftmarginvi 5pt
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmargini\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep \labelsep 5pt
|
||||
\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini}
|
||||
\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
|
||||
\topsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\parsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\itemsep \parsep}
|
||||
\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
|
||||
\topsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\parsep \z@
|
||||
\partopsep 0.5pt plus 0pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\itemsep \topsep}
|
||||
\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmarginiv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
|
||||
\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmarginv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
|
||||
\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmarginvi\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
|
||||
\abovedisplayskip 7pt plus2pt minus5pt%
|
||||
\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
|
||||
\abovedisplayshortskip 0pt plus3pt%
|
||||
\belowdisplayshortskip 4pt plus3pt minus3pt%
|
||||
% Less leading in most fonts (due to the narrow columns)
|
||||
% The choices were between 1-pt and 1.5-pt leading
|
||||
\def\normalsize{\@setfontsize\normalsize\@xpt{11}} % 10 point on 11
|
||||
\def\small{\@setfontsize\small\@ixpt{10}} % 9 point on 10
|
||||
\def\footnotesize{\@setfontsize\footnotesize\@ixpt{10}} % 9 point on 10
|
||||
\def\scriptsize{\@setfontsize\scriptsize\@viipt{10}} % 7 point on 8
|
||||
\def\tiny{\@setfontsize\tiny\@vipt{7}} % 6 point on 7
|
||||
\def\large{\@setfontsize\large\@xipt{12}} % 11 point on 12
|
||||
\def\Large{\@setfontsize\Large\@xiipt{14}} % 12 point on 14
|
||||
\def\LARGE{\@setfontsize\LARGE\@xivpt{16}} % 14 point on 16
|
||||
\def\huge{\@setfontsize\huge\@xviipt{20}} % 17 point on 20
|
||||
\def\Huge{\@setfontsize\Huge\@xxpt{23}} % 20 point on 23
|
||||
|
||||
\AtBeginDocument{%
|
||||
\@ifpackageloaded{natbib}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
% When natbib is in use, set the proper style and fix a few things
|
||||
\let\cite\citep
|
||||
\let\shortcite\citeyearpar
|
||||
\setcitestyle{aysep={}}
|
||||
\setlength\bibhang{0pt}
|
||||
\bibliographystyle{aaai2026}
|
||||
}{}%
|
||||
\@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\PackageError{aaai}{You must not use hyperref in AAAI papers.}{You (or one of the packages you imported) are importing the hyperref package, which is forbidden in AAAI papers. You must remove it from the paper to proceed.}
|
||||
}{}%
|
||||
\@ifpackageloaded{bbm}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\PackageError{aaai}{You must not use bbm package in AAAI papers because it introduces Type 3 fonts which are forbidden.}{See https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/479160/a-replacement-to-mathbbm1-with-type-1-fonts for possible alternatives.}
|
||||
}{}%
|
||||
\@ifpackageloaded{authblk}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\PackageError{aaai}{Package authblk is forbbidden.}{Package authblk is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
|
||||
}{}%
|
||||
\@ifpackageloaded{balance}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\PackageError{aaai}{Package balance is forbbidden.}{Package balance is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
|
||||
}{}%
|
||||
\@ifpackageloaded{CJK}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\PackageError{aaai}{Package CJK is forbbidden.}{Package CJK is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
|
||||
}{}%
|
||||
\@ifpackageloaded{flushend}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\PackageError{aaai}{Package flushend is forbbidden.}{Package flushend is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
|
||||
}{}%
|
||||
\@ifpackageloaded{fontenc}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\PackageError{aaai}{Package fontenc is forbbidden.}{Package fontenc is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
|
||||
}{}%
|
||||
\@ifpackageloaded{fullpage}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\PackageError{aaai}{Package fullpage is forbbidden.}{Package fullpage is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
|
||||
}{}%
|
||||
\@ifpackageloaded{geometry}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\PackageError{aaai}{Package geometry is forbbidden.}{Package geometry is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
|
||||
}{}%
|
||||
\@ifpackageloaded{grffile}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\PackageError{aaai}{Package grffile is forbbidden.}{Package grffile is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
|
||||
}{}%
|
||||
\@ifpackageloaded{navigator}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\PackageError{aaai}{Package navigator is forbbidden.}{Package navigator is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
|
||||
}{}%
|
||||
\@ifpackageloaded{savetrees}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\PackageError{aaai}{Package savetrees is forbbidden.}{Package savetrees is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
|
||||
}{}%
|
||||
\@ifpackageloaded{setspace}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\PackageError{aaai}{Package setspace is forbbidden.}{Package setspace is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
|
||||
}{}%
|
||||
\@ifpackageloaded{stfloats}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\PackageError{aaai}{Package stfloats is forbbidden.}{Package stfloats is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
|
||||
}{}%
|
||||
\@ifpackageloaded{tabu}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\PackageError{aaai}{Package tabu is forbbidden.}{Package tabu is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
|
||||
}{}%
|
||||
\@ifpackageloaded{titlesec}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\PackageError{aaai}{Package titlesec is forbbidden.}{Package titlesec is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
|
||||
}{}%
|
||||
\@ifpackageloaded{tocbibind}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\PackageError{aaai}{Package tocbibind is forbbidden.}{Package tocbibind is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
|
||||
}{}%
|
||||
\@ifpackageloaded{ulem}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\PackageError{aaai}{Package ulem is forbbidden.}{Package ulem is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
|
||||
}{}%
|
||||
\@ifpackageloaded{wrapfig}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\PackageError{aaai}{Package wrapfig is forbbidden.}{Package wrapfig is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
|
||||
}{}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\let\endthebibliography=\endlist
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
|
||||
# *ACL Paper Styles
|
||||
|
||||
This directory contains the latest LaTeX templates for *ACL conferences.
|
||||
|
||||
## Instructions for authors
|
||||
|
||||
Paper submissions to *ACL conferences must use the official ACL style
|
||||
templates.
|
||||
|
||||
The LaTeX style files are available
|
||||
|
||||
- as an [Overleaf template](https://www.overleaf.com/latex/templates/association-for-computational-linguistics-acl-conference/jvxskxpnznfj)
|
||||
- in this repository
|
||||
- as a [.zip file](https://github.com/acl-org/acl-style-files/archive/refs/heads/master.zip)
|
||||
|
||||
Please see [`acl_latex.tex`](https://github.com/acl-org/acl-style-files/blob/master/acl_latex.tex) for an example.
|
||||
|
||||
Please follow the paper formatting guidelines general to *ACL
|
||||
conferences:
|
||||
|
||||
- [Paper formatting guidelines](https://acl-org.github.io/ACLPUB/formatting.html)
|
||||
|
||||
Authors may not modify these style files or use templates designed for
|
||||
other conferences.
|
||||
|
||||
## Instructions for publications chairs
|
||||
|
||||
To adapt the style files for your conference, please fork this repository and
|
||||
make necessary changes. Minimally, you'll need to update the name of
|
||||
the conference and rename the files.
|
||||
|
||||
If you make improvements to the templates that should be propagated to
|
||||
future conferences, please submit a pull request. Thank you in
|
||||
advance!
|
||||
|
||||
In older versions of the templates, authors were asked to fill in the
|
||||
START submission ID so that it would be stamped at the top of each
|
||||
page of the anonymized version. This is no longer needed, because it
|
||||
is now possible to do this stamping automatically within
|
||||
START. Currently, the way to do this is for the program chair to email
|
||||
support@softconf.com and request it.
|
||||
|
||||
## Instructions for making changes to style files
|
||||
|
||||
- merge pull request in github, or push to github
|
||||
- git pull from github to a local repository
|
||||
- then, git push from your local repository to overleaf project
|
||||
- Overleaf project is https://www.overleaf.com/project/5f64f1fb97c4c50001b60549
|
||||
- Overleaf git url is https://git.overleaf.com/5f64f1fb97c4c50001b60549
|
||||
- then, click "Submit" and then "Submit as Template" in overleaf in order to ask overleaf to update the overleaf template from the overleaf project
|
||||
312
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/acl/acl.sty
Normal file
312
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/acl/acl.sty
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
|
||||
% This is the LaTex style file for *ACL.
|
||||
% The official sources can be found at
|
||||
%
|
||||
% https://github.com/acl-org/acl-style-files/
|
||||
%
|
||||
% This package is activated by adding
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \usepackage{acl}
|
||||
%
|
||||
% to your LaTeX file. When submitting your paper for review, add the "review" option:
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \usepackage[review]{acl}
|
||||
|
||||
\newif\ifacl@finalcopy
|
||||
\newif\ifacl@anonymize
|
||||
\newif\ifacl@linenumbers
|
||||
\newif\ifacl@pagenumbers
|
||||
\DeclareOption{final}{\acl@finalcopytrue\acl@anonymizefalse\acl@linenumbersfalse\acl@pagenumbersfalse}
|
||||
\DeclareOption{review}{\acl@finalcopyfalse\acl@anonymizetrue\acl@linenumberstrue\acl@pagenumberstrue}
|
||||
\DeclareOption{preprint}{\acl@finalcopytrue\acl@anonymizefalse\acl@linenumbersfalse\acl@pagenumberstrue}
|
||||
\ExecuteOptions{final} % final copy is the default
|
||||
|
||||
% include hyperref, unless user specifies nohyperref option like this:
|
||||
% \usepackage[nohyperref]{acl}
|
||||
\newif\ifacl@hyperref
|
||||
\DeclareOption{hyperref}{\acl@hyperreftrue}
|
||||
\DeclareOption{nohyperref}{\acl@hyperreffalse}
|
||||
\ExecuteOptions{hyperref} % default is to use hyperref
|
||||
\ProcessOptions\relax
|
||||
|
||||
\typeout{Conference Style for ACL}
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage{xcolor}
|
||||
|
||||
\ifacl@linenumbers
|
||||
% Add draft line numbering via the lineno package
|
||||
% https://texblog.org/2012/02/08/adding-line-numbers-to-documents/
|
||||
\usepackage[switch,mathlines]{lineno}
|
||||
|
||||
% Line numbers in gray Helvetica 8pt
|
||||
\font\aclhv = phvb at 8pt
|
||||
\renewcommand\linenumberfont{\aclhv\color{lightgray}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Zero-fill line numbers
|
||||
% NUMBER with left flushed zeros \fillzeros[<WIDTH>]<NUMBER>
|
||||
\newcount\cv@tmpc@ \newcount\cv@tmpc
|
||||
\def\fillzeros[#1]#2{\cv@tmpc@=#2\relax\ifnum\cv@tmpc@<0\cv@tmpc@=-\cv@tmpc@\fi
|
||||
\cv@tmpc=1 %
|
||||
\loop\ifnum\cv@tmpc@<10 \else \divide\cv@tmpc@ by 10 \advance\cv@tmpc by 1 \fi
|
||||
\ifnum\cv@tmpc@=10\relax\cv@tmpc@=11\relax\fi \ifnum\cv@tmpc@>10 \repeat
|
||||
\ifnum#2<0\advance\cv@tmpc1\relax-\fi
|
||||
\loop\ifnum\cv@tmpc<#1\relax0\advance\cv@tmpc1\relax\fi \ifnum\cv@tmpc<#1 \repeat
|
||||
\cv@tmpc@=#2\relax\ifnum\cv@tmpc@<0\cv@tmpc@=-\cv@tmpc@\fi \relax\the\cv@tmpc@}%
|
||||
\renewcommand\thelinenumber{\fillzeros[3]{\arabic{linenumber}}}
|
||||
\AtBeginDocument{\linenumbers}
|
||||
|
||||
\setlength{\linenumbersep}{1.6cm}
|
||||
|
||||
% Bug: An equation with $$ ... $$ isn't numbered, nor is the previous line.
|
||||
|
||||
% Patch amsmath commands so that the previous line and the equation itself
|
||||
% are numbered. Bug: multline has an extra line number.
|
||||
% https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/461186/how-to-use-lineno-with-amsmath-align
|
||||
\usepackage{etoolbox} %% <- for \pretocmd, \apptocmd and \patchcmd
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand*\linenomathpatch[1]{%
|
||||
\expandafter\pretocmd\csname #1\endcsname {\linenomath}{}{}%
|
||||
\expandafter\pretocmd\csname #1*\endcsname {\linenomath}{}{}%
|
||||
\expandafter\apptocmd\csname end#1\endcsname {\endlinenomath}{}{}%
|
||||
\expandafter\apptocmd\csname end#1*\endcsname {\endlinenomath}{}{}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\newcommand*\linenomathpatchAMS[1]{%
|
||||
\expandafter\pretocmd\csname #1\endcsname {\linenomathAMS}{}{}%
|
||||
\expandafter\pretocmd\csname #1*\endcsname {\linenomathAMS}{}{}%
|
||||
\expandafter\apptocmd\csname end#1\endcsname {\endlinenomath}{}{}%
|
||||
\expandafter\apptocmd\csname end#1*\endcsname {\endlinenomath}{}{}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
%% Definition of \linenomathAMS depends on whether the mathlines option is provided
|
||||
\expandafter\ifx\linenomath\linenomathWithnumbers
|
||||
\let\linenomathAMS\linenomathWithnumbers
|
||||
%% The following line gets rid of an extra line numbers at the bottom:
|
||||
\patchcmd\linenomathAMS{\advance\postdisplaypenalty\linenopenalty}{}{}{}
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\let\linenomathAMS\linenomathNonumbers
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
|
||||
\AtBeginDocument{%
|
||||
\linenomathpatch{equation}%
|
||||
\linenomathpatchAMS{gather}%
|
||||
\linenomathpatchAMS{multline}%
|
||||
\linenomathpatchAMS{align}%
|
||||
\linenomathpatchAMS{alignat}%
|
||||
\linenomathpatchAMS{flalign}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\else
|
||||
% Hack to ignore these commands, which review mode puts into the .aux file.
|
||||
\newcommand{\@LN@col}[1]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\@LN}[2]{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\nolinenumbers}{}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
|
||||
\PassOptionsToPackage{a4paper,margin=2.5cm,heightrounded=true}{geometry}
|
||||
\RequirePackage{geometry}
|
||||
|
||||
\setlength\columnsep{0.6cm}
|
||||
\newlength\titlebox
|
||||
\setlength\titlebox{11\baselineskip}
|
||||
% \titlebox should be a multiple of \baselineskip so that
|
||||
% column height remaining fits an exact number of lines of text
|
||||
|
||||
\flushbottom \twocolumn \sloppy
|
||||
|
||||
% We're never going to need a table of contents, so just flush it to
|
||||
% save space --- suggested by drstrip@sandia-2
|
||||
\def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{}
|
||||
|
||||
\ifacl@pagenumbers
|
||||
\pagenumbering{arabic}
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\thispagestyle{empty}
|
||||
\pagestyle{empty}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
|
||||
%% Title and Authors %%
|
||||
|
||||
\let\Thanks\thanks % \Thanks and \thanks used to be different, but keep this for backwards compatibility.
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand\outauthor{%
|
||||
\begin{tabular}[t]{c}
|
||||
\ifacl@anonymize
|
||||
\bfseries Anonymous ACL submission
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\bfseries\@author
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\end{tabular}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Mostly taken from deproc.
|
||||
\AtBeginDocument{
|
||||
\def\maketitle{\par
|
||||
\begingroup
|
||||
\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
|
||||
\twocolumn[\@maketitle]
|
||||
\@thanks
|
||||
\endgroup
|
||||
\setcounter{footnote}{0}
|
||||
\let\maketitle\relax
|
||||
\let\@maketitle\relax
|
||||
\gdef\@thanks{}\gdef\@author{}\gdef\@title{}\let\thanks\relax}
|
||||
\def\@maketitle{\vbox to \titlebox{\hsize\textwidth
|
||||
\linewidth\hsize \vskip 0.125in minus 0.125in \centering
|
||||
{\Large\bfseries \@title \par} \vskip 0.2in plus 1fil minus 0.1in
|
||||
{\def\and{\unskip\enspace{\rmfamily and}\enspace}%
|
||||
\def\And{\end{tabular}\hss \egroup \hskip 1in plus 2fil
|
||||
\hbox to 0pt\bgroup\hss \begin{tabular}[t]{c}\bfseries}%
|
||||
\def\AND{\end{tabular}\hss\egroup \hfil\hfil\egroup
|
||||
\vskip 0.25in plus 1fil minus 0.125in
|
||||
\hbox to \linewidth\bgroup\large \hfil\hfil
|
||||
\hbox to 0pt\bgroup\hss \begin{tabular}[t]{c}\bfseries}
|
||||
\hbox to \linewidth\bgroup\large \hfil\hfil
|
||||
\hbox to 0pt\bgroup\hss
|
||||
\outauthor
|
||||
\hss\egroup
|
||||
\hfil\hfil\egroup}
|
||||
\vskip 0.3in plus 2fil minus 0.1in
|
||||
}}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% margins and font size for abstract
|
||||
\renewenvironment{abstract}%
|
||||
{\begin{center}\large\textbf{\abstractname}\end{center}%
|
||||
\begin{list}{}%
|
||||
{\setlength{\rightmargin}{0.6cm}%
|
||||
\setlength{\leftmargin}{0.6cm}}%
|
||||
\item[]\ignorespaces%
|
||||
\@setsize\normalsize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt
|
||||
}%
|
||||
{\unskip\end{list}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Resizing figure and table captions - SL
|
||||
% Support for interacting with the caption, subfigure, and subcaption packages - SL
|
||||
\RequirePackage{caption}
|
||||
\DeclareCaptionFont{10pt}{\fontsize{10pt}{12pt}\selectfont}
|
||||
\captionsetup{font=10pt}
|
||||
|
||||
\RequirePackage{natbib}
|
||||
% for citation commands in the .tex, authors can use:
|
||||
% \citep, \citet, and \citeyearpar for compatibility with natbib, or
|
||||
% \cite, \newcite, and \shortcite for compatibility with older ACL .sty files
|
||||
\renewcommand\cite{\citep} % to get "(Author Year)" with natbib
|
||||
\newcommand\shortcite{\citeyearpar}% to get "(Year)" with natbib
|
||||
\newcommand\newcite{\citet} % to get "Author (Year)" with natbib
|
||||
\newcommand{\citeposs}[1]{\citeauthor{#1}'s (\citeyear{#1})} % to get "Author's (Year)"
|
||||
|
||||
\bibliographystyle{acl_natbib}
|
||||
|
||||
% Bibliography
|
||||
|
||||
% Don't put a label in the bibliography at all. Just use the unlabeled format
|
||||
% instead.
|
||||
\def\thebibliography#1{\vskip\parskip%
|
||||
\vskip\baselineskip%
|
||||
\def\baselinestretch{1}%
|
||||
\ifx\@currsize\normalsize\@normalsize\else\@currsize\fi%
|
||||
\vskip-\parskip%
|
||||
\vskip-\baselineskip%
|
||||
\section*{References\@mkboth
|
||||
{References}{References}}\list
|
||||
{}{\setlength{\labelwidth}{0pt}\setlength{\leftmargin}{\parindent}
|
||||
\setlength{\itemindent}{-\parindent}}
|
||||
\def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus -.07em}
|
||||
\sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000
|
||||
\sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
|
||||
\let\endthebibliography=\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% Allow for a bibliography of sources of attested examples
|
||||
\def\thesourcebibliography#1{\vskip\parskip%
|
||||
\vskip\baselineskip%
|
||||
\def\baselinestretch{1}%
|
||||
\ifx\@currsize\normalsize\@normalsize\else\@currsize\fi%
|
||||
\vskip-\parskip%
|
||||
\vskip-\baselineskip%
|
||||
\section*{Sources of Attested Examples\@mkboth
|
||||
{Sources of Attested Examples}{Sources of Attested Examples}}\list
|
||||
{}{\setlength{\labelwidth}{0pt}\setlength{\leftmargin}{\parindent}
|
||||
\setlength{\itemindent}{-\parindent}}
|
||||
\def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus -.07em}
|
||||
\sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000
|
||||
\sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
|
||||
\let\endthesourcebibliography=\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
% sections with less space
|
||||
\def\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}{-2.0ex plus
|
||||
-0.5ex minus -.2ex}{1.5ex plus 0.3ex minus .2ex}{\large\bfseries\raggedright}}
|
||||
\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{-1.8ex plus
|
||||
-0.5ex minus -.2ex}{0.8ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bfseries\raggedright}}
|
||||
%% changed by KO to - values to get the initial parindent right
|
||||
\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-1.5ex plus
|
||||
-0.5ex minus -.2ex}{0.5ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bfseries\raggedright}}
|
||||
\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}{1.5ex plus
|
||||
0.5ex minus .2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize\bfseries}}
|
||||
\def\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{5}{\parindent}{1.5ex plus
|
||||
0.5ex minus .2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize\bfseries}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Footnotes
|
||||
\footnotesep 6.65pt %
|
||||
\skip\footins 9pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
|
||||
\def\footnoterule{\kern-3pt \hrule width 5pc \kern 2.6pt }
|
||||
\setcounter{footnote}{0}
|
||||
|
||||
% Lists and paragraphs
|
||||
\parindent 1em
|
||||
\topsep 4pt plus 1pt minus 2pt
|
||||
\partopsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\itemsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\parsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
|
||||
\leftmargin 2em \leftmargini\leftmargin \leftmarginii 2em
|
||||
\leftmarginiii 1.5em \leftmarginiv 1.0em \leftmarginv .5em \leftmarginvi .5em
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmargini\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep \labelsep 5pt
|
||||
|
||||
\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini}
|
||||
\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
|
||||
\topsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\parsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\itemsep \parsep}
|
||||
\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
|
||||
\topsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\parsep \z@ \partopsep 0.5pt plus 0pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\itemsep \topsep}
|
||||
\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmarginiv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
|
||||
\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmarginv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
|
||||
\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmarginvi\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
|
||||
|
||||
\abovedisplayskip 7pt plus2pt minus5pt%
|
||||
\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
|
||||
\abovedisplayshortskip 0pt plus3pt%
|
||||
\belowdisplayshortskip 4pt plus3pt minus3pt%
|
||||
|
||||
% Less leading in most fonts (due to the narrow columns)
|
||||
% The choices were between 1-pt and 1.5-pt leading
|
||||
\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{11pt}\xpt\@xpt}
|
||||
\def\small{\@setsize\small{10pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}
|
||||
\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{10pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}
|
||||
\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}
|
||||
\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}
|
||||
\def\large{\@setsize\large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}
|
||||
\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{16pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
|
||||
\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{20pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}
|
||||
\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{23pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
|
||||
\def\Huge{\@setsize\Huge{28pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}
|
||||
|
||||
% The hyperref manual (section 9) says hyperref should be loaded after natbib
|
||||
\ifacl@hyperref
|
||||
\PassOptionsToPackage{breaklinks}{hyperref}
|
||||
\RequirePackage{hyperref}
|
||||
% make links dark blue
|
||||
\definecolor{darkblue}{rgb}{0, 0, 0.5}
|
||||
\hypersetup{colorlinks=true, citecolor=darkblue, linkcolor=darkblue, urlcolor=darkblue}
|
||||
\else
|
||||
% This definition is used if the hyperref package is not loaded.
|
||||
% It provides a backup, no-op definiton of \href.
|
||||
% This is necessary because \href command is used in the acl_natbib.bst file.
|
||||
\def\href#1#2{{#2}}
|
||||
\usepackage{url}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,377 @@
|
||||
\documentclass[11pt]{article}
|
||||
|
||||
% Change "review" to "final" to generate the final (sometimes called camera-ready) version.
|
||||
% Change to "preprint" to generate a non-anonymous version with page numbers.
|
||||
\usepackage[review]{acl}
|
||||
|
||||
% Standard package includes
|
||||
\usepackage{times}
|
||||
\usepackage{latexsym}
|
||||
|
||||
% For proper rendering and hyphenation of words containing Latin characters (including in bib files)
|
||||
\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
|
||||
% For Vietnamese characters
|
||||
% \usepackage[T5]{fontenc}
|
||||
% See https://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/encguide.pdf for other character sets
|
||||
|
||||
% This assumes your files are encoded as UTF8
|
||||
\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
|
||||
|
||||
% This is not strictly necessary, and may be commented out,
|
||||
% but it will improve the layout of the manuscript,
|
||||
% and will typically save some space.
|
||||
\usepackage{microtype}
|
||||
|
||||
% This is also not strictly necessary, and may be commented out.
|
||||
% However, it will improve the aesthetics of text in
|
||||
% the typewriter font.
|
||||
\usepackage{inconsolata}
|
||||
|
||||
%Including images in your LaTeX document requires adding
|
||||
%additional package(s)
|
||||
\usepackage{graphicx}
|
||||
|
||||
% If the title and author information does not fit in the area allocated, uncomment the following
|
||||
%
|
||||
%\setlength\titlebox{<dim>}
|
||||
%
|
||||
% and set <dim> to something 5cm or larger.
|
||||
|
||||
\title{Instructions for *ACL Proceedings}
|
||||
|
||||
% Author information can be set in various styles:
|
||||
% For several authors from the same institution:
|
||||
% \author{Author 1 \and ... \and Author n \\
|
||||
% Address line \\ ... \\ Address line}
|
||||
% if the names do not fit well on one line use
|
||||
% Author 1 \\ {\bf Author 2} \\ ... \\ {\bf Author n} \\
|
||||
% For authors from different institutions:
|
||||
% \author{Author 1 \\ Address line \\ ... \\ Address line
|
||||
% \And ... \And
|
||||
% Author n \\ Address line \\ ... \\ Address line}
|
||||
% To start a separate ``row'' of authors use \AND, as in
|
||||
% \author{Author 1 \\ Address line \\ ... \\ Address line
|
||||
% \AND
|
||||
% Author 2 \\ Address line \\ ... \\ Address line \And
|
||||
% Author 3 \\ Address line \\ ... \\ Address line}
|
||||
|
||||
\author{First Author \\
|
||||
Affiliation / Address line 1 \\
|
||||
Affiliation / Address line 2 \\
|
||||
Affiliation / Address line 3 \\
|
||||
\texttt{email@domain} \\\And
|
||||
Second Author \\
|
||||
Affiliation / Address line 1 \\
|
||||
Affiliation / Address line 2 \\
|
||||
Affiliation / Address line 3 \\
|
||||
\texttt{email@domain} \\}
|
||||
|
||||
%\author{
|
||||
% \textbf{First Author\textsuperscript{1}},
|
||||
% \textbf{Second Author\textsuperscript{1,2}},
|
||||
% \textbf{Third T. Author\textsuperscript{1}},
|
||||
% \textbf{Fourth Author\textsuperscript{1}},
|
||||
%\\
|
||||
% \textbf{Fifth Author\textsuperscript{1,2}},
|
||||
% \textbf{Sixth Author\textsuperscript{1}},
|
||||
% \textbf{Seventh Author\textsuperscript{1}},
|
||||
% \textbf{Eighth Author \textsuperscript{1,2,3,4}},
|
||||
%\\
|
||||
% \textbf{Ninth Author\textsuperscript{1}},
|
||||
% \textbf{Tenth Author\textsuperscript{1}},
|
||||
% \textbf{Eleventh E. Author\textsuperscript{1,2,3,4,5}},
|
||||
% \textbf{Twelfth Author\textsuperscript{1}},
|
||||
%\\
|
||||
% \textbf{Thirteenth Author\textsuperscript{3}},
|
||||
% \textbf{Fourteenth F. Author\textsuperscript{2,4}},
|
||||
% \textbf{Fifteenth Author\textsuperscript{1}},
|
||||
% \textbf{Sixteenth Author\textsuperscript{1}},
|
||||
%\\
|
||||
% \textbf{Seventeenth S. Author\textsuperscript{4,5}},
|
||||
% \textbf{Eighteenth Author\textsuperscript{3,4}},
|
||||
% \textbf{Nineteenth N. Author\textsuperscript{2,5}},
|
||||
% \textbf{Twentieth Author\textsuperscript{1}}
|
||||
%\\
|
||||
%\\
|
||||
% \textsuperscript{1}Affiliation 1,
|
||||
% \textsuperscript{2}Affiliation 2,
|
||||
% \textsuperscript{3}Affiliation 3,
|
||||
% \textsuperscript{4}Affiliation 4,
|
||||
% \textsuperscript{5}Affiliation 5
|
||||
%\\
|
||||
% \small{
|
||||
% \textbf{Correspondence:} \href{mailto:email@domain}{email@domain}
|
||||
% }
|
||||
%}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{document}
|
||||
\maketitle
|
||||
\begin{abstract}
|
||||
This document is a supplement to the general instructions for *ACL authors. It contains instructions for using the \LaTeX{} style files for ACL conferences.
|
||||
The document itself conforms to its own specifications, and is therefore an example of what your manuscript should look like.
|
||||
These instructions should be used both for papers submitted for review and for final versions of accepted papers.
|
||||
\end{abstract}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Introduction}
|
||||
|
||||
These instructions are for authors submitting papers to *ACL conferences using \LaTeX. They are not self-contained. All authors must follow the general instructions for *ACL proceedings,\footnote{\url{http://acl-org.github.io/ACLPUB/formatting.html}} and this document contains additional instructions for the \LaTeX{} style files.
|
||||
|
||||
The templates include the \LaTeX{} source of this document (\texttt{acl\_latex.tex}),
|
||||
the \LaTeX{} style file used to format it (\texttt{acl.sty}),
|
||||
an ACL bibliography style (\texttt{acl\_natbib.bst}),
|
||||
an example bibliography (\texttt{custom.bib}),
|
||||
and the bibliography for the ACL Anthology (\texttt{anthology.bib}).
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Engines}
|
||||
|
||||
To produce a PDF file, pdf\LaTeX{} is strongly recommended (over original \LaTeX{} plus dvips+ps2pdf or dvipdf).
|
||||
The style file \texttt{acl.sty} can also be used with
|
||||
lua\LaTeX{} and
|
||||
Xe\LaTeX{}, which are especially suitable for text in non-Latin scripts.
|
||||
The file \texttt{acl\_lualatex.tex} in this repository provides
|
||||
an example of how to use \texttt{acl.sty} with either
|
||||
lua\LaTeX{} or
|
||||
Xe\LaTeX{}.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Preamble}
|
||||
|
||||
The first line of the file must be
|
||||
\begin{quote}
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
\documentclass[11pt]{article}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
\end{quote}
|
||||
|
||||
To load the style file in the review version:
|
||||
\begin{quote}
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
\usepackage[review]{acl}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
\end{quote}
|
||||
For the final version, omit the \verb|review| option:
|
||||
\begin{quote}
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
\usepackage{acl}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
\end{quote}
|
||||
|
||||
To use Times Roman, put the following in the preamble:
|
||||
\begin{quote}
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
\usepackage{times}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
\end{quote}
|
||||
(Alternatives like txfonts or newtx are also acceptable.)
|
||||
|
||||
Please see the \LaTeX{} source of this document for comments on other packages that may be useful.
|
||||
|
||||
Set the title and author using \verb|\title| and \verb|\author|. Within the author list, format multiple authors using \verb|\and| and \verb|\And| and \verb|\AND|; please see the \LaTeX{} source for examples.
|
||||
|
||||
By default, the box containing the title and author names is set to the minimum of 5 cm. If you need more space, include the following in the preamble:
|
||||
\begin{quote}
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
\setlength\titlebox{<dim>}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
\end{quote}
|
||||
where \verb|<dim>| is replaced with a length. Do not set this length smaller than 5 cm.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Document Body}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Footnotes}
|
||||
|
||||
Footnotes are inserted with the \verb|\footnote| command.\footnote{This is a footnote.}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Tables and figures}
|
||||
|
||||
See Table~\ref{tab:accents} for an example of a table and its caption.
|
||||
\textbf{Do not override the default caption sizes.}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{table}
|
||||
\centering
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{lc}
|
||||
\hline
|
||||
\textbf{Command} & \textbf{Output} \\
|
||||
\hline
|
||||
\verb|{\"a}| & {\"a} \\
|
||||
\verb|{\^e}| & {\^e} \\
|
||||
\verb|{\`i}| & {\`i} \\
|
||||
\verb|{\.I}| & {\.I} \\
|
||||
\verb|{\o}| & {\o} \\
|
||||
\verb|{\'u}| & {\'u} \\
|
||||
\verb|{\aa}| & {\aa} \\\hline
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{lc}
|
||||
\hline
|
||||
\textbf{Command} & \textbf{Output} \\
|
||||
\hline
|
||||
\verb|{\c c}| & {\c c} \\
|
||||
\verb|{\u g}| & {\u g} \\
|
||||
\verb|{\l}| & {\l} \\
|
||||
\verb|{\~n}| & {\~n} \\
|
||||
\verb|{\H o}| & {\H o} \\
|
||||
\verb|{\v r}| & {\v r} \\
|
||||
\verb|{\ss}| & {\ss} \\
|
||||
\hline
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
\caption{Example commands for accented characters, to be used in, \emph{e.g.}, Bib\TeX{} entries.}
|
||||
\label{tab:accents}
|
||||
\end{table}
|
||||
|
||||
As much as possible, fonts in figures should conform
|
||||
to the document fonts. See Figure~\ref{fig:experiments} for an example of a figure and its caption.
|
||||
|
||||
Using the \verb|graphicx| package graphics files can be included within figure
|
||||
environment at an appropriate point within the text.
|
||||
The \verb|graphicx| package supports various optional arguments to control the
|
||||
appearance of the figure.
|
||||
You must include it explicitly in the \LaTeX{} preamble (after the
|
||||
\verb|\documentclass| declaration and before \verb|\begin{document}|) using
|
||||
\verb|\usepackage{graphicx}|.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{figure}[t]
|
||||
\includegraphics[width=\columnwidth]{example-image-golden}
|
||||
\caption{A figure with a caption that runs for more than one line.
|
||||
Example image is usually available through the \texttt{mwe} package
|
||||
without even mentioning it in the preamble.}
|
||||
\label{fig:experiments}
|
||||
\end{figure}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{figure*}[t]
|
||||
\includegraphics[width=0.48\linewidth]{example-image-a} \hfill
|
||||
\includegraphics[width=0.48\linewidth]{example-image-b}
|
||||
\caption {A minimal working example to demonstrate how to place
|
||||
two images side-by-side.}
|
||||
\end{figure*}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Hyperlinks}
|
||||
|
||||
Users of older versions of \LaTeX{} may encounter the following error during compilation:
|
||||
\begin{quote}
|
||||
\verb|\pdfendlink| ended up in different nesting level than \verb|\pdfstartlink|.
|
||||
\end{quote}
|
||||
This happens when pdf\LaTeX{} is used and a citation splits across a page boundary. The best way to fix this is to upgrade \LaTeX{} to 2018-12-01 or later.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Citations}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{table*}
|
||||
\centering
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{lll}
|
||||
\hline
|
||||
\textbf{Output} & \textbf{natbib command} & \textbf{ACL only command} \\
|
||||
\hline
|
||||
\citep{Gusfield:97} & \verb|\citep| & \\
|
||||
\citealp{Gusfield:97} & \verb|\citealp| & \\
|
||||
\citet{Gusfield:97} & \verb|\citet| & \\
|
||||
\citeyearpar{Gusfield:97} & \verb|\citeyearpar| & \\
|
||||
\citeposs{Gusfield:97} & & \verb|\citeposs| \\
|
||||
\hline
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
\caption{\label{citation-guide}
|
||||
Citation commands supported by the style file.
|
||||
The style is based on the natbib package and supports all natbib citation commands.
|
||||
It also supports commands defined in previous ACL style files for compatibility.
|
||||
}
|
||||
\end{table*}
|
||||
|
||||
Table~\ref{citation-guide} shows the syntax supported by the style files.
|
||||
We encourage you to use the natbib styles.
|
||||
You can use the command \verb|\citet| (cite in text) to get ``author (year)'' citations, like this citation to a paper by \citet{Gusfield:97}.
|
||||
You can use the command \verb|\citep| (cite in parentheses) to get ``(author, year)'' citations \citep{Gusfield:97}.
|
||||
You can use the command \verb|\citealp| (alternative cite without parentheses) to get ``author, year'' citations, which is useful for using citations within parentheses (e.g. \citealp{Gusfield:97}).
|
||||
|
||||
A possessive citation can be made with the command \verb|\citeposs|.
|
||||
This is not a standard natbib command, so it is generally not compatible
|
||||
with other style files.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{References}
|
||||
|
||||
\nocite{Ando2005,andrew2007scalable,rasooli-tetrault-2015}
|
||||
|
||||
The \LaTeX{} and Bib\TeX{} style files provided roughly follow the American Psychological Association format.
|
||||
If your own bib file is named \texttt{custom.bib}, then placing the following before any appendices in your \LaTeX{} file will generate the references section for you:
|
||||
\begin{quote}
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
\bibliography{custom}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
\end{quote}
|
||||
|
||||
You can obtain the complete ACL Anthology as a Bib\TeX{} file from \url{https://aclweb.org/anthology/anthology.bib.gz}.
|
||||
To include both the Anthology and your own .bib file, use the following instead of the above.
|
||||
\begin{quote}
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
\bibliography{anthology,custom}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
\end{quote}
|
||||
|
||||
Please see Section~\ref{sec:bibtex} for information on preparing Bib\TeX{} files.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Equations}
|
||||
|
||||
An example equation is shown below:
|
||||
\begin{equation}
|
||||
\label{eq:example}
|
||||
A = \pi r^2
|
||||
\end{equation}
|
||||
|
||||
Labels for equation numbers, sections, subsections, figures and tables
|
||||
are all defined with the \verb|\label{label}| command and cross references
|
||||
to them are made with the \verb|\ref{label}| command.
|
||||
|
||||
This an example cross-reference to Equation~\ref{eq:example}.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Appendices}
|
||||
|
||||
Use \verb|\appendix| before any appendix section to switch the section numbering over to letters. See Appendix~\ref{sec:appendix} for an example.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Bib\TeX{} Files}
|
||||
\label{sec:bibtex}
|
||||
|
||||
Unicode cannot be used in Bib\TeX{} entries, and some ways of typing special characters can disrupt Bib\TeX's alphabetization. The recommended way of typing special characters is shown in Table~\ref{tab:accents}.
|
||||
|
||||
Please ensure that Bib\TeX{} records contain DOIs or URLs when possible, and for all the ACL materials that you reference.
|
||||
Use the \verb|doi| field for DOIs and the \verb|url| field for URLs.
|
||||
If a Bib\TeX{} entry has a URL or DOI field, the paper title in the references section will appear as a hyperlink to the paper, using the hyperref \LaTeX{} package.
|
||||
|
||||
\section*{Limitations}
|
||||
|
||||
This document does not cover the content requirements for ACL or any
|
||||
other specific venue. Check the author instructions for
|
||||
information on
|
||||
maximum page lengths, the required ``Limitations'' section,
|
||||
and so on.
|
||||
|
||||
\section*{Acknowledgments}
|
||||
|
||||
This document has been adapted
|
||||
by Steven Bethard, Ryan Cotterell and Rui Yan
|
||||
from the instructions for earlier ACL and NAACL proceedings, including those for
|
||||
ACL 2019 by Douwe Kiela and Ivan Vuli\'{c},
|
||||
NAACL 2019 by Stephanie Lukin and Alla Roskovskaya,
|
||||
ACL 2018 by Shay Cohen, Kevin Gimpel, and Wei Lu,
|
||||
NAACL 2018 by Margaret Mitchell and Stephanie Lukin,
|
||||
Bib\TeX{} suggestions for (NA)ACL 2017/2018 from Jason Eisner,
|
||||
ACL 2017 by Dan Gildea and Min-Yen Kan,
|
||||
NAACL 2017 by Margaret Mitchell,
|
||||
ACL 2012 by Maggie Li and Michael White,
|
||||
ACL 2010 by Jing-Shin Chang and Philipp Koehn,
|
||||
ACL 2008 by Johanna D. Moore, Simone Teufel, James Allan, and Sadaoki Furui,
|
||||
ACL 2005 by Hwee Tou Ng and Kemal Oflazer,
|
||||
ACL 2002 by Eugene Charniak and Dekang Lin,
|
||||
and earlier ACL and EACL formats written by several people, including
|
||||
John Chen, Henry S. Thompson and Donald Walker.
|
||||
Additional elements were taken from the formatting instructions of the \emph{International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence} and the \emph{Conference on Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition}.
|
||||
|
||||
% Bibliography entries for the entire Anthology, followed by custom entries
|
||||
%\bibliography{custom,anthology-overleaf-1,anthology-overleaf-2}
|
||||
|
||||
% Custom bibliography entries only
|
||||
\bibliography{custom}
|
||||
|
||||
\appendix
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Example Appendix}
|
||||
\label{sec:appendix}
|
||||
|
||||
This is an appendix.
|
||||
|
||||
\end{document}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
|
||||
% This file compiles with both LuaLaTeX and XeLaTeX
|
||||
\documentclass[11pt]{article}
|
||||
|
||||
% Change "review" to "final" to generate the final (sometimes called camera-ready) version.
|
||||
% Change to "preprint" to generate a non-anonymous version with page numbers.
|
||||
\usepackage[review]{acl}
|
||||
|
||||
% This is not strictly necessary, and may be commented out,
|
||||
% but it will improve the layout of the manuscript,
|
||||
% and will typically save some space.
|
||||
\usepackage{microtype}
|
||||
|
||||
% If the title and author information does not fit in the area allocated, uncomment the following
|
||||
%
|
||||
%\setlength\titlebox{<dim>}
|
||||
%
|
||||
% and set <dim> to something 5cm or larger.
|
||||
|
||||
% These font selection commands work with
|
||||
% LuaLaTeX and XeLaTeX, but not pdfLaTeX.
|
||||
\usepackage[english,bidi=default]{babel} % English as the main language.
|
||||
\babelfont{rm}{TeXGyreTermesX} % similar to Times
|
||||
%%% include whatever languages you need below this line
|
||||
\babelprovide[import]{hindi}
|
||||
\babelfont[*devanagari]{rm}{Lohit Devanagari}
|
||||
\babelprovide[import]{arabic}
|
||||
\babelfont[*arabic]{rm}{Noto Sans Arabic}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
%\usepackage{polyglossia}
|
||||
%\setdefaultlanguage{english}
|
||||
%\setotherlanguages{arabic,russian,thai,hindi,kannada}
|
||||
|
||||
%%%%%
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\title{LuaLaTeX and XeLaTeX Template for *ACL Style Files}
|
||||
|
||||
% Author information can be set in various styles:
|
||||
% For several authors from the same institution:
|
||||
% \author{Author 1 \and ... \and Author n \\
|
||||
% Address line \\ ... \\ Address line}
|
||||
% if the names do not fit well on one line use
|
||||
% Author 1 \\ {\bf Author 2} \\ ... \\ {\bf Author n} \\
|
||||
% For authors from different institutions:
|
||||
% \author{Author 1 \\ Address line \\ ... \\ Address line
|
||||
% \And ... \And
|
||||
% Author n \\ Address line \\ ... \\ Address line}
|
||||
% To start a seperate ``row'' of authors use \AND, as in
|
||||
% \author{Author 1 \\ Address line \\ ... \\ Address line
|
||||
% \AND
|
||||
% Author 2 \\ Address line \\ ... \\ Address line \And
|
||||
% Author 3 \\ Address line \\ ... \\ Address line}
|
||||
|
||||
\author{First Author \\
|
||||
Affiliation / Address line 1 \\
|
||||
Affiliation / Address line 2 \\
|
||||
Affiliation / Address line 3 \\
|
||||
\texttt{email@domain} \\\And
|
||||
Second Author \\
|
||||
Affiliation / Address line 1 \\
|
||||
Affiliation / Address line 2 \\
|
||||
Affiliation / Address line 3 \\
|
||||
\texttt{email@domain} \\}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{document}
|
||||
|
||||
\maketitle
|
||||
\begin{abstract}
|
||||
This document provides an example showing how
|
||||
to use the *ACL style files with either
|
||||
LuaLaTeX or XeLaTeX.
|
||||
\end{abstract}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Introduction}
|
||||
|
||||
Please see the general instructions
|
||||
in the file \verb|acl_latex.tex|.
|
||||
|
||||
Here are some examples of text in various languages.
|
||||
|
||||
Hindi: \foreignlanguage{hindi}{मानव अधिकारों की सार्वभौम घोषणा}
|
||||
|
||||
Arabic: \foreignlanguage{arabic}{الإعلان العالمي لحقوق الإنسان}
|
||||
|
||||
Here is an example citation:
|
||||
\citet{Gusfield:97} argues that...
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% Entries for the entire Anthology, followed by custom entries
|
||||
\bibliography{custom}
|
||||
|
||||
\appendix
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Example Appendix}
|
||||
\label{sec:appendix}
|
||||
|
||||
This is an appendix.
|
||||
|
||||
\end{document}
|
||||
1940
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/acl/acl_natbib.bst
Normal file
1940
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/acl/acl_natbib.bst
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
|
||||
For citing papers in the ACL Anthology, we provide a single consolidated
|
||||
BibTeX file containing all of its papers. The bibkeys in these papers are
|
||||
designed to be semantic in nature: {names}-{year}-{words}, where
|
||||
- `names` is the concatenated last names of the authors when there is just
|
||||
one or two authors, or `lastname-etal` for 3+
|
||||
- `year` is the four-digit year
|
||||
- `words` is the first significant word in the title, or more, if necessary,
|
||||
to preserve uniqueness
|
||||
|
||||
For example, https://aclanthology.org/N04-1035 can be cited as \cite{galley-etal-2004-whats}.
|
||||
|
||||
The consolidated file can be downloaded from here:
|
||||
- https://aclanthology.org/anthology.bib
|
||||
|
||||
Unfortunately, as of 2024 or so, this file is now larger than 50 MB, which is Overleaf's
|
||||
bib file size limit. Consequently, the Anthology shards the file automatically into
|
||||
49 MB shards.
|
||||
|
||||
There are currently (2025) two files:
|
||||
- https://aclanthology.org/anthology-1.bib
|
||||
- https://aclanthology.org/anthology-2.bib
|
||||
|
||||
You can download these directly from Overleaf from New File -> From External URL,
|
||||
and then adding them to the \bibliography line in acl_latex.tex:
|
||||
|
||||
\bibliography{custom,anthology-1,anthology-2}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
|
||||
% Use this file for citations not found in the ACL Anthology (contained in "anthology.bib").
|
||||
|
||||
@book{Aho:72,
|
||||
author = {Alfred V. Aho and Jeffrey D. Ullman},
|
||||
title = {The Theory of Parsing, Translation and Compiling},
|
||||
year = "1972",
|
||||
volume = "1",
|
||||
publisher = {Prentice-Hall},
|
||||
address = {Englewood Cliffs, NJ}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@book{APA:83,
|
||||
author = {{American Psychological Association}},
|
||||
title = {Publications Manual},
|
||||
year = "1983",
|
||||
publisher = {American Psychological Association},
|
||||
address = {Washington, DC}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@article{Chandra:81,
|
||||
author = {Ashok K. Chandra and Dexter C. Kozen and Larry J. Stockmeyer},
|
||||
year = "1981",
|
||||
title = {Alternation},
|
||||
journal = {Journal of the Association for Computing Machinery},
|
||||
volume = "28",
|
||||
number = "1",
|
||||
pages = "114--133",
|
||||
doi = "10.1145/322234.322243",
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@inproceedings{andrew2007scalable,
|
||||
title={Scalable training of {L1}-regularized log-linear models},
|
||||
author={Andrew, Galen and Gao, Jianfeng},
|
||||
booktitle={Proceedings of the 24th International Conference on Machine Learning},
|
||||
pages={33--40},
|
||||
year={2007},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@book{Gusfield:97,
|
||||
author = {Dan Gusfield},
|
||||
title = {Algorithms on Strings, Trees and Sequences},
|
||||
year = "1997",
|
||||
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
|
||||
address = {Cambridge, UK}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@article{rasooli-tetrault-2015,
|
||||
author = {Mohammad Sadegh Rasooli and Joel R. Tetreault},
|
||||
title = {Yara Parser: {A} Fast and Accurate Dependency Parser},
|
||||
journal = {Computing Research Repository},
|
||||
volume = {arXiv:1503.06733},
|
||||
year = {2015},
|
||||
url = {http://arxiv.org/abs/1503.06733},
|
||||
note = {version 2}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@article{Ando2005,
|
||||
Acmid = {1194905},
|
||||
Author = {Ando, Rie Kubota and Zhang, Tong},
|
||||
Issn = {1532-4435},
|
||||
Issue_Date = {12/1/2005},
|
||||
Journal = {Journal of Machine Learning Research},
|
||||
Month = dec,
|
||||
Numpages = {37},
|
||||
Pages = {1817--1853},
|
||||
Publisher = {JMLR.org},
|
||||
Title = {A Framework for Learning Predictive Structures from Multiple Tasks and Unlabeled Data},
|
||||
Volume = {6},
|
||||
Year = {2005}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,326 @@
|
||||
# Instructions for *ACL Proceedings
|
||||
|
||||
The following instructions are for authors of papers submitted for review to ACL conferences (hereafter, "review version") or paper accepted for publication in its proceedings (hereafter, "final version").
|
||||
All authors are required to adhere to these specifications.
|
||||
|
||||
## Style Files
|
||||
|
||||
*ACL provides style files for LaTeX and Microsoft Word that meet these requirements. They can be found at:
|
||||
|
||||
> https://acl-org.github.io/ACLPUB/
|
||||
|
||||
We strongly recommend the use of these style files, which have been appropriately tailored for the *ACL proceedings.
|
||||
|
||||
## Paper Length
|
||||
|
||||
The conference accepts submissions of long papers and short papers.
|
||||
Review versions of long papers may have up to eight (8) pages of content plus unlimited pages for references.
|
||||
Upon acceptance, final versions of long papers will be given one additional page -- up to nine (9) pages of content plus unlimited pages for acknowledgements and references -- so that reviewers' comments can be taken into account.
|
||||
Review versions of short papers may have up to four (4) pages of content, plus unlimited pages for references.
|
||||
Final versions of short papers may have up to five (5) pages, plus unlimited pages for acknowledgements and references.
|
||||
For both long and short papers, all figures and tables that are part of the main text must fit within these page limits.
|
||||
|
||||
The conference encourages submission of appendices and supplementary material, which are not required to fit within these page limits. However, review versions of papers must be self-contained: it is optional for reviewers to look at appendices or supplementary material. Please see [Appendices](#Appendices) and [Supplementary](#Supplementary Material) for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
Review versions should not refer, for further detail, to documents, code or data resources that are not available to the reviewers.
|
||||
|
||||
Papers that do not conform to these requirements may be rejected without review.
|
||||
|
||||
Workshop chairs may have different rules for allowed length and whether appendices or supplementary materials are welcome.
|
||||
As always, the respective call for papers is the authoritative source.
|
||||
|
||||
## Anonymity
|
||||
|
||||
As reviewing will be double-blind, review versions must not include any identifying information about the authors (such as names, affiliations, or URLs).
|
||||
Self-references that reveal the author's identity, e.g.,
|
||||
|
||||
> We previously showed (Gusfield, 1997)...
|
||||
|
||||
must be avoided, and anonymous citations, e.g.,
|
||||
|
||||
> We previously showed (Anonymous, 1997)...
|
||||
|
||||
should also be avoided. Instead, use citations such as
|
||||
|
||||
> Gusfield (1997) previously showed...
|
||||
|
||||
Review versions must not include acknowledgements.
|
||||
|
||||
**Papers that do not conform to these requirements may be rejected without review.**
|
||||
|
||||
Any preliminary non-archival versions of submitted papers should be listed in the submission form but not in the review version of the paper.
|
||||
Reviewers are generally aware that authors may present preliminary versions of their work in other venues, but will not be provided the list of previous presentations from the submission form.
|
||||
|
||||
Once a paper has been accepted to the conference, the final version should include the author's names and affiliations, and is allowed to use self-references.
|
||||
|
||||
## Multiple Submission
|
||||
|
||||
Papers that have been or will be submitted to other meetings or publications must indicate this at submission time in the START submission form, and must be withdrawn from the other venues if accepted by *ACL.
|
||||
Authors of papers accepted for presentation at *ACL must notify the program chairs by the deadline for final versions ("camera-ready deadline") whether the paper will be presented.
|
||||
We will not accept for publication or presentation any papers that overlap significantly in content or results with papers that will be (or have been) published elsewhere.
|
||||
|
||||
Authors submitting more than one paper to *ACL must ensure that submissions do not overlap significantly (>25%) with each other in content or results.
|
||||
|
||||
## Formatting Instructions
|
||||
|
||||
### File Format
|
||||
|
||||
Papers must be in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF).
|
||||
Please make sure that your PDF file embeds all necessary fonts (especially for tree diagrams, symbols, and Asian languages).
|
||||
When you print or create the PDF file, there is usually an option in your printer setup to include none, all or just non-standard fonts.
|
||||
Please make sure that you select the option of including *all* the fonts.
|
||||
**Before sending it, test your PDF by printing it from a computer different from the one where it was created.**
|
||||
|
||||
Some word processors may generate very large PDF files, where each page is rendered as an image.
|
||||
Such images may reproduce poorly.
|
||||
In this case, try alternative ways to obtain the PDF.
|
||||
|
||||
All papers must use **A4 paper format** (21 cm x 29.7 cm).
|
||||
Papers must not be submitted with any other paper size.
|
||||
|
||||
If you cannot meet the above requirements, please contact the publication chairs as soon as possible.
|
||||
|
||||
### Layout
|
||||
|
||||
All text except for page numbers must fit within the margins.
|
||||
|
||||
Review versions should have page numbers, centered in the bottom margin, but **pages should not be numbered in the final version.**
|
||||
|
||||
Manuscripts must be set in two columns.
|
||||
Exceptions to the two-column format include the title, authors' names and complete addresses, which must be centered at the top of the first page, and any full-width figures or tables.
|
||||
|
||||
The exact dimensions for a page on A4 paper are:
|
||||
|
||||
* Left margin: 2.5 cm
|
||||
* Right margin: 2.5 cm
|
||||
* Top margin: 2.5 cm
|
||||
* Bottom margin: 2.5 cm
|
||||
* Column width: 7.7 cm
|
||||
* Column height: 24.7 cm
|
||||
* Gap between columns: 0.6 cm
|
||||
|
||||
In the review version, a ruler (line numbers in the left and right margins of the article) should be printed, so that reviewers may comment on particular lines in the paper.
|
||||
The ruler should not change the appearance of any other content on the page.
|
||||
The final version should not contain a ruler.
|
||||
|
||||
### Fonts
|
||||
|
||||
All text (except non-Latin scripts and mathematical formulas) should be set in **Times Roman**.
|
||||
If Times Roman is unavailable, you may use **Times New Roman** or **Computer Modern Roman.**
|
||||
|
||||
The following table specifies what font sizes and styles must be used for each type of text in the manuscript.
|
||||
|
||||
| Type of Text | Font Size | Style |
|
||||
| --------------------- | --------- | ----- |
|
||||
| paper title | 15 pt | bold |
|
||||
| author names | 12 pt | bold |
|
||||
| author affiliation | 12 pt | |
|
||||
| the word ``Abstract'' | 12 pt | bold |
|
||||
| section titles | 12 pt | bold |
|
||||
| subsection titles | 11 pt | bold |
|
||||
| document text | 11 pt | |
|
||||
| captions | 10 pt | |
|
||||
| abstract text | 10 pt | |
|
||||
| bibliography | 10 pt | |
|
||||
| footnotes | 9 pt | |
|
||||
|
||||
### Title and Authors
|
||||
|
||||
Center the title, author's name(s) and affiliation(s) across both columns.
|
||||
|
||||
Place the title centered at the top of the first page, in 15-point bold.
|
||||
Long titles should be typed on two lines without a blank line intervening.
|
||||
Put the title 2.5 cm from the top of the page.
|
||||
Write the title in [title case](https://apastyle.apa.org/style-grammar-guidelines/capitalization/title-case); do not write the title in all capital letters, except for acronyms (e.g., "BLEU") or proper nouns ("English") that are normally uppercased or capitalized.
|
||||
|
||||
Place the author name(s) and affiliation(s) under the title.
|
||||
Write authors' full names; do not abbreviate given names to initials, unless they are normally written as initials ("Margaret Mitchell", not "M. Mitchell").
|
||||
Do not format surnames in all capitals ("Mitchell", not "MITCHELL").
|
||||
|
||||
Do not use footnotes for affiliations.
|
||||
The affiliation should contain the author's complete address, and if possible, an electronic mail address.
|
||||
|
||||
The title, author names and addresses should be completely identical to those entered to the paper submission website in order to maintain the consistency of author information among all publications of the conference.
|
||||
If they are different, the publication chairs may resolve the difference without consulting with you; so it is in your own interest to double-check that the information is consistent.
|
||||
|
||||
Start the body of the first page 7.5 cm from the top of the page.
|
||||
**Even in the review version of the paper, you should maintain space for names and addresses so that they will fit in the final version.**
|
||||
|
||||
### Abstract
|
||||
|
||||
Type the abstract at the beginning of the first column.
|
||||
Center the word **Abstract** in 12 point bold above the body of the abstract.
|
||||
The width of the abstract should be smaller than the
|
||||
normal column width by 0.6 cm on each side.
|
||||
The abstract text should be 10 point roman, single-spaced.
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract should be a concise summary of the general thesis and conclusions of the paper.
|
||||
It should be no longer than 200 words.
|
||||
|
||||
### Text
|
||||
|
||||
Begin typing the main body of the text immediately after the abstract, continuing in two columns.
|
||||
The text should be 11 point roman, single-spaced.
|
||||
|
||||
Indent 0.4 cm when starting a new paragraph, except for the first paragraph in a section.
|
||||
|
||||
### Sections
|
||||
|
||||
Use numbered sections (Arabic numerals) to facilitate cross references.
|
||||
Number subsections with the section number and the subsection number separated by a dot, in Arabic numerals, e.g.,
|
||||
|
||||
> 1 Introduction
|
||||
|
||||
or
|
||||
|
||||
> 6.1 File Format
|
||||
|
||||
### Footnotes
|
||||
Put footnotes at the bottom of the page and use 9 point font.
|
||||
They may be numbered or referred to by asterisks or other symbols.
|
||||
Footnotes should be separated from the text by a line.
|
||||
|
||||
### Figures and tables
|
||||
|
||||
Place figures and tables in the paper near where they are first discussed, rather than at the end, if possible.
|
||||
Wide figures/tables may run across both columns.
|
||||
|
||||
To accommodate people who are color-blind (as well as those printing with black-and-white printers), grayscale readability is strongly encouraged.
|
||||
Color is not forbidden, but authors should ensure that tables and figures do not rely solely on color to convey critical distinctions.
|
||||
|
||||
**Captions:**
|
||||
Provide a caption for every figure/table; number each one sequentially in the form:
|
||||
|
||||
> Figure 1: Caption of the Figure.
|
||||
|
||||
and
|
||||
|
||||
> Table 1: Caption of the Table.
|
||||
|
||||
Captions should be placed below figures/tables, in 10 point roman type.
|
||||
Captions that are one line are centered.
|
||||
Captions longer than one line are left-aligned.
|
||||
|
||||
### Hyperlinks
|
||||
|
||||
Within-document and external hyperlinks should be dark blue (hex #000099), not underlined or boxed.
|
||||
|
||||
### Non-English Text
|
||||
|
||||
Text in languages other than English should be accompanied by translations into English, and text in scripts other than Latin should \emph{also} be accompanied by transliterations into Latin script, since not all readers can recognize non-Latin characters easily.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, παράδειγμα *paradeigma* ‘example’ is a Greek word, and this is a Greek sentence:
|
||||
|
||||
> Αυτό είναι ένα παράδειγμα.
|
||||
> auto einai ena paradeigma.
|
||||
> ‘This is an example.’
|
||||
|
||||
### Citations
|
||||
|
||||
Citations within the text appear in parentheses (Gusfield, 1997), or, if the author's name appears in the text itself: Gusfield (1997).
|
||||
Append lowercase letters to the year in cases of ambiguities.
|
||||
Cite papers with two authors using both authors' names (Aho and Ullman, 1972), but cite papers with more than two authors by the first author's name and ``et al.'' (Chandra et al., 1981).
|
||||
Collapse multiple citations into a single pair of parentheses (Gusfield, 1997; Aho and Ullman, 1972).
|
||||
|
||||
Refrain from using full citations as sentence constituents.
|
||||
Instead of
|
||||
|
||||
> (Gusfield, 1997) showed that ...
|
||||
> In (Gusfield, 1997), ...''
|
||||
|
||||
write
|
||||
|
||||
> Gusfield (1997) showed that ...
|
||||
> In Gusfield (1997), ...
|
||||
|
||||
Submissions should accurately reference prior and related work, including code and data.
|
||||
If a piece of prior work appeared in multiple venues, the version that appeared in a refereed, archival venue should be referenced.
|
||||
If multiple versions of a piece of prior work exist, the one used by the authors should be referenced.
|
||||
|
||||
### Acknowledgments
|
||||
|
||||
The acknowledgments should go immediately before the references.
|
||||
Do not number the acknowledgments section.
|
||||
Do not include this section in the review version.
|
||||
|
||||
### References
|
||||
|
||||
Gather the full set of references together under the unnumbered section heading **References**.
|
||||
Place the References section before any Appendices.
|
||||
Arrange the references alphabetically by first author, rather than by order of occurrence in the text.
|
||||
|
||||
Provide as complete a citation as possible, using a consistent format, such as the [one for Computational Linguistics](http://cljournal.org/style_guide_refs.html) or the one in the [Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association](https://apastyle.apa.org/products/publication-manual-7th-edition).
|
||||
Use full names for authors, not just initials.
|
||||
Authors should not rely on automated citation indices to provide accurate references for prior and related work.
|
||||
|
||||
As part of our work to make ACL materials more widely used and cited outside of our discipline, ACL has registered as a CrossRef member, as a registrant of Digital Object Identifiers (DOIs), the standard for registering permanent URNs for referencing scholarly materials.
|
||||
|
||||
All references are required to contain DOIs of all cited works when possible, or, as a second resort, links to ACL Anthology pages.
|
||||
Appropriate records should be found for most materials in the current [ACL Anthology](https://aclweb.org/anthology/).
|
||||
|
||||
Example article in a journal:
|
||||
|
||||
> Rie Kubota Ando and Tong Zhang. 2005. [A framework for learning predictive structures from multiple tasks and unlabeled data](https://www.jmlr.org/papers/v6/ando05a.html). *Journal of Machine Learning Research*, 6:1817–1853.
|
||||
|
||||
Example paper in non-ACL proceedings, with DOI:
|
||||
|
||||
> Galen Andrew and Jianfeng Gao. 2007. [Scalable training of L1-regularized log-linear models](https://doi.org/10.1145/1273496.1273501). In *Proceedings of the 24th International Conference on Machine Learning*, pages 33–40.
|
||||
|
||||
Example ACL Anthology paper with DOI:
|
||||
|
||||
> James Goodman, Andreas Vlachos, and Jason Naradowsky. 2016. [Noise reduction and targeted exploration in imitation learning for Abstract Meaning Representation parsing](http://dx.doi.org/10.18653/v1/P16-1001). In *Proceedings of the 54th Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics (Volume 1: Long Papers)*, pages 1–45711, Berlin, Germany. Association for Computational Linguistics.
|
||||
|
||||
Example ACL Anthology paper without DOI:
|
||||
|
||||
> Benjamin Börschinger and Mark Johnson. 2011. [A particle filter algorithm for Bayesian word segmentation](https://www.aclweb.org/anthology/U11-1004/). In *Proceedings of the Australasian Language Technology Association Workshop 2011*, pages 10–44718, Canberra, Australia.
|
||||
|
||||
Example arXiv paper:
|
||||
|
||||
> Mohammad Sadegh Rasooli and Joel R. Tetreault. 2015. [Yara parser: A fast and accurate dependency parser](http://arxiv.org/abs/1503.06733). *Computing Research Repository*, arXiv:1503.06733. Version 2.
|
||||
|
||||
## Appendices
|
||||
|
||||
Appendices are material that can be read, and include lemmas, formulas, proofs, and tables that are not critical to the reading and understanding of the paper.
|
||||
Letter them in sequence and provide an informative title:
|
||||
|
||||
> Appendix A. Title of Appendix
|
||||
|
||||
The appendices come after the references.
|
||||
|
||||
Review versions of appendices must follow the same anonymity guidelines as the main paper.
|
||||
|
||||
## Supplementary Material
|
||||
|
||||
Submissions may include non-readable supplementary material used in the work and described in the paper.
|
||||
Any accompanying software and/or data should include licenses and documentation of research review as appropriate.
|
||||
Supplementary material may report preprocessing decisions, model parameters, and other details necessary for the replication of the experiments reported in the paper.
|
||||
Seemingly small preprocessing decisions can sometimes make a large difference in performance, so it is crucial to record such decisions to precisely characterize state-of-the-art methods.
|
||||
|
||||
Nonetheless, supplementary material should be supplementary (rather than central) to the paper.
|
||||
**Submissions that misuse the supplementary material may be rejected without review.**
|
||||
Supplementary material may include explanations or details of proofs or derivations that do not fit into the paper, lists of features or feature templates, sample inputs and outputs for a system, pseudo-code or source code, and data.
|
||||
(Source code and data should be separate uploads, rather than part of the paper).
|
||||
|
||||
The paper should not rely on the supplementary material: while the paper may refer to and cite the supplementary material and the supplementary material will be available to the reviewers, they will not be asked to review the supplementary material.
|
||||
|
||||
Review versions of supplementary material must follow the same anonymity guidelines as the main paper.
|
||||
|
||||
## Credits
|
||||
|
||||
This document has been adapted from the instructions for earlier ACL and NAACL proceedings, including those for
|
||||
ACL 2020 by Steven Bethard, Ryan Cotterell and Rui Yan,
|
||||
ACL 2019 by Douwe Kiela and Ivan Ivan Vulić,
|
||||
NAACL 2019 by Stephanie Lukin and Alla Roskovskaya,
|
||||
ACL 2018 by Shay Cohen, Kevin Gimpel, and Wei Lu,
|
||||
NAACL 2018 by Margaret Mitchell and Stephanie Lukin,
|
||||
BibTeX suggestions for (NA)ACL 2017/2018 from Jason Eisner,
|
||||
ACL 2017 by Dan Gildea and Min-Yen Kan,
|
||||
NAACL 2017 by Margaret Mitchell,
|
||||
ACL 2012 by Maggie Li and Michael White,
|
||||
ACL 2010 by Jing-Shin Chang and Philipp Koehn,
|
||||
ACL 2008 by Johanna D. Moore, Simone Teufel, James Allan, and Sadaoki Furui,
|
||||
ACL 2005 by Hwee Tou Ng and Kemal Oflazer,
|
||||
ACL 2002 by Eugene Charniak and Dekang Lin,
|
||||
and earlier ACL and EACL formats written by several people, including
|
||||
John Chen, Henry S. Thompson and Donald Walker.
|
||||
Additional elements were taken from the formatting instructions of the *International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence* and the *Conference on Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition*.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
|
||||
# Template
|
||||
|
||||
Template and style files for CoLM 2025
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
|
||||
@inproceedings{Vaswani+2017,
|
||||
author = {Vaswani, Ashish and Shazeer, Noam and Parmar, Niki and Uszkoreit, Jakob and Jones, Llion and Gomez, Aidan N and Kaiser, \L ukasz and Polosukhin, Illia},
|
||||
booktitle = {Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems},
|
||||
pages = {},
|
||||
publisher = {Curran Associates, Inc.},
|
||||
title = {Attention is All you Need},
|
||||
url = {https://proceedings.neurips.cc/paper_files/paper/2017/file/3f5ee243547dee91fbd053c1c4a845aa-Paper.pdf},
|
||||
volume = {30},
|
||||
year = {2017}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Binary file not shown.
@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
|
||||
%%%% COLM Macros (LaTex)
|
||||
%%%% Adapted by Yoav Artzi and Sasha Rush from Hugo Larochelle's adaptation for ICLR, which has been adaptated from the NIPS stylefile Macros
|
||||
%%%% Style File
|
||||
%%%% Dec 12, 1990 Rev Aug 14, 1991; Sept, 1995; April, 1997; April, 1999; October 2014
|
||||
|
||||
% This file can be used with Latex2e whether running in main mode, or
|
||||
% 2.09 compatibility mode.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% If using main mode, you need to include the commands
|
||||
% \documentclass{article}
|
||||
% \usepackage{colm14submit_e}
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
% Define options
|
||||
\newif\ifcolmsubmission
|
||||
\newif\ifcolmpreprint
|
||||
\newif\ifcolmfinal
|
||||
|
||||
% Set submission as default
|
||||
\colmsubmissiontrue
|
||||
\colmpreprintfalse
|
||||
\colmfinalfalse
|
||||
|
||||
% Define option handling
|
||||
\DeclareOption{submission}{\colmsubmissiontrue\colmpreprintfalse\colmfinalfalse}
|
||||
\DeclareOption{preprint}{\colmsubmissionfalse\colmpreprinttrue\colmfinalfalse}
|
||||
\DeclareOption{final}{\colmsubmissionfalse\colmpreprintfalse\colmfinaltrue}
|
||||
\ProcessOptions\relax
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% Palatino font
|
||||
\RequirePackage{tgpagella} % text only
|
||||
\RequirePackage{mathpazo} % math & text
|
||||
\RequirePackage{inconsolata} % for tt font
|
||||
|
||||
% Change the overall width of the page. If these parameters are
|
||||
% changed, they will require corresponding changes in the
|
||||
% maketitle section.
|
||||
%
|
||||
\usepackage{eso-pic} % used by \AddToShipoutPicture
|
||||
\RequirePackage{fancyhdr}
|
||||
\RequirePackage{natbib}
|
||||
|
||||
% modification to natbib citations
|
||||
\setcitestyle{authoryear,round,citesep={;},aysep={,},yysep={;}}
|
||||
|
||||
\renewcommand{\topfraction}{0.95} % let figure take up nearly whole page
|
||||
\renewcommand{\textfraction}{0.05} % let figure take up nearly whole page
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% Specify the dimensions of each page
|
||||
|
||||
\setlength{\paperheight}{11in}
|
||||
\setlength{\paperwidth}{8.5in}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\oddsidemargin .5in % Note \oddsidemargin = \evensidemargin
|
||||
\evensidemargin .5in
|
||||
\marginparwidth 0.07 true in
|
||||
%\marginparwidth 0.75 true in
|
||||
%\topmargin 0 true pt % Nominal distance from top of page to top of
|
||||
%\topmargin 0.125in
|
||||
\topmargin -0.625in
|
||||
\addtolength{\headsep}{0.25in}
|
||||
\textheight 9.0 true in % Height of text (including footnotes & figures)
|
||||
\textwidth 5.5 true in % Width of text line.
|
||||
\widowpenalty=10000
|
||||
\clubpenalty=10000
|
||||
|
||||
% \thispagestyle{empty} \pagestyle{empty}
|
||||
\flushbottom \sloppy
|
||||
|
||||
% We're never going to need a table of contents, so just flush it to
|
||||
% save space --- suggested by drstrip@sandia-2
|
||||
\def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Title stuff, taken from deproc.
|
||||
\def\maketitle{\par
|
||||
\begingroup
|
||||
\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
|
||||
\def\@makefnmark{\hbox to 0pt{$^{\@thefnmark}$\hss}} % for perfect author
|
||||
% name centering
|
||||
% The footnote-mark was overlapping the footnote-text,
|
||||
% added the following to fix this problem (MK)
|
||||
\long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
|
||||
\hbox to1.8em{\hss $\m@th ^{\@thefnmark}$}##1}
|
||||
\@maketitle \@thanks
|
||||
\endgroup
|
||||
\setcounter{footnote}{0}
|
||||
\let\maketitle\relax \let\@maketitle\relax
|
||||
\gdef\@thanks{}\gdef\@author{}\gdef\@title{}\let\thanks\relax}
|
||||
|
||||
% The toptitlebar has been raised to top-justify the first page
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage{fancyhdr}
|
||||
\pagestyle{fancy}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{1.5pt}
|
||||
\fancyhead{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Title (includes both anonymized and non-anonymized versions)
|
||||
\def\@maketitle{\vbox{\hsize\textwidth
|
||||
%\linewidth\hsize \vskip 0.1in \toptitlebar \centering
|
||||
{\Large\bf \@title\par}
|
||||
%\bottomtitlebar % \vskip 0.1in % minus
|
||||
\ifcolmfinal
|
||||
\lhead{Published as a conference paper at COLM 2025}
|
||||
\def\And{\end{tabular}\hfil\linebreak[0]\hfil
|
||||
\begin{tabular}[t]{l}\bf\rule{\z@}{24pt}\ignorespaces}%
|
||||
\def\AND{\end{tabular}\hfil\linebreak[4]\hfil
|
||||
\begin{tabular}[t]{l}\bf\rule{\z@}{24pt}\ignorespaces}%
|
||||
\begin{tabular}[t]{l}\bf\rule{\z@}{24pt}\@author\end{tabular}%
|
||||
\else\ifcolmpreprint
|
||||
\lhead{Preprint. Under review.}
|
||||
\def\And{\end{tabular}\hfil\linebreak[0]\hfil
|
||||
\begin{tabular}[t]{l}\bf\rule{\z@}{24pt}\ignorespaces}%
|
||||
\def\AND{\end{tabular}\hfil\linebreak[4]\hfil
|
||||
\begin{tabular}[t]{l}\bf\rule{\z@}{24pt}\ignorespaces}%
|
||||
\begin{tabular}[t]{l}\bf\rule{\z@}{24pt}\@author\end{tabular}%
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\lhead{Under review as a conference paper at COLM 2025}
|
||||
\def\And{\end{tabular}\hfil\linebreak[0]\hfil
|
||||
\begin{tabular}[t]{l}\bf\rule{\z@}{24pt}\ignorespaces}%
|
||||
\def\AND{\end{tabular}\hfil\linebreak[4]\hfil
|
||||
\begin{tabular}[t]{l}\bf\rule{\z@}{24pt}\ignorespaces}%
|
||||
\begin{tabular}[t]{l}\bf\rule{\z@}{24pt}Anonymous authors\\Paper under double-blind review\end{tabular}%
|
||||
\fi\fi
|
||||
\vskip 0.3in minus 0.1in}}
|
||||
|
||||
\renewenvironment{abstract}{\vskip.075in\centerline{\large\bf
|
||||
Abstract}\vspace{0.5ex}\begin{quote}}{\par\end{quote}\vskip 1ex}
|
||||
|
||||
% Less leading in most fonts (due to the narrow columns)
|
||||
% The choices were between 1-pt and 1.5-pt leading
|
||||
%\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{11pt}\xpt\@xpt} % got rid of @ (MK)
|
||||
\def\normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{11pt}\xpt\@xpt}
|
||||
\def\small{\@setsize\small{10pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}
|
||||
\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{10pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}
|
||||
\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}
|
||||
\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}
|
||||
\def\large{\@setsize\large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}
|
||||
\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{16pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
|
||||
\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{20pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}
|
||||
\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{23pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
|
||||
\def\Huge{\@setsize\Huge{28pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% sections with less space
|
||||
\def\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}{-2.0ex plus
|
||||
-0.5ex minus -.2ex}{1.5ex plus 0.3ex
|
||||
minus0.2ex}{\large\bf\raggedright}}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{-1.8ex plus
|
||||
-0.5ex minus -.2ex}{0.8ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bf\raggedright}}
|
||||
\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-1.5ex
|
||||
plus -0.5ex minus -.2ex}{0.5ex plus
|
||||
.2ex}{\normalsize\bf\itshape\raggedright}}
|
||||
\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}{1.5ex plus
|
||||
0.5ex minus .2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize\bf}}
|
||||
\def\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{5}{\z@}{1.5ex plus
|
||||
0.5ex minus .2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize\it}}
|
||||
\def\subsubsubsection{\vskip
|
||||
5pt{\noindent\normalsize\raggedright}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% Footnotes
|
||||
\footnotesep 6.65pt %
|
||||
\skip\footins 9pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
|
||||
\def\footnoterule{\kern-3pt \hrule width 12pc \kern 2.6pt }
|
||||
\setcounter{footnote}{0}
|
||||
|
||||
% Lists and paragraphs
|
||||
\parindent 0pt
|
||||
\topsep 4pt plus 1pt minus 2pt
|
||||
\partopsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\itemsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\parsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\parskip .5pc
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
%\leftmargin2em
|
||||
\leftmargin3pc
|
||||
\leftmargini\leftmargin \leftmarginii 2em
|
||||
\leftmarginiii 1.5em \leftmarginiv 1.0em \leftmarginv .5em
|
||||
|
||||
%\labelsep \labelsep 5pt
|
||||
|
||||
\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini}
|
||||
\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
|
||||
\topsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\parsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\itemsep \parsep}
|
||||
\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
|
||||
\topsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\parsep \z@ \partopsep 0.5pt plus 0pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\itemsep \topsep}
|
||||
\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmarginiv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
|
||||
\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmarginv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
|
||||
\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmarginvi\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
|
||||
|
||||
\abovedisplayskip 7pt plus2pt minus5pt%
|
||||
\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
|
||||
\abovedisplayshortskip 0pt plus3pt%
|
||||
\belowdisplayshortskip 4pt plus3pt minus3pt%
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\def\toptitlebar{\hrule height4pt\vskip .25in\vskip-\parskip}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\bottomtitlebar{\vskip .29in\vskip-\parskip\hrule height1pt\vskip
|
||||
.09in} %
|
||||
%Reduced second vskip to compensate for adding the strut in \@author
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\documentclass{article} % For LaTeX2e
|
||||
\usepackage[submission]{colm2025_conference}
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage{microtype}
|
||||
\usepackage{hyperref}
|
||||
\usepackage{url}
|
||||
\usepackage{booktabs}
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage{lineno}
|
||||
|
||||
\definecolor{darkblue}{rgb}{0, 0, 0.5}
|
||||
\hypersetup{colorlinks=true, citecolor=darkblue, linkcolor=darkblue, urlcolor=darkblue}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\title{Formatting Instructions for COLM 2025 \\ Conference Submissions}
|
||||
|
||||
% Authors must not appear in the submitted version. They should be hidden
|
||||
% as long as the \colmfinalcopy macro remains commented out below.
|
||||
% Non-anonymous submissions will be rejected without review.
|
||||
|
||||
\author{Antiquus S.~Hippocampus, Natalia Cerebro \& Amelie P. Amygdale \thanks{ Use footnote for providing further information
|
||||
about author (webpage, alternative address)---\emph{not} for acknowledging
|
||||
funding agencies. Funding acknowledgements go at the end of the paper.} \\
|
||||
Department of Computer Science\\
|
||||
Cranberry-Lemon University\\
|
||||
Pittsburgh, PA 15213, USA \\
|
||||
\texttt{\{hippo,brain,jen\}@cs.cranberry-lemon.edu} \\
|
||||
\And
|
||||
Ji Q. Ren \& Yevgeny LeNet \\
|
||||
Department of Computational Neuroscience \\
|
||||
University of the Witwatersrand \\
|
||||
Joburg, South Africa \\
|
||||
\texttt{\{robot,net\}@wits.ac.za} \\
|
||||
\AND
|
||||
Coauthor \\
|
||||
Affiliation \\
|
||||
Address \\
|
||||
\texttt{email}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% The \author macro works with any number of authors. There are two commands
|
||||
% used to separate the names and addresses of multiple authors: \And and \AND.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Using \And between authors leaves it to \LaTeX{} to determine where to break
|
||||
% the lines. Using \AND forces a linebreak at that point. So, if \LaTeX{}
|
||||
% puts 3 of 4 authors names on the first line, and the last on the second
|
||||
% line, try using \AND instead of \And before the third author name.
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\fix}{\marginpar{FIX}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\new}{\marginpar{NEW}}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{document}
|
||||
|
||||
\ifcolmsubmission
|
||||
\linenumbers
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
|
||||
\maketitle
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{abstract}
|
||||
The abstract paragraph should be indented 1/2~inch (3~picas) on both left and
|
||||
right-hand margins. Use 10~point type, with a vertical spacing of 11~points.
|
||||
The word \textit{Abstract} must be centered and in point size 12. Two
|
||||
line spaces precede the abstract. The abstract must be limited to one
|
||||
paragraph.
|
||||
\end{abstract}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Submission of conference papers to COLM 2025}
|
||||
|
||||
COLM requires electronic submissions, processed by
|
||||
\url{https://openreview.net/}. See COLM's website for more instructions.
|
||||
The format for the submissions is a variant of the NeurIPS and ICLR formats.
|
||||
Please read carefully the instructions below, and follow them
|
||||
faithfully.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Style}
|
||||
|
||||
Papers to be submitted to COLM 2025 must be prepared according to the
|
||||
instructions presented here.
|
||||
|
||||
%% Please note that we have introduced automatic line number generation
|
||||
%% into the style file for \LaTeXe. This is to help reviewers
|
||||
%% refer to specific lines of the paper when they make their comments. Please do
|
||||
%% NOT refer to these line numbers in your paper as they will be removed from the
|
||||
%% style file for the final version of accepted papers.
|
||||
|
||||
Authors are required to use the COLM \LaTeX{} style files obtainable at the
|
||||
COLM website. Please make sure you use the current files and
|
||||
not previous versions. Tweaking the style files may be grounds for rejection.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Copy Options}
|
||||
|
||||
If your paper is ultimately accepted, the option {\tt
|
||||
{\textbackslash}final} should be set for the {\tt {\textbackslash}usepackage[submission]\{colm2025\_conference\}} command for the camera ready version. The {\tt submission} options is the default, and is to be used for all submissions during the review process. It also turns on the line numbers. If you wish to submit a preprint, the option {\tt preprint} should be used.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Retrieval of style files}
|
||||
|
||||
The style files for COLM and other conference information are available online at:
|
||||
\begin{center}
|
||||
\url{http://www.colmweb.org/}
|
||||
\end{center}
|
||||
The file \verb+colm2025_conference.pdf+ contains these
|
||||
instructions and illustrates the
|
||||
various formatting requirements your COLM paper must satisfy.
|
||||
Submissions must be made using \LaTeX{} and the style files
|
||||
\verb+colm2025_conference.sty+ and \verb+colm2025_conference.bst+ (to be used with \LaTeX{}2e). The file
|
||||
\verb+colm2025_conference.tex+ may be used as a ``shell'' for writing your paper. All you
|
||||
have to do is replace the author, title, abstract, and text of the paper with
|
||||
your own.
|
||||
|
||||
The formatting instructions contained in these style files are summarized in
|
||||
sections \ref{gen_inst}, \ref{headings}, and \ref{others} below.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{General formatting instructions}
|
||||
\label{gen_inst}
|
||||
|
||||
The text must be confined within a rectangle 5.5~inches (33~picas) wide and
|
||||
9~inches (54~picas) long. The left margin is 1.5~inch (9~picas).
|
||||
Use 10~point type with a vertical spacing of 11~points. Palatino is the
|
||||
preferred typeface throughout, and is mandatory for the main text. Paragraphs are separated by 1/2~line space, with no indentation.
|
||||
|
||||
Paper title is 17~point and left-aligned.
|
||||
All pages should start at 1~inch (6~picas) from the top of the page.
|
||||
|
||||
Please verify that any custom header information you may add does not override the style defined in this document. This has been known to occur especially when submissions are converted to a new template from a previous one (i.e., for re-submission to a different venue).
|
||||
|
||||
Authors' names are
|
||||
set in boldface, and each name is placed above its corresponding
|
||||
address. The lead author's name is to be listed first, and
|
||||
the co-authors' names are set to follow. Authors sharing the
|
||||
same address can be on the same line.
|
||||
|
||||
Please pay special attention to the instructions in section \ref{others}
|
||||
regarding figures, tables, acknowledgements, and references.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
There will be a strict upper limit of 9 pages for the main text of the initial submission, with unlimited additional pages for citations.
|
||||
|
||||
We strongly recommend following arXiv's guidelines for making your paper friendly for HTML conversion: \url{https://info.arxiv.org/help/submit_latex_best_practices.html}.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Headings: first level}
|
||||
\label{headings}
|
||||
|
||||
First level headings are in lower case (except for first word and proper nouns), bold face,
|
||||
flush left and in point size 12. One line space before the first level
|
||||
heading and 1/2~line space after the first level heading.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Headings: second level}
|
||||
|
||||
Second level headings are in lower case (except for first word and proper nouns), bold face,
|
||||
flush left and in point size 10. One line space before the second level
|
||||
heading and 1/2~line space after the second level heading.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Headings: third level}
|
||||
|
||||
Third level headings are in lower case (except for first word and proper nouns), bold face, italics,
|
||||
flush left and in point size 10. One line space before the third level
|
||||
heading and 1/2~line space after the third level heading.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Citations, figures, tables, references}\label{others}
|
||||
|
||||
These instructions apply to everyone, regardless of the formatter being used.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Citations within the text}
|
||||
|
||||
Citations within the text should be based on the \texttt{natbib} package
|
||||
and include the authors' last names and year (with the ``et~al.'' construct
|
||||
for more than two authors). When the authors or the publication are
|
||||
included in the sentence, the citation should not be in parenthesis using \verb|\citet{}| (as
|
||||
in ``See \citet{Vaswani+2017} for more information.''). Otherwise, the citation
|
||||
should be in parenthesis using \verb|\citep{}| (as in ``Transformers are a key tool
|
||||
for developing language models~\citep{Vaswani+2017}.'').
|
||||
|
||||
The corresponding references are to be listed in alphabetical order of
|
||||
authors, in the \textsc{References} section. As to the format of the
|
||||
references themselves, any style is acceptable as long as it is used
|
||||
consistently.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Footnotes}
|
||||
|
||||
Indicate footnotes with a number\footnote{Sample of the first footnote} in the
|
||||
text. Place the footnotes at the bottom of the page on which they appear.
|
||||
Precede the footnote with a horizontal rule of 2~inches
|
||||
(12~picas).\footnote{Sample of the second footnote}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Figures}
|
||||
|
||||
All artwork must be neat, clean, and legible. Lines should be dark
|
||||
enough for purposes of reproduction; art work should not be
|
||||
hand-drawn. Any text within the figure must be readable. We ask to not use font sizes below {\tt small}. We strongly recommend to use vector representations (e.g., pdf or svg) for all diagrams.
|
||||
We strongly recommend positioning all figures at the top or bottom of the page.
|
||||
|
||||
The figure number and caption always appear below the figure. Place one line space before the figure caption, and one line space after the figure. The figure caption is lower case (except for first word and proper nouns); figures are numbered consecutively.
|
||||
Make sure the figure caption does not get separated from the figure.
|
||||
Leave sufficient space to avoid splitting the figure and figure caption.
|
||||
|
||||
You may use color figures.
|
||||
However, it is best for the
|
||||
figure captions and the paper body to make sense if the paper is printed
|
||||
either in black/white or in color.
|
||||
\begin{figure}[t]
|
||||
\begin{center}
|
||||
%\framebox[4.0in]{$\;$}
|
||||
\fbox{\rule[-.5cm]{0cm}{4cm} \rule[-.5cm]{4cm}{0cm}}
|
||||
\end{center}
|
||||
\caption{Sample figure caption.}
|
||||
\end{figure}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Tables}
|
||||
|
||||
All tables must be centered, neat, clean and legible. Do not use hand-drawn tables. The table number and title always appear below the table. See Table~\ref{sample-table}. Please do not use font sizes below {\tt small} in tables. We recommend using {\tt booktabs} or a similar package to style tables.
|
||||
We strongly recommend positioning all tables at the top or bottom of the page.
|
||||
|
||||
Place one line space before the table title, one line space after the table title, and one line space after the table. The table title must be lowercase (except for first word and proper nouns); tables are numbered consecutively.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{table}[t]
|
||||
\begin{center}
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{ll}
|
||||
\toprule
|
||||
\multicolumn{1}{c}{\bf PART} &\multicolumn{1}{c}{\bf DESCRIPTION} \\
|
||||
\midrule
|
||||
Dendrite &Input terminal \\
|
||||
Axon &Output terminal \\
|
||||
Soma &Cell body (contains cell nucleus) \\
|
||||
\bottomrule
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
\end{center}
|
||||
\caption{Sample table title}\label{sample-table}
|
||||
\end{table}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Final instructions}
|
||||
Do not change any aspects of the formatting parameters in the style files.
|
||||
In particular, do not modify the width or length of the rectangle the text
|
||||
should fit into, and do not change font sizes (except perhaps in the
|
||||
\textsc{References} section; see below). Please note that pages should be
|
||||
numbered.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Preparing PostScript or PDF files}
|
||||
|
||||
Please prepare PostScript or PDF files with paper size ``US Letter'', and
|
||||
not, for example, ``A4''. The -t
|
||||
letter option on dvips will produce US Letter files.
|
||||
|
||||
Consider directly generating PDF files using \verb+pdflatex+
|
||||
(especially if you are a MiKTeX user).
|
||||
PDF figures must be substituted for EPS figures, however.
|
||||
|
||||
Otherwise, please generate your PostScript and PDF files with the following commands:
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
dvips mypaper.dvi -t letter -Ppdf -G0 -o mypaper.ps
|
||||
ps2pdf mypaper.ps mypaper.pdf
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Margins in LaTeX}
|
||||
|
||||
Most of the margin problems come from figures positioned by hand using
|
||||
\verb+\special+ or other commands. We suggest using the command
|
||||
\verb+\includegraphics+
|
||||
from the graphicx package. Always specify the figure width as a multiple of
|
||||
the line width as in the example below using .eps graphics
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
\usepackage[dvips]{graphicx} ...
|
||||
\includegraphics[width=0.8\linewidth]{myfile.eps}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
or % Apr 2009 addition
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} ...
|
||||
\includegraphics[width=0.8\linewidth]{myfile.pdf}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
for .pdf graphics.
|
||||
See section~4.4 in the graphics bundle documentation (\url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.ps})
|
||||
|
||||
A number of width problems arise when LaTeX cannot properly hyphenate a
|
||||
line. Please give LaTeX hyphenation hints using the \verb+\-+ command.
|
||||
|
||||
\section*{Author Contributions}
|
||||
If you'd like to, you may include a section for author contributions as is done
|
||||
in many journals. This is optional and at the discretion of the authors.
|
||||
|
||||
\section*{Acknowledgments}
|
||||
Use unnumbered first level headings for the acknowledgments. All
|
||||
acknowledgments, including those to funding agencies, go at the end of the paper.
|
||||
|
||||
\section*{Ethics Statement}
|
||||
Authors can add an optional ethics statement to the paper.
|
||||
For papers that touch on ethical issues, this section will be evaluated as part of the review process. The ethics statement should come at the end of the paper. It does not count toward the page limit, but should not be more than 1 page.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\bibliography{colm2025_conference}
|
||||
\bibliographystyle{colm2025_conference}
|
||||
|
||||
\appendix
|
||||
\section{Appendix}
|
||||
You may include other additional sections here.
|
||||
|
||||
\end{document}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,485 @@
|
||||
% fancyhdr.sty version 3.2
|
||||
% Fancy headers and footers for LaTeX.
|
||||
% Piet van Oostrum,
|
||||
% Dept of Computer and Information Sciences, University of Utrecht,
|
||||
% Padualaan 14, P.O. Box 80.089, 3508 TB Utrecht, The Netherlands
|
||||
% Telephone: +31 30 2532180. Email: piet@cs.uu.nl
|
||||
% ========================================================================
|
||||
% LICENCE:
|
||||
% This file may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public
|
||||
% License, as described in lppl.txt in the base LaTeX distribution.
|
||||
% Either version 1 or, at your option, any later version.
|
||||
% ========================================================================
|
||||
% MODIFICATION HISTORY:
|
||||
% Sep 16, 1994
|
||||
% version 1.4: Correction for use with \reversemargin
|
||||
% Sep 29, 1994:
|
||||
% version 1.5: Added the \iftopfloat, \ifbotfloat and \iffloatpage commands
|
||||
% Oct 4, 1994:
|
||||
% version 1.6: Reset single spacing in headers/footers for use with
|
||||
% setspace.sty or doublespace.sty
|
||||
% Oct 4, 1994:
|
||||
% version 1.7: changed \let\@mkboth\markboth to
|
||||
% \def\@mkboth{\protect\markboth} to make it more robust
|
||||
% Dec 5, 1994:
|
||||
% version 1.8: corrections for amsbook/amsart: define \@chapapp and (more
|
||||
% importantly) use the \chapter/sectionmark definitions from ps@headings if
|
||||
% they exist (which should be true for all standard classes).
|
||||
% May 31, 1995:
|
||||
% version 1.9: The proposed \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{\iffloatpage...
|
||||
% construction in the doc did not work properly with the fancyplain style.
|
||||
% June 1, 1995:
|
||||
% version 1.91: The definition of \@mkboth wasn't restored on subsequent
|
||||
% \pagestyle{fancy}'s.
|
||||
% June 1, 1995:
|
||||
% version 1.92: The sequence \pagestyle{fancyplain} \pagestyle{plain}
|
||||
% \pagestyle{fancy} would erroneously select the plain version.
|
||||
% June 1, 1995:
|
||||
% version 1.93: \fancypagestyle command added.
|
||||
% Dec 11, 1995:
|
||||
% version 1.94: suggested by Conrad Hughes <chughes@maths.tcd.ie>
|
||||
% CJCH, Dec 11, 1995: added \footruleskip to allow control over footrule
|
||||
% position (old hardcoded value of .3\normalbaselineskip is far too high
|
||||
% when used with very small footer fonts).
|
||||
% Jan 31, 1996:
|
||||
% version 1.95: call \@normalsize in the reset code if that is defined,
|
||||
% otherwise \normalsize.
|
||||
% this is to solve a problem with ucthesis.cls, as this doesn't
|
||||
% define \@currsize. Unfortunately for latex209 calling \normalsize doesn't
|
||||
% work as this is optimized to do very little, so there \@normalsize should
|
||||
% be called. Hopefully this code works for all versions of LaTeX known to
|
||||
% mankind.
|
||||
% April 25, 1996:
|
||||
% version 1.96: initialize \headwidth to a magic (negative) value to catch
|
||||
% most common cases that people change it before calling \pagestyle{fancy}.
|
||||
% Note it can't be initialized when reading in this file, because
|
||||
% \textwidth could be changed afterwards. This is quite probable.
|
||||
% We also switch to \MakeUppercase rather than \uppercase and introduce a
|
||||
% \nouppercase command for use in headers. and footers.
|
||||
% May 3, 1996:
|
||||
% version 1.97: Two changes:
|
||||
% 1. Undo the change in version 1.8 (using the pagestyle{headings} defaults
|
||||
% for the chapter and section marks. The current version of amsbook and
|
||||
% amsart classes don't seem to need them anymore. Moreover the standard
|
||||
% latex classes don't use \markboth if twoside isn't selected, and this is
|
||||
% confusing as \leftmark doesn't work as expected.
|
||||
% 2. include a call to \ps@empty in ps@@fancy. This is to solve a problem
|
||||
% in the amsbook and amsart classes, that make global changes to \topskip,
|
||||
% which are reset in \ps@empty. Hopefully this doesn't break other things.
|
||||
% May 7, 1996:
|
||||
% version 1.98:
|
||||
% Added % after the line \def\nouppercase
|
||||
% May 7, 1996:
|
||||
% version 1.99: This is the alpha version of fancyhdr 2.0
|
||||
% Introduced the new commands \fancyhead, \fancyfoot, and \fancyhf.
|
||||
% Changed \headrulewidth, \footrulewidth, \footruleskip to
|
||||
% macros rather than length parameters, In this way they can be
|
||||
% conditionalized and they don't consume length registers. There is no need
|
||||
% to have them as length registers unless you want to do calculations with
|
||||
% them, which is unlikely. Note that this may make some uses of them
|
||||
% incompatible (i.e. if you have a file that uses \setlength or \xxxx=)
|
||||
% May 10, 1996:
|
||||
% version 1.99a:
|
||||
% Added a few more % signs
|
||||
% May 10, 1996:
|
||||
% version 1.99b:
|
||||
% Changed the syntax of \f@nfor to be resistent to catcode changes of :=
|
||||
% Removed the [1] from the defs of \lhead etc. because the parameter is
|
||||
% consumed by the \@[xy]lhead etc. macros.
|
||||
% June 24, 1997:
|
||||
% version 1.99c:
|
||||
% corrected \nouppercase to also include the protected form of \MakeUppercase
|
||||
% \global added to manipulation of \headwidth.
|
||||
% \iffootnote command added.
|
||||
% Some comments added about \@fancyhead and \@fancyfoot.
|
||||
% Aug 24, 1998
|
||||
% version 1.99d
|
||||
% Changed the default \ps@empty to \ps@@empty in order to allow
|
||||
% \fancypagestyle{empty} redefinition.
|
||||
% Oct 11, 2000
|
||||
% version 2.0
|
||||
% Added LPPL license clause.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% A check for \headheight is added. An errormessage is given (once) if the
|
||||
% header is too large. Empty headers don't generate the error even if
|
||||
% \headheight is very small or even 0pt.
|
||||
% Warning added for the use of 'E' option when twoside option is not used.
|
||||
% In this case the 'E' fields will never be used.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Mar 10, 2002
|
||||
% version 2.1beta
|
||||
% New command: \fancyhfoffset[place]{length}
|
||||
% defines offsets to be applied to the header/footer to let it stick into
|
||||
% the margins (if length > 0).
|
||||
% place is like in fancyhead, except that only E,O,L,R can be used.
|
||||
% This replaces the old calculation based on \headwidth and the marginpar
|
||||
% area.
|
||||
% \headwidth will be dynamically calculated in the headers/footers when
|
||||
% this is used.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Mar 26, 2002
|
||||
% version 2.1beta2
|
||||
% \fancyhfoffset now also takes h,f as possible letters in the argument to
|
||||
% allow the header and footer widths to be different.
|
||||
% New commands \fancyheadoffset and \fancyfootoffset added comparable to
|
||||
% \fancyhead and \fancyfoot.
|
||||
% Errormessages and warnings have been made more informative.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Dec 9, 2002
|
||||
% version 2.1
|
||||
% The defaults for \footrulewidth, \plainheadrulewidth and
|
||||
% \plainfootrulewidth are changed from \z@skip to 0pt. In this way when
|
||||
% someone inadvertantly uses \setlength to change any of these, the value
|
||||
% of \z@skip will not be changed, rather an errormessage will be given.
|
||||
|
||||
% March 3, 2004
|
||||
% Release of version 3.0
|
||||
|
||||
% Oct 7, 2004
|
||||
% version 3.1
|
||||
% Added '\endlinechar=13' to \fancy@reset to prevent problems with
|
||||
% includegraphics in header when verbatiminput is active.
|
||||
|
||||
% March 22, 2005
|
||||
% version 3.2
|
||||
% reset \everypar (the real one) in \fancy@reset because spanish.ldf does
|
||||
% strange things with \everypar between << and >>.
|
||||
|
||||
\def\ifancy@mpty#1{\def\temp@a{#1}\ifx\temp@a\@empty}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\fancy@def#1#2{\ifancy@mpty{#2}\fancy@gbl\def#1{\leavevmode}\else
|
||||
\fancy@gbl\def#1{#2\strut}\fi}
|
||||
|
||||
\let\fancy@gbl\global
|
||||
|
||||
\def\@fancyerrmsg#1{%
|
||||
\ifx\PackageError\undefined
|
||||
\errmessage{#1}\else
|
||||
\PackageError{Fancyhdr}{#1}{}\fi}
|
||||
\def\@fancywarning#1{%
|
||||
\ifx\PackageWarning\undefined
|
||||
\errmessage{#1}\else
|
||||
\PackageWarning{Fancyhdr}{#1}{}\fi}
|
||||
|
||||
% Usage: \@forc \var{charstring}{command to be executed for each char}
|
||||
% This is similar to LaTeX's \@tfor, but expands the charstring.
|
||||
|
||||
\def\@forc#1#2#3{\expandafter\f@rc\expandafter#1\expandafter{#2}{#3}}
|
||||
\def\f@rc#1#2#3{\def\temp@ty{#2}\ifx\@empty\temp@ty\else
|
||||
\f@@rc#1#2\f@@rc{#3}\fi}
|
||||
\def\f@@rc#1#2#3\f@@rc#4{\def#1{#2}#4\f@rc#1{#3}{#4}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Usage: \f@nfor\name:=list\do{body}
|
||||
% Like LaTeX's \@for but an empty list is treated as a list with an empty
|
||||
% element
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\f@nfor}[3]{\edef\@fortmp{#2}%
|
||||
\expandafter\@forloop#2,\@nil,\@nil\@@#1{#3}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Usage: \def@ult \cs{defaults}{argument}
|
||||
% sets \cs to the characters from defaults appearing in argument
|
||||
% or defaults if it would be empty. All characters are lowercased.
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand\def@ult[3]{%
|
||||
\edef\temp@a{\lowercase{\edef\noexpand\temp@a{#3}}}\temp@a
|
||||
\def#1{}%
|
||||
\@forc\tmpf@ra{#2}%
|
||||
{\expandafter\if@in\tmpf@ra\temp@a{\edef#1{#1\tmpf@ra}}{}}%
|
||||
\ifx\@empty#1\def#1{#2}\fi}
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \if@in <char><set><truecase><falsecase>
|
||||
%
|
||||
\newcommand{\if@in}[4]{%
|
||||
\edef\temp@a{#2}\def\temp@b##1#1##2\temp@b{\def\temp@b{##1}}%
|
||||
\expandafter\temp@b#2#1\temp@b\ifx\temp@a\temp@b #4\else #3\fi}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\fancyhead}{\@ifnextchar[{\f@ncyhf\fancyhead h}%
|
||||
{\f@ncyhf\fancyhead h[]}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\fancyfoot}{\@ifnextchar[{\f@ncyhf\fancyfoot f}%
|
||||
{\f@ncyhf\fancyfoot f[]}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\fancyhf}{\@ifnextchar[{\f@ncyhf\fancyhf{}}%
|
||||
{\f@ncyhf\fancyhf{}[]}}
|
||||
|
||||
% New commands for offsets added
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\fancyheadoffset}{\@ifnextchar[{\f@ncyhfoffs\fancyheadoffset h}%
|
||||
{\f@ncyhfoffs\fancyheadoffset h[]}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\fancyfootoffset}{\@ifnextchar[{\f@ncyhfoffs\fancyfootoffset f}%
|
||||
{\f@ncyhfoffs\fancyfootoffset f[]}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\fancyhfoffset}{\@ifnextchar[{\f@ncyhfoffs\fancyhfoffset{}}%
|
||||
{\f@ncyhfoffs\fancyhfoffset{}[]}}
|
||||
|
||||
% The header and footer fields are stored in command sequences with
|
||||
% names of the form: \f@ncy<x><y><z> with <x> for [eo], <y> from [lcr]
|
||||
% and <z> from [hf].
|
||||
|
||||
\def\f@ncyhf#1#2[#3]#4{%
|
||||
\def\temp@c{}%
|
||||
\@forc\tmpf@ra{#3}%
|
||||
{\expandafter\if@in\tmpf@ra{eolcrhf,EOLCRHF}%
|
||||
{}{\edef\temp@c{\temp@c\tmpf@ra}}}%
|
||||
\ifx\@empty\temp@c\else
|
||||
\@fancyerrmsg{Illegal char `\temp@c' in \string#1 argument:
|
||||
[#3]}%
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\f@nfor\temp@c{#3}%
|
||||
{\def@ult\f@@@eo{eo}\temp@c
|
||||
\if@twoside\else
|
||||
\if\f@@@eo e\@fancywarning
|
||||
{\string#1's `E' option without twoside option is useless}\fi\fi
|
||||
\def@ult\f@@@lcr{lcr}\temp@c
|
||||
\def@ult\f@@@hf{hf}{#2\temp@c}%
|
||||
\@forc\f@@eo\f@@@eo
|
||||
{\@forc\f@@lcr\f@@@lcr
|
||||
{\@forc\f@@hf\f@@@hf
|
||||
{\expandafter\fancy@def\csname
|
||||
f@ncy\f@@eo\f@@lcr\f@@hf\endcsname
|
||||
{#4}}}}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\f@ncyhfoffs#1#2[#3]#4{%
|
||||
\def\temp@c{}%
|
||||
\@forc\tmpf@ra{#3}%
|
||||
{\expandafter\if@in\tmpf@ra{eolrhf,EOLRHF}%
|
||||
{}{\edef\temp@c{\temp@c\tmpf@ra}}}%
|
||||
\ifx\@empty\temp@c\else
|
||||
\@fancyerrmsg{Illegal char `\temp@c' in \string#1 argument:
|
||||
[#3]}%
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\f@nfor\temp@c{#3}%
|
||||
{\def@ult\f@@@eo{eo}\temp@c
|
||||
\if@twoside\else
|
||||
\if\f@@@eo e\@fancywarning
|
||||
{\string#1's `E' option without twoside option is useless}\fi\fi
|
||||
\def@ult\f@@@lcr{lr}\temp@c
|
||||
\def@ult\f@@@hf{hf}{#2\temp@c}%
|
||||
\@forc\f@@eo\f@@@eo
|
||||
{\@forc\f@@lcr\f@@@lcr
|
||||
{\@forc\f@@hf\f@@@hf
|
||||
{\expandafter\setlength\csname
|
||||
f@ncyO@\f@@eo\f@@lcr\f@@hf\endcsname
|
||||
{#4}}}}}%
|
||||
\fancy@setoffs}
|
||||
|
||||
% Fancyheadings version 1 commands. These are more or less deprecated,
|
||||
% but they continue to work.
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\lhead}{\@ifnextchar[{\@xlhead}{\@ylhead}}
|
||||
\def\@xlhead[#1]#2{\fancy@def\f@ncyelh{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyolh{#2}}
|
||||
\def\@ylhead#1{\fancy@def\f@ncyelh{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyolh{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\chead}{\@ifnextchar[{\@xchead}{\@ychead}}
|
||||
\def\@xchead[#1]#2{\fancy@def\f@ncyech{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyoch{#2}}
|
||||
\def\@ychead#1{\fancy@def\f@ncyech{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyoch{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\rhead}{\@ifnextchar[{\@xrhead}{\@yrhead}}
|
||||
\def\@xrhead[#1]#2{\fancy@def\f@ncyerh{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyorh{#2}}
|
||||
\def\@yrhead#1{\fancy@def\f@ncyerh{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyorh{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\lfoot}{\@ifnextchar[{\@xlfoot}{\@ylfoot}}
|
||||
\def\@xlfoot[#1]#2{\fancy@def\f@ncyelf{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyolf{#2}}
|
||||
\def\@ylfoot#1{\fancy@def\f@ncyelf{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyolf{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\cfoot}{\@ifnextchar[{\@xcfoot}{\@ycfoot}}
|
||||
\def\@xcfoot[#1]#2{\fancy@def\f@ncyecf{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyocf{#2}}
|
||||
\def\@ycfoot#1{\fancy@def\f@ncyecf{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyocf{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\rfoot}{\@ifnextchar[{\@xrfoot}{\@yrfoot}}
|
||||
\def\@xrfoot[#1]#2{\fancy@def\f@ncyerf{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyorf{#2}}
|
||||
\def\@yrfoot#1{\fancy@def\f@ncyerf{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyorf{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
\newlength{\fancy@headwidth}
|
||||
\let\headwidth\fancy@headwidth
|
||||
\newlength{\f@ncyO@elh}
|
||||
\newlength{\f@ncyO@erh}
|
||||
\newlength{\f@ncyO@olh}
|
||||
\newlength{\f@ncyO@orh}
|
||||
\newlength{\f@ncyO@elf}
|
||||
\newlength{\f@ncyO@erf}
|
||||
\newlength{\f@ncyO@olf}
|
||||
\newlength{\f@ncyO@orf}
|
||||
\newcommand{\headrulewidth}{0.4pt}
|
||||
\newcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}
|
||||
\newcommand{\footruleskip}{.3\normalbaselineskip}
|
||||
|
||||
% Fancyplain stuff shouldn't be used anymore (rather
|
||||
% \fancypagestyle{plain} should be used), but it must be present for
|
||||
% compatibility reasons.
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\plainheadrulewidth}{0pt}
|
||||
\newcommand{\plainfootrulewidth}{0pt}
|
||||
\newif\if@fancyplain \@fancyplainfalse
|
||||
\def\fancyplain#1#2{\if@fancyplain#1\else#2\fi}
|
||||
|
||||
\headwidth=-123456789sp %magic constant
|
||||
|
||||
% Command to reset various things in the headers:
|
||||
% a.o. single spacing (taken from setspace.sty)
|
||||
% and the catcode of ^^M (so that epsf files in the header work if a
|
||||
% verbatim crosses a page boundary)
|
||||
% It also defines a \nouppercase command that disables \uppercase and
|
||||
% \Makeuppercase. It can only be used in the headers and footers.
|
||||
\let\fnch@everypar\everypar% save real \everypar because of spanish.ldf
|
||||
\def\fancy@reset{\fnch@everypar{}\restorecr\endlinechar=13
|
||||
\def\baselinestretch{1}%
|
||||
\def\nouppercase##1{{\let\uppercase\relax\let\MakeUppercase\relax
|
||||
\expandafter\let\csname MakeUppercase \endcsname\relax##1}}%
|
||||
\ifx\undefined\@newbaseline% NFSS not present; 2.09 or 2e
|
||||
\ifx\@normalsize\undefined \normalsize % for ucthesis.cls
|
||||
\else \@normalsize \fi
|
||||
\else% NFSS (2.09) present
|
||||
\@newbaseline%
|
||||
\fi}
|
||||
|
||||
% Initialization of the head and foot text.
|
||||
|
||||
% The default values still contain \fancyplain for compatibility.
|
||||
\fancyhf{} % clear all
|
||||
% lefthead empty on ``plain'' pages, \rightmark on even, \leftmark on odd pages
|
||||
% evenhead empty on ``plain'' pages, \leftmark on even, \rightmark on odd pages
|
||||
\if@twoside
|
||||
\fancyhead[el,or]{\fancyplain{}{\sl\rightmark}}
|
||||
\fancyhead[er,ol]{\fancyplain{}{\sl\leftmark}}
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\fancyhead[l]{\fancyplain{}{\sl\rightmark}}
|
||||
\fancyhead[r]{\fancyplain{}{\sl\leftmark}}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\fancyfoot[c]{\rm\thepage} % page number
|
||||
|
||||
% Use box 0 as a temp box and dimen 0 as temp dimen.
|
||||
% This can be done, because this code will always
|
||||
% be used inside another box, and therefore the changes are local.
|
||||
|
||||
\def\@fancyvbox#1#2{\setbox0\vbox{#2}\ifdim\ht0>#1\@fancywarning
|
||||
{\string#1 is too small (\the#1): ^^J Make it at least \the\ht0.^^J
|
||||
We now make it that large for the rest of the document.^^J
|
||||
This may cause the page layout to be inconsistent, however\@gobble}%
|
||||
\dimen0=#1\global\setlength{#1}{\ht0}\ht0=\dimen0\fi
|
||||
\box0}
|
||||
|
||||
% Put together a header or footer given the left, center and
|
||||
% right text, fillers at left and right and a rule.
|
||||
% The \lap commands put the text into an hbox of zero size,
|
||||
% so overlapping text does not generate an errormessage.
|
||||
% These macros have 5 parameters:
|
||||
% 1. LEFTSIDE BEARING % This determines at which side the header will stick
|
||||
% out. When \fancyhfoffset is used this calculates \headwidth, otherwise
|
||||
% it is \hss or \relax (after expansion).
|
||||
% 2. \f@ncyolh, \f@ncyelh, \f@ncyolf or \f@ncyelf. This is the left component.
|
||||
% 3. \f@ncyoch, \f@ncyech, \f@ncyocf or \f@ncyecf. This is the middle comp.
|
||||
% 4. \f@ncyorh, \f@ncyerh, \f@ncyorf or \f@ncyerf. This is the right component.
|
||||
% 5. RIGHTSIDE BEARING. This is always \relax or \hss (after expansion).
|
||||
|
||||
\def\@fancyhead#1#2#3#4#5{#1\hbox to\headwidth{\fancy@reset
|
||||
\@fancyvbox\headheight{\hbox
|
||||
{\rlap{\parbox[b]{\headwidth}{\raggedright#2}}\hfill
|
||||
\parbox[b]{\headwidth}{\centering#3}\hfill
|
||||
\llap{\parbox[b]{\headwidth}{\raggedleft#4}}}\headrule}}#5}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\@fancyfoot#1#2#3#4#5{#1\hbox to\headwidth{\fancy@reset
|
||||
\@fancyvbox\footskip{\footrule
|
||||
\hbox{\rlap{\parbox[t]{\headwidth}{\raggedright#2}}\hfill
|
||||
\parbox[t]{\headwidth}{\centering#3}\hfill
|
||||
\llap{\parbox[t]{\headwidth}{\raggedleft#4}}}}}#5}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\headrule{{\if@fancyplain\let\headrulewidth\plainheadrulewidth\fi
|
||||
\hrule\@height\headrulewidth\@width\headwidth \vskip-\headrulewidth}}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\footrule{{\if@fancyplain\let\footrulewidth\plainfootrulewidth\fi
|
||||
\vskip-\footruleskip\vskip-\footrulewidth
|
||||
\hrule\@width\headwidth\@height\footrulewidth\vskip\footruleskip}}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\ps@fancy{%
|
||||
\@ifundefined{@chapapp}{\let\@chapapp\chaptername}{}%for amsbook
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Define \MakeUppercase for old LaTeXen.
|
||||
% Note: we used \def rather than \let, so that \let\uppercase\relax (from
|
||||
% the version 1 documentation) will still work.
|
||||
%
|
||||
\@ifundefined{MakeUppercase}{\def\MakeUppercase{\uppercase}}{}%
|
||||
\@ifundefined{chapter}{\def\sectionmark##1{\markboth
|
||||
{\MakeUppercase{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth>\z@
|
||||
\thesection\hskip 1em\relax \fi ##1}}{}}%
|
||||
\def\subsectionmark##1{\markright {\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\@ne
|
||||
\thesubsection\hskip 1em\relax \fi ##1}}}%
|
||||
{\def\chaptermark##1{\markboth {\MakeUppercase{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth>\m@ne
|
||||
\@chapapp\ \thechapter. \ \fi ##1}}{}}%
|
||||
\def\sectionmark##1{\markright{\MakeUppercase{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@
|
||||
\thesection. \ \fi ##1}}}}%
|
||||
%\csname ps@headings\endcsname % use \ps@headings defaults if they exist
|
||||
\ps@@fancy
|
||||
\gdef\ps@fancy{\@fancyplainfalse\ps@@fancy}%
|
||||
% Initialize \headwidth if the user didn't
|
||||
%
|
||||
\ifdim\headwidth<0sp
|
||||
%
|
||||
% This catches the case that \headwidth hasn't been initialized and the
|
||||
% case that the user added something to \headwidth in the expectation that
|
||||
% it was initialized to \textwidth. We compensate this now. This loses if
|
||||
% the user intended to multiply it by a factor. But that case is more
|
||||
% likely done by saying something like \headwidth=1.2\textwidth.
|
||||
% The doc says you have to change \headwidth after the first call to
|
||||
% \pagestyle{fancy}. This code is just to catch the most common cases were
|
||||
% that requirement is violated.
|
||||
%
|
||||
\global\advance\headwidth123456789sp\global\advance\headwidth\textwidth
|
||||
\fi}
|
||||
\def\ps@fancyplain{\ps@fancy \let\ps@plain\ps@plain@fancy}
|
||||
\def\ps@plain@fancy{\@fancyplaintrue\ps@@fancy}
|
||||
\let\ps@@empty\ps@empty
|
||||
\def\ps@@fancy{%
|
||||
\ps@@empty % This is for amsbook/amsart, which do strange things with \topskip
|
||||
\def\@mkboth{\protect\markboth}%
|
||||
\def\@oddhead{\@fancyhead\fancy@Oolh\f@ncyolh\f@ncyoch\f@ncyorh\fancy@Oorh}%
|
||||
\def\@oddfoot{\@fancyfoot\fancy@Oolf\f@ncyolf\f@ncyocf\f@ncyorf\fancy@Oorf}%
|
||||
\def\@evenhead{\@fancyhead\fancy@Oelh\f@ncyelh\f@ncyech\f@ncyerh\fancy@Oerh}%
|
||||
\def\@evenfoot{\@fancyfoot\fancy@Oelf\f@ncyelf\f@ncyecf\f@ncyerf\fancy@Oerf}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
% Default definitions for compatibility mode:
|
||||
% These cause the header/footer to take the defined \headwidth as width
|
||||
% And to shift in the direction of the marginpar area
|
||||
|
||||
\def\fancy@Oolh{\if@reversemargin\hss\else\relax\fi}
|
||||
\def\fancy@Oorh{\if@reversemargin\relax\else\hss\fi}
|
||||
\let\fancy@Oelh\fancy@Oorh
|
||||
\let\fancy@Oerh\fancy@Oolh
|
||||
|
||||
\let\fancy@Oolf\fancy@Oolh
|
||||
\let\fancy@Oorf\fancy@Oorh
|
||||
\let\fancy@Oelf\fancy@Oelh
|
||||
\let\fancy@Oerf\fancy@Oerh
|
||||
|
||||
% New definitions for the use of \fancyhfoffset
|
||||
% These calculate the \headwidth from \textwidth and the specified offsets.
|
||||
|
||||
\def\fancy@offsolh{\headwidth=\textwidth\advance\headwidth\f@ncyO@olh
|
||||
\advance\headwidth\f@ncyO@orh\hskip-\f@ncyO@olh}
|
||||
\def\fancy@offselh{\headwidth=\textwidth\advance\headwidth\f@ncyO@elh
|
||||
\advance\headwidth\f@ncyO@erh\hskip-\f@ncyO@elh}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\fancy@offsolf{\headwidth=\textwidth\advance\headwidth\f@ncyO@olf
|
||||
\advance\headwidth\f@ncyO@orf\hskip-\f@ncyO@olf}
|
||||
\def\fancy@offself{\headwidth=\textwidth\advance\headwidth\f@ncyO@elf
|
||||
\advance\headwidth\f@ncyO@erf\hskip-\f@ncyO@elf}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\fancy@setoffs{%
|
||||
% Just in case \let\headwidth\textwidth was used
|
||||
\fancy@gbl\let\headwidth\fancy@headwidth
|
||||
\fancy@gbl\let\fancy@Oolh\fancy@offsolh
|
||||
\fancy@gbl\let\fancy@Oelh\fancy@offselh
|
||||
\fancy@gbl\let\fancy@Oorh\hss
|
||||
\fancy@gbl\let\fancy@Oerh\hss
|
||||
\fancy@gbl\let\fancy@Oolf\fancy@offsolf
|
||||
\fancy@gbl\let\fancy@Oelf\fancy@offself
|
||||
\fancy@gbl\let\fancy@Oorf\hss
|
||||
\fancy@gbl\let\fancy@Oerf\hss}
|
||||
|
||||
\newif\iffootnote
|
||||
\let\latex@makecol\@makecol
|
||||
\def\@makecol{\ifvoid\footins\footnotetrue\else\footnotefalse\fi
|
||||
\let\topfloat\@toplist\let\botfloat\@botlist\latex@makecol}
|
||||
\def\iftopfloat#1#2{\ifx\topfloat\empty #2\else #1\fi}
|
||||
\def\ifbotfloat#1#2{\ifx\botfloat\empty #2\else #1\fi}
|
||||
\def\iffloatpage#1#2{\if@fcolmade #1\else #2\fi}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\fancypagestyle}[2]{%
|
||||
\@namedef{ps@#1}{\let\fancy@gbl\relax#2\relax\ps@fancy}}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,508 @@
|
||||
%%%%% NEW MATH DEFINITIONS %%%%%
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage{amsmath,amsfonts,bm}
|
||||
|
||||
% Mark sections of captions for referring to divisions of figures
|
||||
\newcommand{\figleft}{{\em (Left)}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\figcenter}{{\em (Center)}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\figright}{{\em (Right)}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\figtop}{{\em (Top)}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\figbottom}{{\em (Bottom)}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\captiona}{{\em (a)}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\captionb}{{\em (b)}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\captionc}{{\em (c)}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\captiond}{{\em (d)}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Highlight a newly defined term
|
||||
\newcommand{\newterm}[1]{{\bf #1}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% Figure reference, lower-case.
|
||||
\def\figref#1{figure~\ref{#1}}
|
||||
% Figure reference, capital. For start of sentence
|
||||
\def\Figref#1{Figure~\ref{#1}}
|
||||
\def\twofigref#1#2{figures \ref{#1} and \ref{#2}}
|
||||
\def\quadfigref#1#2#3#4{figures \ref{#1}, \ref{#2}, \ref{#3} and \ref{#4}}
|
||||
% Section reference, lower-case.
|
||||
\def\secref#1{section~\ref{#1}}
|
||||
% Section reference, capital.
|
||||
\def\Secref#1{Section~\ref{#1}}
|
||||
% Reference to two sections.
|
||||
\def\twosecrefs#1#2{sections \ref{#1} and \ref{#2}}
|
||||
% Reference to three sections.
|
||||
\def\secrefs#1#2#3{sections \ref{#1}, \ref{#2} and \ref{#3}}
|
||||
% Reference to an equation, lower-case.
|
||||
\def\eqref#1{equation~\ref{#1}}
|
||||
% Reference to an equation, upper case
|
||||
\def\Eqref#1{Equation~\ref{#1}}
|
||||
% A raw reference to an equation---avoid using if possible
|
||||
\def\plaineqref#1{\ref{#1}}
|
||||
% Reference to a chapter, lower-case.
|
||||
\def\chapref#1{chapter~\ref{#1}}
|
||||
% Reference to an equation, upper case.
|
||||
\def\Chapref#1{Chapter~\ref{#1}}
|
||||
% Reference to a range of chapters
|
||||
\def\rangechapref#1#2{chapters\ref{#1}--\ref{#2}}
|
||||
% Reference to an algorithm, lower-case.
|
||||
\def\algref#1{algorithm~\ref{#1}}
|
||||
% Reference to an algorithm, upper case.
|
||||
\def\Algref#1{Algorithm~\ref{#1}}
|
||||
\def\twoalgref#1#2{algorithms \ref{#1} and \ref{#2}}
|
||||
\def\Twoalgref#1#2{Algorithms \ref{#1} and \ref{#2}}
|
||||
% Reference to a part, lower case
|
||||
\def\partref#1{part~\ref{#1}}
|
||||
% Reference to a part, upper case
|
||||
\def\Partref#1{Part~\ref{#1}}
|
||||
\def\twopartref#1#2{parts \ref{#1} and \ref{#2}}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\ceil#1{\lceil #1 \rceil}
|
||||
\def\floor#1{\lfloor #1 \rfloor}
|
||||
\def\1{\bm{1}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\train}{\mathcal{D}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\valid}{\mathcal{D_{\mathrm{valid}}}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\test}{\mathcal{D_{\mathrm{test}}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\eps{{\epsilon}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% Random variables
|
||||
\def\reta{{\textnormal{$\eta$}}}
|
||||
\def\ra{{\textnormal{a}}}
|
||||
\def\rb{{\textnormal{b}}}
|
||||
\def\rc{{\textnormal{c}}}
|
||||
\def\rd{{\textnormal{d}}}
|
||||
\def\re{{\textnormal{e}}}
|
||||
\def\rf{{\textnormal{f}}}
|
||||
\def\rg{{\textnormal{g}}}
|
||||
\def\rh{{\textnormal{h}}}
|
||||
\def\ri{{\textnormal{i}}}
|
||||
\def\rj{{\textnormal{j}}}
|
||||
\def\rk{{\textnormal{k}}}
|
||||
\def\rl{{\textnormal{l}}}
|
||||
% rm is already a command, just don't name any random variables m
|
||||
\def\rn{{\textnormal{n}}}
|
||||
\def\ro{{\textnormal{o}}}
|
||||
\def\rp{{\textnormal{p}}}
|
||||
\def\rq{{\textnormal{q}}}
|
||||
\def\rr{{\textnormal{r}}}
|
||||
\def\rs{{\textnormal{s}}}
|
||||
\def\rt{{\textnormal{t}}}
|
||||
\def\ru{{\textnormal{u}}}
|
||||
\def\rv{{\textnormal{v}}}
|
||||
\def\rw{{\textnormal{w}}}
|
||||
\def\rx{{\textnormal{x}}}
|
||||
\def\ry{{\textnormal{y}}}
|
||||
\def\rz{{\textnormal{z}}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Random vectors
|
||||
\def\rvepsilon{{\mathbf{\epsilon}}}
|
||||
\def\rvtheta{{\mathbf{\theta}}}
|
||||
\def\rva{{\mathbf{a}}}
|
||||
\def\rvb{{\mathbf{b}}}
|
||||
\def\rvc{{\mathbf{c}}}
|
||||
\def\rvd{{\mathbf{d}}}
|
||||
\def\rve{{\mathbf{e}}}
|
||||
\def\rvf{{\mathbf{f}}}
|
||||
\def\rvg{{\mathbf{g}}}
|
||||
\def\rvh{{\mathbf{h}}}
|
||||
\def\rvu{{\mathbf{i}}}
|
||||
\def\rvj{{\mathbf{j}}}
|
||||
\def\rvk{{\mathbf{k}}}
|
||||
\def\rvl{{\mathbf{l}}}
|
||||
\def\rvm{{\mathbf{m}}}
|
||||
\def\rvn{{\mathbf{n}}}
|
||||
\def\rvo{{\mathbf{o}}}
|
||||
\def\rvp{{\mathbf{p}}}
|
||||
\def\rvq{{\mathbf{q}}}
|
||||
\def\rvr{{\mathbf{r}}}
|
||||
\def\rvs{{\mathbf{s}}}
|
||||
\def\rvt{{\mathbf{t}}}
|
||||
\def\rvu{{\mathbf{u}}}
|
||||
\def\rvv{{\mathbf{v}}}
|
||||
\def\rvw{{\mathbf{w}}}
|
||||
\def\rvx{{\mathbf{x}}}
|
||||
\def\rvy{{\mathbf{y}}}
|
||||
\def\rvz{{\mathbf{z}}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Elements of random vectors
|
||||
\def\erva{{\textnormal{a}}}
|
||||
\def\ervb{{\textnormal{b}}}
|
||||
\def\ervc{{\textnormal{c}}}
|
||||
\def\ervd{{\textnormal{d}}}
|
||||
\def\erve{{\textnormal{e}}}
|
||||
\def\ervf{{\textnormal{f}}}
|
||||
\def\ervg{{\textnormal{g}}}
|
||||
\def\ervh{{\textnormal{h}}}
|
||||
\def\ervi{{\textnormal{i}}}
|
||||
\def\ervj{{\textnormal{j}}}
|
||||
\def\ervk{{\textnormal{k}}}
|
||||
\def\ervl{{\textnormal{l}}}
|
||||
\def\ervm{{\textnormal{m}}}
|
||||
\def\ervn{{\textnormal{n}}}
|
||||
\def\ervo{{\textnormal{o}}}
|
||||
\def\ervp{{\textnormal{p}}}
|
||||
\def\ervq{{\textnormal{q}}}
|
||||
\def\ervr{{\textnormal{r}}}
|
||||
\def\ervs{{\textnormal{s}}}
|
||||
\def\ervt{{\textnormal{t}}}
|
||||
\def\ervu{{\textnormal{u}}}
|
||||
\def\ervv{{\textnormal{v}}}
|
||||
\def\ervw{{\textnormal{w}}}
|
||||
\def\ervx{{\textnormal{x}}}
|
||||
\def\ervy{{\textnormal{y}}}
|
||||
\def\ervz{{\textnormal{z}}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Random matrices
|
||||
\def\rmA{{\mathbf{A}}}
|
||||
\def\rmB{{\mathbf{B}}}
|
||||
\def\rmC{{\mathbf{C}}}
|
||||
\def\rmD{{\mathbf{D}}}
|
||||
\def\rmE{{\mathbf{E}}}
|
||||
\def\rmF{{\mathbf{F}}}
|
||||
\def\rmG{{\mathbf{G}}}
|
||||
\def\rmH{{\mathbf{H}}}
|
||||
\def\rmI{{\mathbf{I}}}
|
||||
\def\rmJ{{\mathbf{J}}}
|
||||
\def\rmK{{\mathbf{K}}}
|
||||
\def\rmL{{\mathbf{L}}}
|
||||
\def\rmM{{\mathbf{M}}}
|
||||
\def\rmN{{\mathbf{N}}}
|
||||
\def\rmO{{\mathbf{O}}}
|
||||
\def\rmP{{\mathbf{P}}}
|
||||
\def\rmQ{{\mathbf{Q}}}
|
||||
\def\rmR{{\mathbf{R}}}
|
||||
\def\rmS{{\mathbf{S}}}
|
||||
\def\rmT{{\mathbf{T}}}
|
||||
\def\rmU{{\mathbf{U}}}
|
||||
\def\rmV{{\mathbf{V}}}
|
||||
\def\rmW{{\mathbf{W}}}
|
||||
\def\rmX{{\mathbf{X}}}
|
||||
\def\rmY{{\mathbf{Y}}}
|
||||
\def\rmZ{{\mathbf{Z}}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Elements of random matrices
|
||||
\def\ermA{{\textnormal{A}}}
|
||||
\def\ermB{{\textnormal{B}}}
|
||||
\def\ermC{{\textnormal{C}}}
|
||||
\def\ermD{{\textnormal{D}}}
|
||||
\def\ermE{{\textnormal{E}}}
|
||||
\def\ermF{{\textnormal{F}}}
|
||||
\def\ermG{{\textnormal{G}}}
|
||||
\def\ermH{{\textnormal{H}}}
|
||||
\def\ermI{{\textnormal{I}}}
|
||||
\def\ermJ{{\textnormal{J}}}
|
||||
\def\ermK{{\textnormal{K}}}
|
||||
\def\ermL{{\textnormal{L}}}
|
||||
\def\ermM{{\textnormal{M}}}
|
||||
\def\ermN{{\textnormal{N}}}
|
||||
\def\ermO{{\textnormal{O}}}
|
||||
\def\ermP{{\textnormal{P}}}
|
||||
\def\ermQ{{\textnormal{Q}}}
|
||||
\def\ermR{{\textnormal{R}}}
|
||||
\def\ermS{{\textnormal{S}}}
|
||||
\def\ermT{{\textnormal{T}}}
|
||||
\def\ermU{{\textnormal{U}}}
|
||||
\def\ermV{{\textnormal{V}}}
|
||||
\def\ermW{{\textnormal{W}}}
|
||||
\def\ermX{{\textnormal{X}}}
|
||||
\def\ermY{{\textnormal{Y}}}
|
||||
\def\ermZ{{\textnormal{Z}}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Vectors
|
||||
\def\vzero{{\bm{0}}}
|
||||
\def\vone{{\bm{1}}}
|
||||
\def\vmu{{\bm{\mu}}}
|
||||
\def\vtheta{{\bm{\theta}}}
|
||||
\def\va{{\bm{a}}}
|
||||
\def\vb{{\bm{b}}}
|
||||
\def\vc{{\bm{c}}}
|
||||
\def\vd{{\bm{d}}}
|
||||
\def\ve{{\bm{e}}}
|
||||
\def\vf{{\bm{f}}}
|
||||
\def\vg{{\bm{g}}}
|
||||
\def\vh{{\bm{h}}}
|
||||
\def\vi{{\bm{i}}}
|
||||
\def\vj{{\bm{j}}}
|
||||
\def\vk{{\bm{k}}}
|
||||
\def\vl{{\bm{l}}}
|
||||
\def\vm{{\bm{m}}}
|
||||
\def\vn{{\bm{n}}}
|
||||
\def\vo{{\bm{o}}}
|
||||
\def\vp{{\bm{p}}}
|
||||
\def\vq{{\bm{q}}}
|
||||
\def\vr{{\bm{r}}}
|
||||
\def\vs{{\bm{s}}}
|
||||
\def\vt{{\bm{t}}}
|
||||
\def\vu{{\bm{u}}}
|
||||
\def\vv{{\bm{v}}}
|
||||
\def\vw{{\bm{w}}}
|
||||
\def\vx{{\bm{x}}}
|
||||
\def\vy{{\bm{y}}}
|
||||
\def\vz{{\bm{z}}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Elements of vectors
|
||||
\def\evalpha{{\alpha}}
|
||||
\def\evbeta{{\beta}}
|
||||
\def\evepsilon{{\epsilon}}
|
||||
\def\evlambda{{\lambda}}
|
||||
\def\evomega{{\omega}}
|
||||
\def\evmu{{\mu}}
|
||||
\def\evpsi{{\psi}}
|
||||
\def\evsigma{{\sigma}}
|
||||
\def\evtheta{{\theta}}
|
||||
\def\eva{{a}}
|
||||
\def\evb{{b}}
|
||||
\def\evc{{c}}
|
||||
\def\evd{{d}}
|
||||
\def\eve{{e}}
|
||||
\def\evf{{f}}
|
||||
\def\evg{{g}}
|
||||
\def\evh{{h}}
|
||||
\def\evi{{i}}
|
||||
\def\evj{{j}}
|
||||
\def\evk{{k}}
|
||||
\def\evl{{l}}
|
||||
\def\evm{{m}}
|
||||
\def\evn{{n}}
|
||||
\def\evo{{o}}
|
||||
\def\evp{{p}}
|
||||
\def\evq{{q}}
|
||||
\def\evr{{r}}
|
||||
\def\evs{{s}}
|
||||
\def\evt{{t}}
|
||||
\def\evu{{u}}
|
||||
\def\evv{{v}}
|
||||
\def\evw{{w}}
|
||||
\def\evx{{x}}
|
||||
\def\evy{{y}}
|
||||
\def\evz{{z}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Matrix
|
||||
\def\mA{{\bm{A}}}
|
||||
\def\mB{{\bm{B}}}
|
||||
\def\mC{{\bm{C}}}
|
||||
\def\mD{{\bm{D}}}
|
||||
\def\mE{{\bm{E}}}
|
||||
\def\mF{{\bm{F}}}
|
||||
\def\mG{{\bm{G}}}
|
||||
\def\mH{{\bm{H}}}
|
||||
\def\mI{{\bm{I}}}
|
||||
\def\mJ{{\bm{J}}}
|
||||
\def\mK{{\bm{K}}}
|
||||
\def\mL{{\bm{L}}}
|
||||
\def\mM{{\bm{M}}}
|
||||
\def\mN{{\bm{N}}}
|
||||
\def\mO{{\bm{O}}}
|
||||
\def\mP{{\bm{P}}}
|
||||
\def\mQ{{\bm{Q}}}
|
||||
\def\mR{{\bm{R}}}
|
||||
\def\mS{{\bm{S}}}
|
||||
\def\mT{{\bm{T}}}
|
||||
\def\mU{{\bm{U}}}
|
||||
\def\mV{{\bm{V}}}
|
||||
\def\mW{{\bm{W}}}
|
||||
\def\mX{{\bm{X}}}
|
||||
\def\mY{{\bm{Y}}}
|
||||
\def\mZ{{\bm{Z}}}
|
||||
\def\mBeta{{\bm{\beta}}}
|
||||
\def\mPhi{{\bm{\Phi}}}
|
||||
\def\mLambda{{\bm{\Lambda}}}
|
||||
\def\mSigma{{\bm{\Sigma}}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Tensor
|
||||
\DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathsfit}{\encodingdefault}{\sfdefault}{m}{sl}
|
||||
\SetMathAlphabet{\mathsfit}{bold}{\encodingdefault}{\sfdefault}{bx}{n}
|
||||
\newcommand{\tens}[1]{\bm{\mathsfit{#1}}}
|
||||
\def\tA{{\tens{A}}}
|
||||
\def\tB{{\tens{B}}}
|
||||
\def\tC{{\tens{C}}}
|
||||
\def\tD{{\tens{D}}}
|
||||
\def\tE{{\tens{E}}}
|
||||
\def\tF{{\tens{F}}}
|
||||
\def\tG{{\tens{G}}}
|
||||
\def\tH{{\tens{H}}}
|
||||
\def\tI{{\tens{I}}}
|
||||
\def\tJ{{\tens{J}}}
|
||||
\def\tK{{\tens{K}}}
|
||||
\def\tL{{\tens{L}}}
|
||||
\def\tM{{\tens{M}}}
|
||||
\def\tN{{\tens{N}}}
|
||||
\def\tO{{\tens{O}}}
|
||||
\def\tP{{\tens{P}}}
|
||||
\def\tQ{{\tens{Q}}}
|
||||
\def\tR{{\tens{R}}}
|
||||
\def\tS{{\tens{S}}}
|
||||
\def\tT{{\tens{T}}}
|
||||
\def\tU{{\tens{U}}}
|
||||
\def\tV{{\tens{V}}}
|
||||
\def\tW{{\tens{W}}}
|
||||
\def\tX{{\tens{X}}}
|
||||
\def\tY{{\tens{Y}}}
|
||||
\def\tZ{{\tens{Z}}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% Graph
|
||||
\def\gA{{\mathcal{A}}}
|
||||
\def\gB{{\mathcal{B}}}
|
||||
\def\gC{{\mathcal{C}}}
|
||||
\def\gD{{\mathcal{D}}}
|
||||
\def\gE{{\mathcal{E}}}
|
||||
\def\gF{{\mathcal{F}}}
|
||||
\def\gG{{\mathcal{G}}}
|
||||
\def\gH{{\mathcal{H}}}
|
||||
\def\gI{{\mathcal{I}}}
|
||||
\def\gJ{{\mathcal{J}}}
|
||||
\def\gK{{\mathcal{K}}}
|
||||
\def\gL{{\mathcal{L}}}
|
||||
\def\gM{{\mathcal{M}}}
|
||||
\def\gN{{\mathcal{N}}}
|
||||
\def\gO{{\mathcal{O}}}
|
||||
\def\gP{{\mathcal{P}}}
|
||||
\def\gQ{{\mathcal{Q}}}
|
||||
\def\gR{{\mathcal{R}}}
|
||||
\def\gS{{\mathcal{S}}}
|
||||
\def\gT{{\mathcal{T}}}
|
||||
\def\gU{{\mathcal{U}}}
|
||||
\def\gV{{\mathcal{V}}}
|
||||
\def\gW{{\mathcal{W}}}
|
||||
\def\gX{{\mathcal{X}}}
|
||||
\def\gY{{\mathcal{Y}}}
|
||||
\def\gZ{{\mathcal{Z}}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Sets
|
||||
\def\sA{{\mathbb{A}}}
|
||||
\def\sB{{\mathbb{B}}}
|
||||
\def\sC{{\mathbb{C}}}
|
||||
\def\sD{{\mathbb{D}}}
|
||||
% Don't use a set called E, because this would be the same as our symbol
|
||||
% for expectation.
|
||||
\def\sF{{\mathbb{F}}}
|
||||
\def\sG{{\mathbb{G}}}
|
||||
\def\sH{{\mathbb{H}}}
|
||||
\def\sI{{\mathbb{I}}}
|
||||
\def\sJ{{\mathbb{J}}}
|
||||
\def\sK{{\mathbb{K}}}
|
||||
\def\sL{{\mathbb{L}}}
|
||||
\def\sM{{\mathbb{M}}}
|
||||
\def\sN{{\mathbb{N}}}
|
||||
\def\sO{{\mathbb{O}}}
|
||||
\def\sP{{\mathbb{P}}}
|
||||
\def\sQ{{\mathbb{Q}}}
|
||||
\def\sR{{\mathbb{R}}}
|
||||
\def\sS{{\mathbb{S}}}
|
||||
\def\sT{{\mathbb{T}}}
|
||||
\def\sU{{\mathbb{U}}}
|
||||
\def\sV{{\mathbb{V}}}
|
||||
\def\sW{{\mathbb{W}}}
|
||||
\def\sX{{\mathbb{X}}}
|
||||
\def\sY{{\mathbb{Y}}}
|
||||
\def\sZ{{\mathbb{Z}}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Entries of a matrix
|
||||
\def\emLambda{{\Lambda}}
|
||||
\def\emA{{A}}
|
||||
\def\emB{{B}}
|
||||
\def\emC{{C}}
|
||||
\def\emD{{D}}
|
||||
\def\emE{{E}}
|
||||
\def\emF{{F}}
|
||||
\def\emG{{G}}
|
||||
\def\emH{{H}}
|
||||
\def\emI{{I}}
|
||||
\def\emJ{{J}}
|
||||
\def\emK{{K}}
|
||||
\def\emL{{L}}
|
||||
\def\emM{{M}}
|
||||
\def\emN{{N}}
|
||||
\def\emO{{O}}
|
||||
\def\emP{{P}}
|
||||
\def\emQ{{Q}}
|
||||
\def\emR{{R}}
|
||||
\def\emS{{S}}
|
||||
\def\emT{{T}}
|
||||
\def\emU{{U}}
|
||||
\def\emV{{V}}
|
||||
\def\emW{{W}}
|
||||
\def\emX{{X}}
|
||||
\def\emY{{Y}}
|
||||
\def\emZ{{Z}}
|
||||
\def\emSigma{{\Sigma}}
|
||||
|
||||
% entries of a tensor
|
||||
% Same font as tensor, without \bm wrapper
|
||||
\newcommand{\etens}[1]{\mathsfit{#1}}
|
||||
\def\etLambda{{\etens{\Lambda}}}
|
||||
\def\etA{{\etens{A}}}
|
||||
\def\etB{{\etens{B}}}
|
||||
\def\etC{{\etens{C}}}
|
||||
\def\etD{{\etens{D}}}
|
||||
\def\etE{{\etens{E}}}
|
||||
\def\etF{{\etens{F}}}
|
||||
\def\etG{{\etens{G}}}
|
||||
\def\etH{{\etens{H}}}
|
||||
\def\etI{{\etens{I}}}
|
||||
\def\etJ{{\etens{J}}}
|
||||
\def\etK{{\etens{K}}}
|
||||
\def\etL{{\etens{L}}}
|
||||
\def\etM{{\etens{M}}}
|
||||
\def\etN{{\etens{N}}}
|
||||
\def\etO{{\etens{O}}}
|
||||
\def\etP{{\etens{P}}}
|
||||
\def\etQ{{\etens{Q}}}
|
||||
\def\etR{{\etens{R}}}
|
||||
\def\etS{{\etens{S}}}
|
||||
\def\etT{{\etens{T}}}
|
||||
\def\etU{{\etens{U}}}
|
||||
\def\etV{{\etens{V}}}
|
||||
\def\etW{{\etens{W}}}
|
||||
\def\etX{{\etens{X}}}
|
||||
\def\etY{{\etens{Y}}}
|
||||
\def\etZ{{\etens{Z}}}
|
||||
|
||||
% The true underlying data generating distribution
|
||||
\newcommand{\pdata}{p_{\rm{data}}}
|
||||
% The empirical distribution defined by the training set
|
||||
\newcommand{\ptrain}{\hat{p}_{\rm{data}}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\Ptrain}{\hat{P}_{\rm{data}}}
|
||||
% The model distribution
|
||||
\newcommand{\pmodel}{p_{\rm{model}}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\Pmodel}{P_{\rm{model}}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\ptildemodel}{\tilde{p}_{\rm{model}}}
|
||||
% Stochastic autoencoder distributions
|
||||
\newcommand{\pencode}{p_{\rm{encoder}}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\pdecode}{p_{\rm{decoder}}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\precons}{p_{\rm{reconstruct}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\laplace}{\mathrm{Laplace}} % Laplace distribution
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\E}{\mathbb{E}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\Ls}{\mathcal{L}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\R}{\mathbb{R}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\emp}{\tilde{p}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\lr}{\alpha}
|
||||
\newcommand{\reg}{\lambda}
|
||||
\newcommand{\rect}{\mathrm{rectifier}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\softmax}{\mathrm{softmax}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\sigmoid}{\sigma}
|
||||
\newcommand{\softplus}{\zeta}
|
||||
\newcommand{\KL}{D_{\mathrm{KL}}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\Var}{\mathrm{Var}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\standarderror}{\mathrm{SE}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\Cov}{\mathrm{Cov}}
|
||||
% Wolfram Mathworld says $L^2$ is for function spaces and $\ell^2$ is for vectors
|
||||
% But then they seem to use $L^2$ for vectors throughout the site, and so does
|
||||
% wikipedia.
|
||||
\newcommand{\normlzero}{L^0}
|
||||
\newcommand{\normlone}{L^1}
|
||||
\newcommand{\normltwo}{L^2}
|
||||
\newcommand{\normlp}{L^p}
|
||||
\newcommand{\normmax}{L^\infty}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\parents}{Pa} % See usage in notation.tex. Chosen to match Daphne's book.
|
||||
|
||||
\DeclareMathOperator*{\argmax}{arg\,max}
|
||||
\DeclareMathOperator*{\argmin}{arg\,min}
|
||||
|
||||
\DeclareMathOperator{\sign}{sign}
|
||||
\DeclareMathOperator{\Tr}{Tr}
|
||||
\let\ab\allowbreak
|
||||
1246
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/colm2025/natbib.sty
Normal file
1246
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/colm2025/natbib.sty
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,485 @@
|
||||
% fancyhdr.sty version 3.2
|
||||
% Fancy headers and footers for LaTeX.
|
||||
% Piet van Oostrum,
|
||||
% Dept of Computer and Information Sciences, University of Utrecht,
|
||||
% Padualaan 14, P.O. Box 80.089, 3508 TB Utrecht, The Netherlands
|
||||
% Telephone: +31 30 2532180. Email: piet@cs.uu.nl
|
||||
% ========================================================================
|
||||
% LICENCE:
|
||||
% This file may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public
|
||||
% License, as described in lppl.txt in the base LaTeX distribution.
|
||||
% Either version 1 or, at your option, any later version.
|
||||
% ========================================================================
|
||||
% MODIFICATION HISTORY:
|
||||
% Sep 16, 1994
|
||||
% version 1.4: Correction for use with \reversemargin
|
||||
% Sep 29, 1994:
|
||||
% version 1.5: Added the \iftopfloat, \ifbotfloat and \iffloatpage commands
|
||||
% Oct 4, 1994:
|
||||
% version 1.6: Reset single spacing in headers/footers for use with
|
||||
% setspace.sty or doublespace.sty
|
||||
% Oct 4, 1994:
|
||||
% version 1.7: changed \let\@mkboth\markboth to
|
||||
% \def\@mkboth{\protect\markboth} to make it more robust
|
||||
% Dec 5, 1994:
|
||||
% version 1.8: corrections for amsbook/amsart: define \@chapapp and (more
|
||||
% importantly) use the \chapter/sectionmark definitions from ps@headings if
|
||||
% they exist (which should be true for all standard classes).
|
||||
% May 31, 1995:
|
||||
% version 1.9: The proposed \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{\iffloatpage...
|
||||
% construction in the doc did not work properly with the fancyplain style.
|
||||
% June 1, 1995:
|
||||
% version 1.91: The definition of \@mkboth wasn't restored on subsequent
|
||||
% \pagestyle{fancy}'s.
|
||||
% June 1, 1995:
|
||||
% version 1.92: The sequence \pagestyle{fancyplain} \pagestyle{plain}
|
||||
% \pagestyle{fancy} would erroneously select the plain version.
|
||||
% June 1, 1995:
|
||||
% version 1.93: \fancypagestyle command added.
|
||||
% Dec 11, 1995:
|
||||
% version 1.94: suggested by Conrad Hughes <chughes@maths.tcd.ie>
|
||||
% CJCH, Dec 11, 1995: added \footruleskip to allow control over footrule
|
||||
% position (old hardcoded value of .3\normalbaselineskip is far too high
|
||||
% when used with very small footer fonts).
|
||||
% Jan 31, 1996:
|
||||
% version 1.95: call \@normalsize in the reset code if that is defined,
|
||||
% otherwise \normalsize.
|
||||
% this is to solve a problem with ucthesis.cls, as this doesn't
|
||||
% define \@currsize. Unfortunately for latex209 calling \normalsize doesn't
|
||||
% work as this is optimized to do very little, so there \@normalsize should
|
||||
% be called. Hopefully this code works for all versions of LaTeX known to
|
||||
% mankind.
|
||||
% April 25, 1996:
|
||||
% version 1.96: initialize \headwidth to a magic (negative) value to catch
|
||||
% most common cases that people change it before calling \pagestyle{fancy}.
|
||||
% Note it can't be initialized when reading in this file, because
|
||||
% \textwidth could be changed afterwards. This is quite probable.
|
||||
% We also switch to \MakeUppercase rather than \uppercase and introduce a
|
||||
% \nouppercase command for use in headers. and footers.
|
||||
% May 3, 1996:
|
||||
% version 1.97: Two changes:
|
||||
% 1. Undo the change in version 1.8 (using the pagestyle{headings} defaults
|
||||
% for the chapter and section marks. The current version of amsbook and
|
||||
% amsart classes don't seem to need them anymore. Moreover the standard
|
||||
% latex classes don't use \markboth if twoside isn't selected, and this is
|
||||
% confusing as \leftmark doesn't work as expected.
|
||||
% 2. include a call to \ps@empty in ps@@fancy. This is to solve a problem
|
||||
% in the amsbook and amsart classes, that make global changes to \topskip,
|
||||
% which are reset in \ps@empty. Hopefully this doesn't break other things.
|
||||
% May 7, 1996:
|
||||
% version 1.98:
|
||||
% Added % after the line \def\nouppercase
|
||||
% May 7, 1996:
|
||||
% version 1.99: This is the alpha version of fancyhdr 2.0
|
||||
% Introduced the new commands \fancyhead, \fancyfoot, and \fancyhf.
|
||||
% Changed \headrulewidth, \footrulewidth, \footruleskip to
|
||||
% macros rather than length parameters, In this way they can be
|
||||
% conditionalized and they don't consume length registers. There is no need
|
||||
% to have them as length registers unless you want to do calculations with
|
||||
% them, which is unlikely. Note that this may make some uses of them
|
||||
% incompatible (i.e. if you have a file that uses \setlength or \xxxx=)
|
||||
% May 10, 1996:
|
||||
% version 1.99a:
|
||||
% Added a few more % signs
|
||||
% May 10, 1996:
|
||||
% version 1.99b:
|
||||
% Changed the syntax of \f@nfor to be resistent to catcode changes of :=
|
||||
% Removed the [1] from the defs of \lhead etc. because the parameter is
|
||||
% consumed by the \@[xy]lhead etc. macros.
|
||||
% June 24, 1997:
|
||||
% version 1.99c:
|
||||
% corrected \nouppercase to also include the protected form of \MakeUppercase
|
||||
% \global added to manipulation of \headwidth.
|
||||
% \iffootnote command added.
|
||||
% Some comments added about \@fancyhead and \@fancyfoot.
|
||||
% Aug 24, 1998
|
||||
% version 1.99d
|
||||
% Changed the default \ps@empty to \ps@@empty in order to allow
|
||||
% \fancypagestyle{empty} redefinition.
|
||||
% Oct 11, 2000
|
||||
% version 2.0
|
||||
% Added LPPL license clause.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% A check for \headheight is added. An errormessage is given (once) if the
|
||||
% header is too large. Empty headers don't generate the error even if
|
||||
% \headheight is very small or even 0pt.
|
||||
% Warning added for the use of 'E' option when twoside option is not used.
|
||||
% In this case the 'E' fields will never be used.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Mar 10, 2002
|
||||
% version 2.1beta
|
||||
% New command: \fancyhfoffset[place]{length}
|
||||
% defines offsets to be applied to the header/footer to let it stick into
|
||||
% the margins (if length > 0).
|
||||
% place is like in fancyhead, except that only E,O,L,R can be used.
|
||||
% This replaces the old calculation based on \headwidth and the marginpar
|
||||
% area.
|
||||
% \headwidth will be dynamically calculated in the headers/footers when
|
||||
% this is used.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Mar 26, 2002
|
||||
% version 2.1beta2
|
||||
% \fancyhfoffset now also takes h,f as possible letters in the argument to
|
||||
% allow the header and footer widths to be different.
|
||||
% New commands \fancyheadoffset and \fancyfootoffset added comparable to
|
||||
% \fancyhead and \fancyfoot.
|
||||
% Errormessages and warnings have been made more informative.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Dec 9, 2002
|
||||
% version 2.1
|
||||
% The defaults for \footrulewidth, \plainheadrulewidth and
|
||||
% \plainfootrulewidth are changed from \z@skip to 0pt. In this way when
|
||||
% someone inadvertantly uses \setlength to change any of these, the value
|
||||
% of \z@skip will not be changed, rather an errormessage will be given.
|
||||
|
||||
% March 3, 2004
|
||||
% Release of version 3.0
|
||||
|
||||
% Oct 7, 2004
|
||||
% version 3.1
|
||||
% Added '\endlinechar=13' to \fancy@reset to prevent problems with
|
||||
% includegraphics in header when verbatiminput is active.
|
||||
|
||||
% March 22, 2005
|
||||
% version 3.2
|
||||
% reset \everypar (the real one) in \fancy@reset because spanish.ldf does
|
||||
% strange things with \everypar between << and >>.
|
||||
|
||||
\def\ifancy@mpty#1{\def\temp@a{#1}\ifx\temp@a\@empty}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\fancy@def#1#2{\ifancy@mpty{#2}\fancy@gbl\def#1{\leavevmode}\else
|
||||
\fancy@gbl\def#1{#2\strut}\fi}
|
||||
|
||||
\let\fancy@gbl\global
|
||||
|
||||
\def\@fancyerrmsg#1{%
|
||||
\ifx\PackageError\undefined
|
||||
\errmessage{#1}\else
|
||||
\PackageError{Fancyhdr}{#1}{}\fi}
|
||||
\def\@fancywarning#1{%
|
||||
\ifx\PackageWarning\undefined
|
||||
\errmessage{#1}\else
|
||||
\PackageWarning{Fancyhdr}{#1}{}\fi}
|
||||
|
||||
% Usage: \@forc \var{charstring}{command to be executed for each char}
|
||||
% This is similar to LaTeX's \@tfor, but expands the charstring.
|
||||
|
||||
\def\@forc#1#2#3{\expandafter\f@rc\expandafter#1\expandafter{#2}{#3}}
|
||||
\def\f@rc#1#2#3{\def\temp@ty{#2}\ifx\@empty\temp@ty\else
|
||||
\f@@rc#1#2\f@@rc{#3}\fi}
|
||||
\def\f@@rc#1#2#3\f@@rc#4{\def#1{#2}#4\f@rc#1{#3}{#4}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Usage: \f@nfor\name:=list\do{body}
|
||||
% Like LaTeX's \@for but an empty list is treated as a list with an empty
|
||||
% element
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\f@nfor}[3]{\edef\@fortmp{#2}%
|
||||
\expandafter\@forloop#2,\@nil,\@nil\@@#1{#3}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Usage: \def@ult \cs{defaults}{argument}
|
||||
% sets \cs to the characters from defaults appearing in argument
|
||||
% or defaults if it would be empty. All characters are lowercased.
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand\def@ult[3]{%
|
||||
\edef\temp@a{\lowercase{\edef\noexpand\temp@a{#3}}}\temp@a
|
||||
\def#1{}%
|
||||
\@forc\tmpf@ra{#2}%
|
||||
{\expandafter\if@in\tmpf@ra\temp@a{\edef#1{#1\tmpf@ra}}{}}%
|
||||
\ifx\@empty#1\def#1{#2}\fi}
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \if@in <char><set><truecase><falsecase>
|
||||
%
|
||||
\newcommand{\if@in}[4]{%
|
||||
\edef\temp@a{#2}\def\temp@b##1#1##2\temp@b{\def\temp@b{##1}}%
|
||||
\expandafter\temp@b#2#1\temp@b\ifx\temp@a\temp@b #4\else #3\fi}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\fancyhead}{\@ifnextchar[{\f@ncyhf\fancyhead h}%
|
||||
{\f@ncyhf\fancyhead h[]}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\fancyfoot}{\@ifnextchar[{\f@ncyhf\fancyfoot f}%
|
||||
{\f@ncyhf\fancyfoot f[]}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\fancyhf}{\@ifnextchar[{\f@ncyhf\fancyhf{}}%
|
||||
{\f@ncyhf\fancyhf{}[]}}
|
||||
|
||||
% New commands for offsets added
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\fancyheadoffset}{\@ifnextchar[{\f@ncyhfoffs\fancyheadoffset h}%
|
||||
{\f@ncyhfoffs\fancyheadoffset h[]}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\fancyfootoffset}{\@ifnextchar[{\f@ncyhfoffs\fancyfootoffset f}%
|
||||
{\f@ncyhfoffs\fancyfootoffset f[]}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\fancyhfoffset}{\@ifnextchar[{\f@ncyhfoffs\fancyhfoffset{}}%
|
||||
{\f@ncyhfoffs\fancyhfoffset{}[]}}
|
||||
|
||||
% The header and footer fields are stored in command sequences with
|
||||
% names of the form: \f@ncy<x><y><z> with <x> for [eo], <y> from [lcr]
|
||||
% and <z> from [hf].
|
||||
|
||||
\def\f@ncyhf#1#2[#3]#4{%
|
||||
\def\temp@c{}%
|
||||
\@forc\tmpf@ra{#3}%
|
||||
{\expandafter\if@in\tmpf@ra{eolcrhf,EOLCRHF}%
|
||||
{}{\edef\temp@c{\temp@c\tmpf@ra}}}%
|
||||
\ifx\@empty\temp@c\else
|
||||
\@fancyerrmsg{Illegal char `\temp@c' in \string#1 argument:
|
||||
[#3]}%
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\f@nfor\temp@c{#3}%
|
||||
{\def@ult\f@@@eo{eo}\temp@c
|
||||
\if@twoside\else
|
||||
\if\f@@@eo e\@fancywarning
|
||||
{\string#1's `E' option without twoside option is useless}\fi\fi
|
||||
\def@ult\f@@@lcr{lcr}\temp@c
|
||||
\def@ult\f@@@hf{hf}{#2\temp@c}%
|
||||
\@forc\f@@eo\f@@@eo
|
||||
{\@forc\f@@lcr\f@@@lcr
|
||||
{\@forc\f@@hf\f@@@hf
|
||||
{\expandafter\fancy@def\csname
|
||||
f@ncy\f@@eo\f@@lcr\f@@hf\endcsname
|
||||
{#4}}}}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\f@ncyhfoffs#1#2[#3]#4{%
|
||||
\def\temp@c{}%
|
||||
\@forc\tmpf@ra{#3}%
|
||||
{\expandafter\if@in\tmpf@ra{eolrhf,EOLRHF}%
|
||||
{}{\edef\temp@c{\temp@c\tmpf@ra}}}%
|
||||
\ifx\@empty\temp@c\else
|
||||
\@fancyerrmsg{Illegal char `\temp@c' in \string#1 argument:
|
||||
[#3]}%
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\f@nfor\temp@c{#3}%
|
||||
{\def@ult\f@@@eo{eo}\temp@c
|
||||
\if@twoside\else
|
||||
\if\f@@@eo e\@fancywarning
|
||||
{\string#1's `E' option without twoside option is useless}\fi\fi
|
||||
\def@ult\f@@@lcr{lr}\temp@c
|
||||
\def@ult\f@@@hf{hf}{#2\temp@c}%
|
||||
\@forc\f@@eo\f@@@eo
|
||||
{\@forc\f@@lcr\f@@@lcr
|
||||
{\@forc\f@@hf\f@@@hf
|
||||
{\expandafter\setlength\csname
|
||||
f@ncyO@\f@@eo\f@@lcr\f@@hf\endcsname
|
||||
{#4}}}}}%
|
||||
\fancy@setoffs}
|
||||
|
||||
% Fancyheadings version 1 commands. These are more or less deprecated,
|
||||
% but they continue to work.
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\lhead}{\@ifnextchar[{\@xlhead}{\@ylhead}}
|
||||
\def\@xlhead[#1]#2{\fancy@def\f@ncyelh{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyolh{#2}}
|
||||
\def\@ylhead#1{\fancy@def\f@ncyelh{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyolh{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\chead}{\@ifnextchar[{\@xchead}{\@ychead}}
|
||||
\def\@xchead[#1]#2{\fancy@def\f@ncyech{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyoch{#2}}
|
||||
\def\@ychead#1{\fancy@def\f@ncyech{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyoch{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\rhead}{\@ifnextchar[{\@xrhead}{\@yrhead}}
|
||||
\def\@xrhead[#1]#2{\fancy@def\f@ncyerh{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyorh{#2}}
|
||||
\def\@yrhead#1{\fancy@def\f@ncyerh{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyorh{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\lfoot}{\@ifnextchar[{\@xlfoot}{\@ylfoot}}
|
||||
\def\@xlfoot[#1]#2{\fancy@def\f@ncyelf{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyolf{#2}}
|
||||
\def\@ylfoot#1{\fancy@def\f@ncyelf{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyolf{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\cfoot}{\@ifnextchar[{\@xcfoot}{\@ycfoot}}
|
||||
\def\@xcfoot[#1]#2{\fancy@def\f@ncyecf{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyocf{#2}}
|
||||
\def\@ycfoot#1{\fancy@def\f@ncyecf{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyocf{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\rfoot}{\@ifnextchar[{\@xrfoot}{\@yrfoot}}
|
||||
\def\@xrfoot[#1]#2{\fancy@def\f@ncyerf{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyorf{#2}}
|
||||
\def\@yrfoot#1{\fancy@def\f@ncyerf{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyorf{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
\newlength{\fancy@headwidth}
|
||||
\let\headwidth\fancy@headwidth
|
||||
\newlength{\f@ncyO@elh}
|
||||
\newlength{\f@ncyO@erh}
|
||||
\newlength{\f@ncyO@olh}
|
||||
\newlength{\f@ncyO@orh}
|
||||
\newlength{\f@ncyO@elf}
|
||||
\newlength{\f@ncyO@erf}
|
||||
\newlength{\f@ncyO@olf}
|
||||
\newlength{\f@ncyO@orf}
|
||||
\newcommand{\headrulewidth}{0.4pt}
|
||||
\newcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}
|
||||
\newcommand{\footruleskip}{.3\normalbaselineskip}
|
||||
|
||||
% Fancyplain stuff shouldn't be used anymore (rather
|
||||
% \fancypagestyle{plain} should be used), but it must be present for
|
||||
% compatibility reasons.
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\plainheadrulewidth}{0pt}
|
||||
\newcommand{\plainfootrulewidth}{0pt}
|
||||
\newif\if@fancyplain \@fancyplainfalse
|
||||
\def\fancyplain#1#2{\if@fancyplain#1\else#2\fi}
|
||||
|
||||
\headwidth=-123456789sp %magic constant
|
||||
|
||||
% Command to reset various things in the headers:
|
||||
% a.o. single spacing (taken from setspace.sty)
|
||||
% and the catcode of ^^M (so that epsf files in the header work if a
|
||||
% verbatim crosses a page boundary)
|
||||
% It also defines a \nouppercase command that disables \uppercase and
|
||||
% \Makeuppercase. It can only be used in the headers and footers.
|
||||
\let\fnch@everypar\everypar% save real \everypar because of spanish.ldf
|
||||
\def\fancy@reset{\fnch@everypar{}\restorecr\endlinechar=13
|
||||
\def\baselinestretch{1}%
|
||||
\def\nouppercase##1{{\let\uppercase\relax\let\MakeUppercase\relax
|
||||
\expandafter\let\csname MakeUppercase \endcsname\relax##1}}%
|
||||
\ifx\undefined\@newbaseline% NFSS not present; 2.09 or 2e
|
||||
\ifx\@normalsize\undefined \normalsize % for ucthesis.cls
|
||||
\else \@normalsize \fi
|
||||
\else% NFSS (2.09) present
|
||||
\@newbaseline%
|
||||
\fi}
|
||||
|
||||
% Initialization of the head and foot text.
|
||||
|
||||
% The default values still contain \fancyplain for compatibility.
|
||||
\fancyhf{} % clear all
|
||||
% lefthead empty on ``plain'' pages, \rightmark on even, \leftmark on odd pages
|
||||
% evenhead empty on ``plain'' pages, \leftmark on even, \rightmark on odd pages
|
||||
\if@twoside
|
||||
\fancyhead[el,or]{\fancyplain{}{\sl\rightmark}}
|
||||
\fancyhead[er,ol]{\fancyplain{}{\sl\leftmark}}
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\fancyhead[l]{\fancyplain{}{\sl\rightmark}}
|
||||
\fancyhead[r]{\fancyplain{}{\sl\leftmark}}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\fancyfoot[c]{\rm\thepage} % page number
|
||||
|
||||
% Use box 0 as a temp box and dimen 0 as temp dimen.
|
||||
% This can be done, because this code will always
|
||||
% be used inside another box, and therefore the changes are local.
|
||||
|
||||
\def\@fancyvbox#1#2{\setbox0\vbox{#2}\ifdim\ht0>#1\@fancywarning
|
||||
{\string#1 is too small (\the#1): ^^J Make it at least \the\ht0.^^J
|
||||
We now make it that large for the rest of the document.^^J
|
||||
This may cause the page layout to be inconsistent, however\@gobble}%
|
||||
\dimen0=#1\global\setlength{#1}{\ht0}\ht0=\dimen0\fi
|
||||
\box0}
|
||||
|
||||
% Put together a header or footer given the left, center and
|
||||
% right text, fillers at left and right and a rule.
|
||||
% The \lap commands put the text into an hbox of zero size,
|
||||
% so overlapping text does not generate an errormessage.
|
||||
% These macros have 5 parameters:
|
||||
% 1. LEFTSIDE BEARING % This determines at which side the header will stick
|
||||
% out. When \fancyhfoffset is used this calculates \headwidth, otherwise
|
||||
% it is \hss or \relax (after expansion).
|
||||
% 2. \f@ncyolh, \f@ncyelh, \f@ncyolf or \f@ncyelf. This is the left component.
|
||||
% 3. \f@ncyoch, \f@ncyech, \f@ncyocf or \f@ncyecf. This is the middle comp.
|
||||
% 4. \f@ncyorh, \f@ncyerh, \f@ncyorf or \f@ncyerf. This is the right component.
|
||||
% 5. RIGHTSIDE BEARING. This is always \relax or \hss (after expansion).
|
||||
|
||||
\def\@fancyhead#1#2#3#4#5{#1\hbox to\headwidth{\fancy@reset
|
||||
\@fancyvbox\headheight{\hbox
|
||||
{\rlap{\parbox[b]{\headwidth}{\raggedright#2}}\hfill
|
||||
\parbox[b]{\headwidth}{\centering#3}\hfill
|
||||
\llap{\parbox[b]{\headwidth}{\raggedleft#4}}}\headrule}}#5}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\@fancyfoot#1#2#3#4#5{#1\hbox to\headwidth{\fancy@reset
|
||||
\@fancyvbox\footskip{\footrule
|
||||
\hbox{\rlap{\parbox[t]{\headwidth}{\raggedright#2}}\hfill
|
||||
\parbox[t]{\headwidth}{\centering#3}\hfill
|
||||
\llap{\parbox[t]{\headwidth}{\raggedleft#4}}}}}#5}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\headrule{{\if@fancyplain\let\headrulewidth\plainheadrulewidth\fi
|
||||
\hrule\@height\headrulewidth\@width\headwidth \vskip-\headrulewidth}}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\footrule{{\if@fancyplain\let\footrulewidth\plainfootrulewidth\fi
|
||||
\vskip-\footruleskip\vskip-\footrulewidth
|
||||
\hrule\@width\headwidth\@height\footrulewidth\vskip\footruleskip}}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\ps@fancy{%
|
||||
\@ifundefined{@chapapp}{\let\@chapapp\chaptername}{}%for amsbook
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Define \MakeUppercase for old LaTeXen.
|
||||
% Note: we used \def rather than \let, so that \let\uppercase\relax (from
|
||||
% the version 1 documentation) will still work.
|
||||
%
|
||||
\@ifundefined{MakeUppercase}{\def\MakeUppercase{\uppercase}}{}%
|
||||
\@ifundefined{chapter}{\def\sectionmark##1{\markboth
|
||||
{\MakeUppercase{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth>\z@
|
||||
\thesection\hskip 1em\relax \fi ##1}}{}}%
|
||||
\def\subsectionmark##1{\markright {\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\@ne
|
||||
\thesubsection\hskip 1em\relax \fi ##1}}}%
|
||||
{\def\chaptermark##1{\markboth {\MakeUppercase{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth>\m@ne
|
||||
\@chapapp\ \thechapter. \ \fi ##1}}{}}%
|
||||
\def\sectionmark##1{\markright{\MakeUppercase{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@
|
||||
\thesection. \ \fi ##1}}}}%
|
||||
%\csname ps@headings\endcsname % use \ps@headings defaults if they exist
|
||||
\ps@@fancy
|
||||
\gdef\ps@fancy{\@fancyplainfalse\ps@@fancy}%
|
||||
% Initialize \headwidth if the user didn't
|
||||
%
|
||||
\ifdim\headwidth<0sp
|
||||
%
|
||||
% This catches the case that \headwidth hasn't been initialized and the
|
||||
% case that the user added something to \headwidth in the expectation that
|
||||
% it was initialized to \textwidth. We compensate this now. This loses if
|
||||
% the user intended to multiply it by a factor. But that case is more
|
||||
% likely done by saying something like \headwidth=1.2\textwidth.
|
||||
% The doc says you have to change \headwidth after the first call to
|
||||
% \pagestyle{fancy}. This code is just to catch the most common cases were
|
||||
% that requirement is violated.
|
||||
%
|
||||
\global\advance\headwidth123456789sp\global\advance\headwidth\textwidth
|
||||
\fi}
|
||||
\def\ps@fancyplain{\ps@fancy \let\ps@plain\ps@plain@fancy}
|
||||
\def\ps@plain@fancy{\@fancyplaintrue\ps@@fancy}
|
||||
\let\ps@@empty\ps@empty
|
||||
\def\ps@@fancy{%
|
||||
\ps@@empty % This is for amsbook/amsart, which do strange things with \topskip
|
||||
\def\@mkboth{\protect\markboth}%
|
||||
\def\@oddhead{\@fancyhead\fancy@Oolh\f@ncyolh\f@ncyoch\f@ncyorh\fancy@Oorh}%
|
||||
\def\@oddfoot{\@fancyfoot\fancy@Oolf\f@ncyolf\f@ncyocf\f@ncyorf\fancy@Oorf}%
|
||||
\def\@evenhead{\@fancyhead\fancy@Oelh\f@ncyelh\f@ncyech\f@ncyerh\fancy@Oerh}%
|
||||
\def\@evenfoot{\@fancyfoot\fancy@Oelf\f@ncyelf\f@ncyecf\f@ncyerf\fancy@Oerf}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
% Default definitions for compatibility mode:
|
||||
% These cause the header/footer to take the defined \headwidth as width
|
||||
% And to shift in the direction of the marginpar area
|
||||
|
||||
\def\fancy@Oolh{\if@reversemargin\hss\else\relax\fi}
|
||||
\def\fancy@Oorh{\if@reversemargin\relax\else\hss\fi}
|
||||
\let\fancy@Oelh\fancy@Oorh
|
||||
\let\fancy@Oerh\fancy@Oolh
|
||||
|
||||
\let\fancy@Oolf\fancy@Oolh
|
||||
\let\fancy@Oorf\fancy@Oorh
|
||||
\let\fancy@Oelf\fancy@Oelh
|
||||
\let\fancy@Oerf\fancy@Oerh
|
||||
|
||||
% New definitions for the use of \fancyhfoffset
|
||||
% These calculate the \headwidth from \textwidth and the specified offsets.
|
||||
|
||||
\def\fancy@offsolh{\headwidth=\textwidth\advance\headwidth\f@ncyO@olh
|
||||
\advance\headwidth\f@ncyO@orh\hskip-\f@ncyO@olh}
|
||||
\def\fancy@offselh{\headwidth=\textwidth\advance\headwidth\f@ncyO@elh
|
||||
\advance\headwidth\f@ncyO@erh\hskip-\f@ncyO@elh}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\fancy@offsolf{\headwidth=\textwidth\advance\headwidth\f@ncyO@olf
|
||||
\advance\headwidth\f@ncyO@orf\hskip-\f@ncyO@olf}
|
||||
\def\fancy@offself{\headwidth=\textwidth\advance\headwidth\f@ncyO@elf
|
||||
\advance\headwidth\f@ncyO@erf\hskip-\f@ncyO@elf}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\fancy@setoffs{%
|
||||
% Just in case \let\headwidth\textwidth was used
|
||||
\fancy@gbl\let\headwidth\fancy@headwidth
|
||||
\fancy@gbl\let\fancy@Oolh\fancy@offsolh
|
||||
\fancy@gbl\let\fancy@Oelh\fancy@offselh
|
||||
\fancy@gbl\let\fancy@Oorh\hss
|
||||
\fancy@gbl\let\fancy@Oerh\hss
|
||||
\fancy@gbl\let\fancy@Oolf\fancy@offsolf
|
||||
\fancy@gbl\let\fancy@Oelf\fancy@offself
|
||||
\fancy@gbl\let\fancy@Oorf\hss
|
||||
\fancy@gbl\let\fancy@Oerf\hss}
|
||||
|
||||
\newif\iffootnote
|
||||
\let\latex@makecol\@makecol
|
||||
\def\@makecol{\ifvoid\footins\footnotetrue\else\footnotefalse\fi
|
||||
\let\topfloat\@toplist\let\botfloat\@botlist\latex@makecol}
|
||||
\def\iftopfloat#1#2{\ifx\topfloat\empty #2\else #1\fi}
|
||||
\def\ifbotfloat#1#2{\ifx\botfloat\empty #2\else #1\fi}
|
||||
\def\iffloatpage#1#2{\if@fcolmade #1\else #2\fi}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\fancypagestyle}[2]{%
|
||||
\@namedef{ps@#1}{\let\fancy@gbl\relax#2\relax\ps@fancy}}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
|
||||
@incollection{Bengio+chapter2007,
|
||||
author = {Bengio, Yoshua and LeCun, Yann},
|
||||
booktitle = {Large Scale Kernel Machines},
|
||||
publisher = {MIT Press},
|
||||
title = {Scaling Learning Algorithms Towards {AI}},
|
||||
year = {2007}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@article{Hinton06,
|
||||
author = {Hinton, Geoffrey E. and Osindero, Simon and Teh, Yee Whye},
|
||||
journal = {Neural Computation},
|
||||
pages = {1527--1554},
|
||||
title = {A Fast Learning Algorithm for Deep Belief Nets},
|
||||
volume = {18},
|
||||
year = {2006}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@book{goodfellow2016deep,
|
||||
title={Deep learning},
|
||||
author={Goodfellow, Ian and Bengio, Yoshua and Courville, Aaron and Bengio, Yoshua},
|
||||
volume={1},
|
||||
year={2016},
|
||||
publisher={MIT Press}
|
||||
}
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Binary file not shown.
@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
|
||||
%%%% ICLR Macros (LaTex)
|
||||
%%%% Adapted by Hugo Larochelle from the NIPS stylefile Macros
|
||||
%%%% Style File
|
||||
%%%% Dec 12, 1990 Rev Aug 14, 1991; Sept, 1995; April, 1997; April, 1999; October 2014
|
||||
|
||||
% This file can be used with Latex2e whether running in main mode, or
|
||||
% 2.09 compatibility mode.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% If using main mode, you need to include the commands
|
||||
% \documentclass{article}
|
||||
% \usepackage{iclr14submit_e,times}
|
||||
%
|
||||
|
||||
% Change the overall width of the page. If these parameters are
|
||||
% changed, they will require corresponding changes in the
|
||||
% maketitle section.
|
||||
%
|
||||
\usepackage{eso-pic} % used by \AddToShipoutPicture
|
||||
\RequirePackage{fancyhdr}
|
||||
\RequirePackage{natbib}
|
||||
|
||||
% modification to natbib citations
|
||||
\setcitestyle{authoryear,round,citesep={;},aysep={,},yysep={;}}
|
||||
|
||||
\renewcommand{\topfraction}{0.95} % let figure take up nearly whole page
|
||||
\renewcommand{\textfraction}{0.05} % let figure take up nearly whole page
|
||||
|
||||
% Define iclrfinal, set to true if iclrfinalcopy is defined
|
||||
\newif\ificlrfinal
|
||||
\iclrfinalfalse
|
||||
\def\iclrfinalcopy{\iclrfinaltrue}
|
||||
\font\iclrtenhv = phvb at 8pt
|
||||
|
||||
% Specify the dimensions of each page
|
||||
|
||||
\setlength{\paperheight}{11in}
|
||||
\setlength{\paperwidth}{8.5in}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\oddsidemargin .5in % Note \oddsidemargin = \evensidemargin
|
||||
\evensidemargin .5in
|
||||
\marginparwidth 0.07 true in
|
||||
%\marginparwidth 0.75 true in
|
||||
%\topmargin 0 true pt % Nominal distance from top of page to top of
|
||||
%\topmargin 0.125in
|
||||
\topmargin -0.625in
|
||||
\addtolength{\headsep}{0.25in}
|
||||
\textheight 9.0 true in % Height of text (including footnotes & figures)
|
||||
\textwidth 5.5 true in % Width of text line.
|
||||
\widowpenalty=10000
|
||||
\clubpenalty=10000
|
||||
|
||||
% \thispagestyle{empty} \pagestyle{empty}
|
||||
\flushbottom \sloppy
|
||||
|
||||
% We're never going to need a table of contents, so just flush it to
|
||||
% save space --- suggested by drstrip@sandia-2
|
||||
\def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Title stuff, taken from deproc.
|
||||
\def\maketitle{\par
|
||||
\begingroup
|
||||
\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
|
||||
\def\@makefnmark{\hbox to 0pt{$^{\@thefnmark}$\hss}} % for perfect author
|
||||
% name centering
|
||||
% The footnote-mark was overlapping the footnote-text,
|
||||
% added the following to fix this problem (MK)
|
||||
\long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
|
||||
\hbox to1.8em{\hss $\m@th ^{\@thefnmark}$}##1}
|
||||
\@maketitle \@thanks
|
||||
\endgroup
|
||||
\setcounter{footnote}{0}
|
||||
\let\maketitle\relax \let\@maketitle\relax
|
||||
\gdef\@thanks{}\gdef\@author{}\gdef\@title{}\let\thanks\relax}
|
||||
|
||||
% The toptitlebar has been raised to top-justify the first page
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage{fancyhdr}
|
||||
\pagestyle{fancy}
|
||||
\fancyhead{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Title (includes both anonimized and non-anonimized versions)
|
||||
\def\@maketitle{\vbox{\hsize\textwidth
|
||||
%\linewidth\hsize \vskip 0.1in \toptitlebar \centering
|
||||
{\LARGE\sc \@title\par}
|
||||
%\bottomtitlebar % \vskip 0.1in % minus
|
||||
\ificlrfinal
|
||||
\lhead{Published as a conference paper at ICLR 2026}
|
||||
\def\And{\end{tabular}\hfil\linebreak[0]\hfil
|
||||
\begin{tabular}[t]{l}\bf\rule{\z@}{24pt}\ignorespaces}%
|
||||
\def\AND{\end{tabular}\hfil\linebreak[4]\hfil
|
||||
\begin{tabular}[t]{l}\bf\rule{\z@}{24pt}\ignorespaces}%
|
||||
\begin{tabular}[t]{l}\bf\rule{\z@}{24pt}\@author\end{tabular}%
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\lhead{Under review as a conference paper at ICLR 2026}
|
||||
\def\And{\end{tabular}\hfil\linebreak[0]\hfil
|
||||
\begin{tabular}[t]{l}\bf\rule{\z@}{24pt}\ignorespaces}%
|
||||
\def\AND{\end{tabular}\hfil\linebreak[4]\hfil
|
||||
\begin{tabular}[t]{l}\bf\rule{\z@}{24pt}\ignorespaces}%
|
||||
\begin{tabular}[t]{l}\bf\rule{\z@}{24pt}Anonymous authors\\Paper under double-blind review\end{tabular}%
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\vskip 0.3in minus 0.1in}}
|
||||
|
||||
\renewenvironment{abstract}{\vskip.075in\centerline{\large\sc
|
||||
Abstract}\vspace{0.5ex}\begin{quote}}{\par\end{quote}\vskip 1ex}
|
||||
|
||||
% sections with less space
|
||||
\def\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}{-2.0ex plus
|
||||
-0.5ex minus -.2ex}{1.5ex plus 0.3ex
|
||||
minus0.2ex}{\large\sc\raggedright}}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{-1.8ex plus
|
||||
-0.5ex minus -.2ex}{0.8ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\sc\raggedright}}
|
||||
\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-1.5ex
|
||||
plus -0.5ex minus -.2ex}{0.5ex plus
|
||||
.2ex}{\normalsize\sc\raggedright}}
|
||||
\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}{1.5ex plus
|
||||
0.5ex minus .2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize\bf}}
|
||||
\def\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{5}{\z@}{1.5ex plus
|
||||
0.5ex minus .2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize\sc}}
|
||||
\def\subsubsubsection{\vskip
|
||||
5pt{\noindent\normalsize\rm\raggedright}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% Footnotes
|
||||
\footnotesep 6.65pt %
|
||||
\skip\footins 9pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
|
||||
\def\footnoterule{\kern-3pt \hrule width 12pc \kern 2.6pt }
|
||||
\setcounter{footnote}{0}
|
||||
|
||||
% Lists and paragraphs
|
||||
\parindent 0pt
|
||||
\topsep 4pt plus 1pt minus 2pt
|
||||
\partopsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\itemsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\parsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\parskip .5pc
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
%\leftmargin2em
|
||||
\leftmargin3pc
|
||||
\leftmargini\leftmargin \leftmarginii 2em
|
||||
\leftmarginiii 1.5em \leftmarginiv 1.0em \leftmarginv .5em
|
||||
|
||||
%\labelsep \labelsep 5pt
|
||||
|
||||
\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini}
|
||||
\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
|
||||
\topsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\parsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\itemsep \parsep}
|
||||
\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
|
||||
\topsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\parsep \z@ \partopsep 0.5pt plus 0pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\itemsep \topsep}
|
||||
\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmarginiv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
|
||||
\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmarginv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
|
||||
\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmarginvi\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
|
||||
|
||||
\abovedisplayskip 7pt plus2pt minus5pt%
|
||||
\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
|
||||
\abovedisplayshortskip 0pt plus3pt%
|
||||
\belowdisplayshortskip 4pt plus3pt minus3pt%
|
||||
|
||||
% Less leading in most fonts (due to the narrow columns)
|
||||
% The choices were between 1-pt and 1.5-pt leading
|
||||
%\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{11pt}\xpt\@xpt} % got rid of @ (MK)
|
||||
\def\normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{11pt}\xpt\@xpt}
|
||||
\def\small{\@setsize\small{10pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}
|
||||
\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{10pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}
|
||||
\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}
|
||||
\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}
|
||||
\def\large{\@setsize\large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}
|
||||
\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{16pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
|
||||
\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{20pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}
|
||||
\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{23pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
|
||||
\def\Huge{\@setsize\Huge{28pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\toptitlebar{\hrule height4pt\vskip .25in\vskip-\parskip}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\bottomtitlebar{\vskip .29in\vskip-\parskip\hrule height1pt\vskip
|
||||
.09in} %
|
||||
%Reduced second vskip to compensate for adding the strut in \@author
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
%% % Vertical Ruler
|
||||
%% % This code is, largely, from the CVPR 2010 conference style file
|
||||
%% % ----- define vruler
|
||||
\makeatletter
|
||||
\newbox\iclrrulerbox
|
||||
\newcount\iclrrulercount
|
||||
\newdimen\iclrruleroffset
|
||||
\newdimen\cv@lineheight
|
||||
\newdimen\cv@boxheight
|
||||
\newbox\cv@tmpbox
|
||||
\newcount\cv@refno
|
||||
\newcount\cv@tot
|
||||
% NUMBER with left flushed zeros \fillzeros[<WIDTH>]<NUMBER>
|
||||
\newcount\cv@tmpc@ \newcount\cv@tmpc
|
||||
\def\fillzeros[#1]#2{\cv@tmpc@=#2\relax\ifnum\cv@tmpc@<0\cv@tmpc@=-\cv@tmpc@\fi
|
||||
\cv@tmpc=1 %
|
||||
\loop\ifnum\cv@tmpc@<10 \else \divide\cv@tmpc@ by 10 \advance\cv@tmpc by 1 \fi
|
||||
\ifnum\cv@tmpc@=10\relax\cv@tmpc@=11\relax\fi \ifnum\cv@tmpc@>10 \repeat
|
||||
\ifnum#2<0\advance\cv@tmpc1\relax-\fi
|
||||
\loop\ifnum\cv@tmpc<#1\relax0\advance\cv@tmpc1\relax\fi \ifnum\cv@tmpc<#1 \repeat
|
||||
\cv@tmpc@=#2\relax\ifnum\cv@tmpc@<0\cv@tmpc@=-\cv@tmpc@\fi \relax\the\cv@tmpc@}%
|
||||
% \makevruler[<SCALE>][<INITIAL_COUNT>][<STEP>][<DIGITS>][<HEIGHT>]
|
||||
\def\makevruler[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5]{\begingroup\offinterlineskip
|
||||
\textheight=#5\vbadness=10000\vfuzz=120ex\overfullrule=0pt%
|
||||
\global\setbox\iclrrulerbox=\vbox to \textheight{%
|
||||
{\parskip=0pt\hfuzz=150em\cv@boxheight=\textheight
|
||||
\cv@lineheight=#1\global\iclrrulercount=#2%
|
||||
\cv@tot\cv@boxheight\divide\cv@tot\cv@lineheight\advance\cv@tot2%
|
||||
\cv@refno1\vskip-\cv@lineheight\vskip1ex%
|
||||
\loop\setbox\cv@tmpbox=\hbox to0cm{{\iclrtenhv\hfil\fillzeros[#4]\iclrrulercount}}%
|
||||
\ht\cv@tmpbox\cv@lineheight\dp\cv@tmpbox0pt\box\cv@tmpbox\break
|
||||
\advance\cv@refno1\global\advance\iclrrulercount#3\relax
|
||||
\ifnum\cv@refno<\cv@tot\repeat}}\endgroup}%
|
||||
\makeatother
|
||||
% ----- end of vruler
|
||||
|
||||
% \makevruler[<SCALE>][<INITIAL_COUNT>][<STEP>][<DIGITS>][<HEIGHT>]
|
||||
\def\iclrruler#1{\makevruler[12pt][#1][1][3][0.993\textheight]\usebox{\iclrrulerbox}}
|
||||
\AddToShipoutPicture{%
|
||||
\ificlrfinal\else
|
||||
\iclrruleroffset=\textheight
|
||||
\advance\iclrruleroffset by -3.7pt
|
||||
\color[rgb]{.7,.7,.7}
|
||||
\AtTextUpperLeft{%
|
||||
\put(\LenToUnit{-35pt},\LenToUnit{-\iclrruleroffset}){%left ruler
|
||||
\iclrruler{\iclrrulercount}}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
% %% To add a vertical bar on the side
|
||||
% \AddToShipoutPicture{
|
||||
% \AtTextLowerLeft{
|
||||
% \hspace*{-1.8cm}
|
||||
% \colorbox[rgb]{0.7,0.7,0.7}{\small \parbox[b][\textheight]{0.1cm}{}}}
|
||||
% }
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,414 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\documentclass{article} % For LaTeX2e
|
||||
\usepackage{iclr2026_conference,times}
|
||||
|
||||
% Optional math commands from https://github.com/goodfeli/dlbook_notation.
|
||||
\input{math_commands.tex}
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage{hyperref}
|
||||
\usepackage{url}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\title{Formatting Instructions for ICLR 2026 \\ Conference Submissions}
|
||||
|
||||
% Authors must not appear in the submitted version. They should be hidden
|
||||
% as long as the \iclrfinalcopy macro remains commented out below.
|
||||
% Non-anonymous submissions will be rejected without review.
|
||||
|
||||
\author{Antiquus S.~Hippocampus, Natalia Cerebro \& Amelie P. Amygdale \thanks{ Use footnote for providing further information
|
||||
about author (webpage, alternative address)---\emph{not} for acknowledging
|
||||
funding agencies. Funding acknowledgements go at the end of the paper.} \\
|
||||
Department of Computer Science\\
|
||||
Cranberry-Lemon University\\
|
||||
Pittsburgh, PA 15213, USA \\
|
||||
\texttt{\{hippo,brain,jen\}@cs.cranberry-lemon.edu} \\
|
||||
\And
|
||||
Ji Q. Ren \& Yevgeny LeNet \\
|
||||
Department of Computational Neuroscience \\
|
||||
University of the Witwatersrand \\
|
||||
Joburg, South Africa \\
|
||||
\texttt{\{robot,net\}@wits.ac.za} \\
|
||||
\AND
|
||||
Coauthor \\
|
||||
Affiliation \\
|
||||
Address \\
|
||||
\texttt{email}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% The \author macro works with any number of authors. There are two commands
|
||||
% used to separate the names and addresses of multiple authors: \And and \AND.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Using \And between authors leaves it to \LaTeX{} to determine where to break
|
||||
% the lines. Using \AND forces a linebreak at that point. So, if \LaTeX{}
|
||||
% puts 3 of 4 authors names on the first line, and the last on the second
|
||||
% line, try using \AND instead of \And before the third author name.
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\fix}{\marginpar{FIX}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\new}{\marginpar{NEW}}
|
||||
|
||||
%\iclrfinalcopy % Uncomment for camera-ready version, but NOT for submission.
|
||||
\begin{document}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\maketitle
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{abstract}
|
||||
The abstract paragraph should be indented 1/2~inch (3~picas) on both left and
|
||||
right-hand margins. Use 10~point type, with a vertical spacing of 11~points.
|
||||
The word \textsc{Abstract} must be centered, in small caps, and in point size 12. Two
|
||||
line spaces precede the abstract. The abstract must be limited to one
|
||||
paragraph.
|
||||
\end{abstract}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Submission of conference papers to ICLR 2026}
|
||||
|
||||
ICLR requires electronic submissions, processed by
|
||||
\url{https://openreview.net/}. See ICLR's website for more instructions.
|
||||
|
||||
If your paper is ultimately accepted, the statement {\tt
|
||||
{\textbackslash}iclrfinalcopy} should be inserted to adjust the
|
||||
format to the camera ready requirements.
|
||||
|
||||
The format for the submissions is a variant of the NeurIPS format.
|
||||
Please read carefully the instructions below, and follow them
|
||||
faithfully.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Style}
|
||||
|
||||
Papers to be submitted to ICLR 2026 must be prepared according to the
|
||||
instructions presented here.
|
||||
|
||||
%% Please note that we have introduced automatic line number generation
|
||||
%% into the style file for \LaTeXe. This is to help reviewers
|
||||
%% refer to specific lines of the paper when they make their comments. Please do
|
||||
%% NOT refer to these line numbers in your paper as they will be removed from the
|
||||
%% style file for the final version of accepted papers.
|
||||
|
||||
Authors are required to use the ICLR \LaTeX{} style files obtainable at the
|
||||
ICLR website. Please make sure you use the current files and
|
||||
not previous versions. Tweaking the style files may be grounds for rejection.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Retrieval of style files}
|
||||
|
||||
The style files for ICLR and other conference information are available online at:
|
||||
\begin{center}
|
||||
\url{http://www.iclr.cc/}
|
||||
\end{center}
|
||||
The file \verb+iclr2026_conference.pdf+ contains these
|
||||
instructions and illustrates the
|
||||
various formatting requirements your ICLR paper must satisfy.
|
||||
Submissions must be made using \LaTeX{} and the style files
|
||||
\verb+iclr2026_conference.sty+ and \verb+iclr2026_conference.bst+ (to be used with \LaTeX{}2e). The file
|
||||
\verb+iclr2026_conference.tex+ may be used as a ``shell'' for writing your paper. All you
|
||||
have to do is replace the author, title, abstract, and text of the paper with
|
||||
your own.
|
||||
|
||||
The formatting instructions contained in these style files are summarized in
|
||||
sections \ref{gen_inst}, \ref{headings}, and \ref{others} below.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{General formatting instructions}
|
||||
\label{gen_inst}
|
||||
|
||||
The text must be confined within a rectangle 5.5~inches (33~picas) wide and
|
||||
9~inches (54~picas) long. The left margin is 1.5~inch (9~picas).
|
||||
Use 10~point type with a vertical spacing of 11~points. Times New Roman is the
|
||||
preferred typeface throughout. Paragraphs are separated by 1/2~line space,
|
||||
with no indentation.
|
||||
|
||||
Paper title is 17~point, in small caps and left-aligned.
|
||||
All pages should start at 1~inch (6~picas) from the top of the page.
|
||||
|
||||
Authors' names are
|
||||
set in boldface, and each name is placed above its corresponding
|
||||
address. The lead author's name is to be listed first, and
|
||||
the co-authors' names are set to follow. Authors sharing the
|
||||
same address can be on the same line.
|
||||
|
||||
Please pay special attention to the instructions in section \ref{others}
|
||||
regarding figures, tables, acknowledgments, and references.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
There will be a strict upper limit of \textbf{9 pages} for the main text of the initial submission, with unlimited additional pages for citations. This limit will be expanded to \textbf{10 pages} for rebuttal/camera ready.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Headings: first level}
|
||||
\label{headings}
|
||||
|
||||
First level headings are in small caps,
|
||||
flush left and in point size 12. One line space before the first level
|
||||
heading and 1/2~line space after the first level heading.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Headings: second level}
|
||||
|
||||
Second level headings are in small caps,
|
||||
flush left and in point size 10. One line space before the second level
|
||||
heading and 1/2~line space after the second level heading.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Headings: third level}
|
||||
|
||||
Third level headings are in small caps,
|
||||
flush left and in point size 10. One line space before the third level
|
||||
heading and 1/2~line space after the third level heading.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Citations, figures, tables, references}
|
||||
\label{others}
|
||||
|
||||
These instructions apply to everyone, regardless of the formatter being used.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Citations within the text}
|
||||
|
||||
Citations within the text should be based on the \texttt{natbib} package
|
||||
and include the authors' last names and year (with the ``et~al.'' construct
|
||||
for more than two authors). When the authors or the publication are
|
||||
included in the sentence, the citation should not be in parenthesis using \verb|\citet{}| (as
|
||||
in ``See \citet{Hinton06} for more information.''). Otherwise, the citation
|
||||
should be in parenthesis using \verb|\citep{}| (as in ``Deep learning shows promise to make progress
|
||||
towards AI~\citep{Bengio+chapter2007}.'').
|
||||
|
||||
The corresponding references are to be listed in alphabetical order of
|
||||
authors, in the \textsc{References} section. As to the format of the
|
||||
references themselves, any style is acceptable as long as it is used
|
||||
consistently.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Footnotes}
|
||||
|
||||
Indicate footnotes with a number\footnote{Sample of the first footnote} in the
|
||||
text. Place the footnotes at the bottom of the page on which they appear.
|
||||
Precede the footnote with a horizontal rule of 2~inches
|
||||
(12~picas).\footnote{Sample of the second footnote}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Figures}
|
||||
|
||||
All artwork must be neat, clean, and legible. Lines should be dark
|
||||
enough for purposes of reproduction; art work should not be
|
||||
hand-drawn. The figure number and caption always appear after the
|
||||
figure. Place one line space before the figure caption, and one line
|
||||
space after the figure. The figure caption is lower case (except for
|
||||
first word and proper nouns); figures are numbered consecutively.
|
||||
|
||||
Make sure the figure caption does not get separated from the figure.
|
||||
Leave sufficient space to avoid splitting the figure and figure caption.
|
||||
|
||||
You may use color figures.
|
||||
However, it is best for the
|
||||
figure captions and the paper body to make sense if the paper is printed
|
||||
either in black/white or in color.
|
||||
\begin{figure}[h]
|
||||
\begin{center}
|
||||
%\framebox[4.0in]{$\;$}
|
||||
\fbox{\rule[-.5cm]{0cm}{4cm} \rule[-.5cm]{4cm}{0cm}}
|
||||
\end{center}
|
||||
\caption{Sample figure caption.}
|
||||
\end{figure}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Tables}
|
||||
|
||||
All tables must be centered, neat, clean and legible. Do not use hand-drawn
|
||||
tables. The table number and title always appear before the table. See
|
||||
Table~\ref{sample-table}.
|
||||
|
||||
Place one line space before the table title, one line space after the table
|
||||
title, and one line space after the table. The table title must be lower case
|
||||
(except for first word and proper nouns); tables are numbered consecutively.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{table}[t]
|
||||
\caption{Sample table title}
|
||||
\label{sample-table}
|
||||
\begin{center}
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{ll}
|
||||
\multicolumn{1}{c}{\bf PART} &\multicolumn{1}{c}{\bf DESCRIPTION}
|
||||
\\ \hline \\
|
||||
Dendrite &Input terminal \\
|
||||
Axon &Output terminal \\
|
||||
Soma &Cell body (contains cell nucleus) \\
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
\end{center}
|
||||
\end{table}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Default Notation}
|
||||
|
||||
In an attempt to encourage standardized notation, we have included the
|
||||
notation file from the textbook, \textit{Deep Learning}
|
||||
\cite{goodfellow2016deep} available at
|
||||
\url{https://github.com/goodfeli/dlbook_notation/}. Use of this style
|
||||
is not required and can be disabled by commenting out
|
||||
\texttt{math\_commands.tex}.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\centerline{\bf Numbers and Arrays}
|
||||
\bgroup
|
||||
\def\arraystretch{1.5}
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{p{1in}p{3.25in}}
|
||||
$\displaystyle a$ & A scalar (integer or real)\\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \va$ & A vector\\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \mA$ & A matrix\\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \tA$ & A tensor\\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \mI_n$ & Identity matrix with $n$ rows and $n$ columns\\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \mI$ & Identity matrix with dimensionality implied by context\\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \ve^{(i)}$ & Standard basis vector $[0,\dots,0,1,0,\dots,0]$ with a 1 at position $i$\\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \text{diag}(\va)$ & A square, diagonal matrix with diagonal entries given by $\va$\\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \ra$ & A scalar random variable\\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \rva$ & A vector-valued random variable\\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \rmA$ & A matrix-valued random variable\\
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
\egroup
|
||||
\vspace{0.25cm}
|
||||
|
||||
\centerline{\bf Sets and Graphs}
|
||||
\bgroup
|
||||
\def\arraystretch{1.5}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{p{1.25in}p{3.25in}}
|
||||
$\displaystyle \sA$ & A set\\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \R$ & The set of real numbers \\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \{0, 1\}$ & The set containing 0 and 1 \\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \{0, 1, \dots, n \}$ & The set of all integers between $0$ and $n$\\
|
||||
$\displaystyle [a, b]$ & The real interval including $a$ and $b$\\
|
||||
$\displaystyle (a, b]$ & The real interval excluding $a$ but including $b$\\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \sA \backslash \sB$ & Set subtraction, i.e., the set containing the elements of $\sA$ that are not in $\sB$\\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \gG$ & A graph\\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \parents_\gG(\ervx_i)$ & The parents of $\ervx_i$ in $\gG$
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
\vspace{0.25cm}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\centerline{\bf Indexing}
|
||||
\bgroup
|
||||
\def\arraystretch{1.5}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{p{1.25in}p{3.25in}}
|
||||
$\displaystyle \eva_i$ & Element $i$ of vector $\va$, with indexing starting at 1 \\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \eva_{-i}$ & All elements of vector $\va$ except for element $i$ \\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \emA_{i,j}$ & Element $i, j$ of matrix $\mA$ \\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \mA_{i, :}$ & Row $i$ of matrix $\mA$ \\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \mA_{:, i}$ & Column $i$ of matrix $\mA$ \\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \etA_{i, j, k}$ & Element $(i, j, k)$ of a 3-D tensor $\tA$\\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \tA_{:, :, i}$ & 2-D slice of a 3-D tensor\\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \erva_i$ & Element $i$ of the random vector $\rva$ \\
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
\egroup
|
||||
\vspace{0.25cm}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\centerline{\bf Calculus}
|
||||
\bgroup
|
||||
\def\arraystretch{1.5}
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{p{1.25in}p{3.25in}}
|
||||
% NOTE: the [2ex] on the next line adds extra height to that row of the table.
|
||||
% Without that command, the fraction on the first line is too tall and collides
|
||||
% with the fraction on the second line.
|
||||
$\displaystyle\frac{d y} {d x}$ & Derivative of $y$ with respect to $x$\\ [2ex]
|
||||
$\displaystyle \frac{\partial y} {\partial x} $ & Partial derivative of $y$ with respect to $x$ \\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \nabla_\vx y $ & Gradient of $y$ with respect to $\vx$ \\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \nabla_\mX y $ & Matrix derivatives of $y$ with respect to $\mX$ \\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \nabla_\tX y $ & Tensor containing derivatives of $y$ with respect to $\tX$ \\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \frac{\partial f}{\partial \vx} $ & Jacobian matrix $\mJ \in \R^{m\times n}$ of $f: \R^n \rightarrow \R^m$\\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \nabla_\vx^2 f(\vx)\text{ or }\mH( f)(\vx)$ & The Hessian matrix of $f$ at input point $\vx$\\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \int f(\vx) d\vx $ & Definite integral over the entire domain of $\vx$ \\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \int_\sS f(\vx) d\vx$ & Definite integral with respect to $\vx$ over the set $\sS$ \\
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
\egroup
|
||||
\vspace{0.25cm}
|
||||
|
||||
\centerline{\bf Probability and Information Theory}
|
||||
\bgroup
|
||||
\def\arraystretch{1.5}
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{p{1.25in}p{3.25in}}
|
||||
$\displaystyle P(\ra)$ & A probability distribution over a discrete variable\\
|
||||
$\displaystyle p(\ra)$ & A probability distribution over a continuous variable, or over
|
||||
a variable whose type has not been specified\\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \ra \sim P$ & Random variable $\ra$ has distribution $P$\\% so thing on left of \sim should always be a random variable, with name beginning with \r
|
||||
$\displaystyle \E_{\rx\sim P} [ f(x) ]\text{ or } \E f(x)$ & Expectation of $f(x)$ with respect to $P(\rx)$ \\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \Var(f(x)) $ & Variance of $f(x)$ under $P(\rx)$ \\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \Cov(f(x),g(x)) $ & Covariance of $f(x)$ and $g(x)$ under $P(\rx)$\\
|
||||
$\displaystyle H(\rx) $ & Shannon entropy of the random variable $\rx$\\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \KL ( P \Vert Q ) $ & Kullback-Leibler divergence of P and Q \\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \mathcal{N} ( \vx ; \vmu , \mSigma)$ & Gaussian distribution %
|
||||
over $\vx$ with mean $\vmu$ and covariance $\mSigma$ \\
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
\egroup
|
||||
\vspace{0.25cm}
|
||||
|
||||
\centerline{\bf Functions}
|
||||
\bgroup
|
||||
\def\arraystretch{1.5}
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{p{1.25in}p{3.25in}}
|
||||
$\displaystyle f: \sA \rightarrow \sB$ & The function $f$ with domain $\sA$ and range $\sB$\\
|
||||
$\displaystyle f \circ g $ & Composition of the functions $f$ and $g$ \\
|
||||
$\displaystyle f(\vx ; \vtheta) $ & A function of $\vx$ parametrized by $\vtheta$.
|
||||
(Sometimes we write $f(\vx)$ and omit the argument $\vtheta$ to lighten notation) \\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \log x$ & Natural logarithm of $x$ \\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \sigma(x)$ & Logistic sigmoid, $\displaystyle \frac{1} {1 + \exp(-x)}$ \\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \zeta(x)$ & Softplus, $\log(1 + \exp(x))$ \\
|
||||
$\displaystyle || \vx ||_p $ & $\normlp$ norm of $\vx$ \\
|
||||
$\displaystyle || \vx || $ & $\normltwo$ norm of $\vx$ \\
|
||||
$\displaystyle x^+$ & Positive part of $x$, i.e., $\max(0,x)$\\
|
||||
$\displaystyle \1_\mathrm{condition}$ & is 1 if the condition is true, 0 otherwise\\
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
\egroup
|
||||
\vspace{0.25cm}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Final instructions}
|
||||
Do not change any aspects of the formatting parameters in the style files.
|
||||
In particular, do not modify the width or length of the rectangle the text
|
||||
should fit into, and do not change font sizes (except perhaps in the
|
||||
\textsc{References} section; see below). Please note that pages should be
|
||||
numbered.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Preparing PostScript or PDF files}
|
||||
|
||||
Please prepare PostScript or PDF files with paper size ``US Letter'', and
|
||||
not, for example, ``A4''. The -t
|
||||
letter option on dvips will produce US Letter files.
|
||||
|
||||
Consider directly generating PDF files using \verb+pdflatex+
|
||||
(especially if you are a MiKTeX user).
|
||||
PDF figures must be substituted for EPS figures, however.
|
||||
|
||||
Otherwise, please generate your PostScript and PDF files with the following commands:
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
dvips mypaper.dvi -t letter -Ppdf -G0 -o mypaper.ps
|
||||
ps2pdf mypaper.ps mypaper.pdf
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Margins in LaTeX}
|
||||
|
||||
Most of the margin problems come from figures positioned by hand using
|
||||
\verb+\special+ or other commands. We suggest using the command
|
||||
\verb+\includegraphics+
|
||||
from the graphicx package. Always specify the figure width as a multiple of
|
||||
the line width as in the example below using .eps graphics
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
\usepackage[dvips]{graphicx} ...
|
||||
\includegraphics[width=0.8\linewidth]{myfile.eps}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
or % Apr 2009 addition
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} ...
|
||||
\includegraphics[width=0.8\linewidth]{myfile.pdf}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
for .pdf graphics.
|
||||
See section~4.4 in the graphics bundle documentation (\url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.ps})
|
||||
|
||||
A number of width problems arise when LaTeX cannot properly hyphenate a
|
||||
line. Please give LaTeX hyphenation hints using the \verb+\-+ command.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection*{Author Contributions}
|
||||
If you'd like to, you may include a section for author contributions as is done
|
||||
in many journals. This is optional and at the discretion of the authors.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection*{Acknowledgments}
|
||||
Use unnumbered third level headings for the acknowledgments. All
|
||||
acknowledgments, including those to funding agencies, go at the end of the paper.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\bibliography{iclr2026_conference}
|
||||
\bibliographystyle{iclr2026_conference}
|
||||
|
||||
\appendix
|
||||
\section{Appendix}
|
||||
You may include other additional sections here.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\end{document}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,508 @@
|
||||
%%%%% NEW MATH DEFINITIONS %%%%%
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage{amsmath,amsfonts,bm}
|
||||
|
||||
% Mark sections of captions for referring to divisions of figures
|
||||
\newcommand{\figleft}{{\em (Left)}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\figcenter}{{\em (Center)}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\figright}{{\em (Right)}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\figtop}{{\em (Top)}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\figbottom}{{\em (Bottom)}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\captiona}{{\em (a)}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\captionb}{{\em (b)}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\captionc}{{\em (c)}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\captiond}{{\em (d)}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Highlight a newly defined term
|
||||
\newcommand{\newterm}[1]{{\bf #1}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% Figure reference, lower-case.
|
||||
\def\figref#1{figure~\ref{#1}}
|
||||
% Figure reference, capital. For start of sentence
|
||||
\def\Figref#1{Figure~\ref{#1}}
|
||||
\def\twofigref#1#2{figures \ref{#1} and \ref{#2}}
|
||||
\def\quadfigref#1#2#3#4{figures \ref{#1}, \ref{#2}, \ref{#3} and \ref{#4}}
|
||||
% Section reference, lower-case.
|
||||
\def\secref#1{section~\ref{#1}}
|
||||
% Section reference, capital.
|
||||
\def\Secref#1{Section~\ref{#1}}
|
||||
% Reference to two sections.
|
||||
\def\twosecrefs#1#2{sections \ref{#1} and \ref{#2}}
|
||||
% Reference to three sections.
|
||||
\def\secrefs#1#2#3{sections \ref{#1}, \ref{#2} and \ref{#3}}
|
||||
% Reference to an equation, lower-case.
|
||||
\def\eqref#1{equation~\ref{#1}}
|
||||
% Reference to an equation, upper case
|
||||
\def\Eqref#1{Equation~\ref{#1}}
|
||||
% A raw reference to an equation---avoid using if possible
|
||||
\def\plaineqref#1{\ref{#1}}
|
||||
% Reference to a chapter, lower-case.
|
||||
\def\chapref#1{chapter~\ref{#1}}
|
||||
% Reference to an equation, upper case.
|
||||
\def\Chapref#1{Chapter~\ref{#1}}
|
||||
% Reference to a range of chapters
|
||||
\def\rangechapref#1#2{chapters\ref{#1}--\ref{#2}}
|
||||
% Reference to an algorithm, lower-case.
|
||||
\def\algref#1{algorithm~\ref{#1}}
|
||||
% Reference to an algorithm, upper case.
|
||||
\def\Algref#1{Algorithm~\ref{#1}}
|
||||
\def\twoalgref#1#2{algorithms \ref{#1} and \ref{#2}}
|
||||
\def\Twoalgref#1#2{Algorithms \ref{#1} and \ref{#2}}
|
||||
% Reference to a part, lower case
|
||||
\def\partref#1{part~\ref{#1}}
|
||||
% Reference to a part, upper case
|
||||
\def\Partref#1{Part~\ref{#1}}
|
||||
\def\twopartref#1#2{parts \ref{#1} and \ref{#2}}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\ceil#1{\lceil #1 \rceil}
|
||||
\def\floor#1{\lfloor #1 \rfloor}
|
||||
\def\1{\bm{1}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\train}{\mathcal{D}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\valid}{\mathcal{D_{\mathrm{valid}}}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\test}{\mathcal{D_{\mathrm{test}}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\eps{{\epsilon}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% Random variables
|
||||
\def\reta{{\textnormal{$\eta$}}}
|
||||
\def\ra{{\textnormal{a}}}
|
||||
\def\rb{{\textnormal{b}}}
|
||||
\def\rc{{\textnormal{c}}}
|
||||
\def\rd{{\textnormal{d}}}
|
||||
\def\re{{\textnormal{e}}}
|
||||
\def\rf{{\textnormal{f}}}
|
||||
\def\rg{{\textnormal{g}}}
|
||||
\def\rh{{\textnormal{h}}}
|
||||
\def\ri{{\textnormal{i}}}
|
||||
\def\rj{{\textnormal{j}}}
|
||||
\def\rk{{\textnormal{k}}}
|
||||
\def\rl{{\textnormal{l}}}
|
||||
% rm is already a command, just don't name any random variables m
|
||||
\def\rn{{\textnormal{n}}}
|
||||
\def\ro{{\textnormal{o}}}
|
||||
\def\rp{{\textnormal{p}}}
|
||||
\def\rq{{\textnormal{q}}}
|
||||
\def\rr{{\textnormal{r}}}
|
||||
\def\rs{{\textnormal{s}}}
|
||||
\def\rt{{\textnormal{t}}}
|
||||
\def\ru{{\textnormal{u}}}
|
||||
\def\rv{{\textnormal{v}}}
|
||||
\def\rw{{\textnormal{w}}}
|
||||
\def\rx{{\textnormal{x}}}
|
||||
\def\ry{{\textnormal{y}}}
|
||||
\def\rz{{\textnormal{z}}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Random vectors
|
||||
\def\rvepsilon{{\mathbf{\epsilon}}}
|
||||
\def\rvtheta{{\mathbf{\theta}}}
|
||||
\def\rva{{\mathbf{a}}}
|
||||
\def\rvb{{\mathbf{b}}}
|
||||
\def\rvc{{\mathbf{c}}}
|
||||
\def\rvd{{\mathbf{d}}}
|
||||
\def\rve{{\mathbf{e}}}
|
||||
\def\rvf{{\mathbf{f}}}
|
||||
\def\rvg{{\mathbf{g}}}
|
||||
\def\rvh{{\mathbf{h}}}
|
||||
\def\rvu{{\mathbf{i}}}
|
||||
\def\rvj{{\mathbf{j}}}
|
||||
\def\rvk{{\mathbf{k}}}
|
||||
\def\rvl{{\mathbf{l}}}
|
||||
\def\rvm{{\mathbf{m}}}
|
||||
\def\rvn{{\mathbf{n}}}
|
||||
\def\rvo{{\mathbf{o}}}
|
||||
\def\rvp{{\mathbf{p}}}
|
||||
\def\rvq{{\mathbf{q}}}
|
||||
\def\rvr{{\mathbf{r}}}
|
||||
\def\rvs{{\mathbf{s}}}
|
||||
\def\rvt{{\mathbf{t}}}
|
||||
\def\rvu{{\mathbf{u}}}
|
||||
\def\rvv{{\mathbf{v}}}
|
||||
\def\rvw{{\mathbf{w}}}
|
||||
\def\rvx{{\mathbf{x}}}
|
||||
\def\rvy{{\mathbf{y}}}
|
||||
\def\rvz{{\mathbf{z}}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Elements of random vectors
|
||||
\def\erva{{\textnormal{a}}}
|
||||
\def\ervb{{\textnormal{b}}}
|
||||
\def\ervc{{\textnormal{c}}}
|
||||
\def\ervd{{\textnormal{d}}}
|
||||
\def\erve{{\textnormal{e}}}
|
||||
\def\ervf{{\textnormal{f}}}
|
||||
\def\ervg{{\textnormal{g}}}
|
||||
\def\ervh{{\textnormal{h}}}
|
||||
\def\ervi{{\textnormal{i}}}
|
||||
\def\ervj{{\textnormal{j}}}
|
||||
\def\ervk{{\textnormal{k}}}
|
||||
\def\ervl{{\textnormal{l}}}
|
||||
\def\ervm{{\textnormal{m}}}
|
||||
\def\ervn{{\textnormal{n}}}
|
||||
\def\ervo{{\textnormal{o}}}
|
||||
\def\ervp{{\textnormal{p}}}
|
||||
\def\ervq{{\textnormal{q}}}
|
||||
\def\ervr{{\textnormal{r}}}
|
||||
\def\ervs{{\textnormal{s}}}
|
||||
\def\ervt{{\textnormal{t}}}
|
||||
\def\ervu{{\textnormal{u}}}
|
||||
\def\ervv{{\textnormal{v}}}
|
||||
\def\ervw{{\textnormal{w}}}
|
||||
\def\ervx{{\textnormal{x}}}
|
||||
\def\ervy{{\textnormal{y}}}
|
||||
\def\ervz{{\textnormal{z}}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Random matrices
|
||||
\def\rmA{{\mathbf{A}}}
|
||||
\def\rmB{{\mathbf{B}}}
|
||||
\def\rmC{{\mathbf{C}}}
|
||||
\def\rmD{{\mathbf{D}}}
|
||||
\def\rmE{{\mathbf{E}}}
|
||||
\def\rmF{{\mathbf{F}}}
|
||||
\def\rmG{{\mathbf{G}}}
|
||||
\def\rmH{{\mathbf{H}}}
|
||||
\def\rmI{{\mathbf{I}}}
|
||||
\def\rmJ{{\mathbf{J}}}
|
||||
\def\rmK{{\mathbf{K}}}
|
||||
\def\rmL{{\mathbf{L}}}
|
||||
\def\rmM{{\mathbf{M}}}
|
||||
\def\rmN{{\mathbf{N}}}
|
||||
\def\rmO{{\mathbf{O}}}
|
||||
\def\rmP{{\mathbf{P}}}
|
||||
\def\rmQ{{\mathbf{Q}}}
|
||||
\def\rmR{{\mathbf{R}}}
|
||||
\def\rmS{{\mathbf{S}}}
|
||||
\def\rmT{{\mathbf{T}}}
|
||||
\def\rmU{{\mathbf{U}}}
|
||||
\def\rmV{{\mathbf{V}}}
|
||||
\def\rmW{{\mathbf{W}}}
|
||||
\def\rmX{{\mathbf{X}}}
|
||||
\def\rmY{{\mathbf{Y}}}
|
||||
\def\rmZ{{\mathbf{Z}}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Elements of random matrices
|
||||
\def\ermA{{\textnormal{A}}}
|
||||
\def\ermB{{\textnormal{B}}}
|
||||
\def\ermC{{\textnormal{C}}}
|
||||
\def\ermD{{\textnormal{D}}}
|
||||
\def\ermE{{\textnormal{E}}}
|
||||
\def\ermF{{\textnormal{F}}}
|
||||
\def\ermG{{\textnormal{G}}}
|
||||
\def\ermH{{\textnormal{H}}}
|
||||
\def\ermI{{\textnormal{I}}}
|
||||
\def\ermJ{{\textnormal{J}}}
|
||||
\def\ermK{{\textnormal{K}}}
|
||||
\def\ermL{{\textnormal{L}}}
|
||||
\def\ermM{{\textnormal{M}}}
|
||||
\def\ermN{{\textnormal{N}}}
|
||||
\def\ermO{{\textnormal{O}}}
|
||||
\def\ermP{{\textnormal{P}}}
|
||||
\def\ermQ{{\textnormal{Q}}}
|
||||
\def\ermR{{\textnormal{R}}}
|
||||
\def\ermS{{\textnormal{S}}}
|
||||
\def\ermT{{\textnormal{T}}}
|
||||
\def\ermU{{\textnormal{U}}}
|
||||
\def\ermV{{\textnormal{V}}}
|
||||
\def\ermW{{\textnormal{W}}}
|
||||
\def\ermX{{\textnormal{X}}}
|
||||
\def\ermY{{\textnormal{Y}}}
|
||||
\def\ermZ{{\textnormal{Z}}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Vectors
|
||||
\def\vzero{{\bm{0}}}
|
||||
\def\vone{{\bm{1}}}
|
||||
\def\vmu{{\bm{\mu}}}
|
||||
\def\vtheta{{\bm{\theta}}}
|
||||
\def\va{{\bm{a}}}
|
||||
\def\vb{{\bm{b}}}
|
||||
\def\vc{{\bm{c}}}
|
||||
\def\vd{{\bm{d}}}
|
||||
\def\ve{{\bm{e}}}
|
||||
\def\vf{{\bm{f}}}
|
||||
\def\vg{{\bm{g}}}
|
||||
\def\vh{{\bm{h}}}
|
||||
\def\vi{{\bm{i}}}
|
||||
\def\vj{{\bm{j}}}
|
||||
\def\vk{{\bm{k}}}
|
||||
\def\vl{{\bm{l}}}
|
||||
\def\vm{{\bm{m}}}
|
||||
\def\vn{{\bm{n}}}
|
||||
\def\vo{{\bm{o}}}
|
||||
\def\vp{{\bm{p}}}
|
||||
\def\vq{{\bm{q}}}
|
||||
\def\vr{{\bm{r}}}
|
||||
\def\vs{{\bm{s}}}
|
||||
\def\vt{{\bm{t}}}
|
||||
\def\vu{{\bm{u}}}
|
||||
\def\vv{{\bm{v}}}
|
||||
\def\vw{{\bm{w}}}
|
||||
\def\vx{{\bm{x}}}
|
||||
\def\vy{{\bm{y}}}
|
||||
\def\vz{{\bm{z}}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Elements of vectors
|
||||
\def\evalpha{{\alpha}}
|
||||
\def\evbeta{{\beta}}
|
||||
\def\evepsilon{{\epsilon}}
|
||||
\def\evlambda{{\lambda}}
|
||||
\def\evomega{{\omega}}
|
||||
\def\evmu{{\mu}}
|
||||
\def\evpsi{{\psi}}
|
||||
\def\evsigma{{\sigma}}
|
||||
\def\evtheta{{\theta}}
|
||||
\def\eva{{a}}
|
||||
\def\evb{{b}}
|
||||
\def\evc{{c}}
|
||||
\def\evd{{d}}
|
||||
\def\eve{{e}}
|
||||
\def\evf{{f}}
|
||||
\def\evg{{g}}
|
||||
\def\evh{{h}}
|
||||
\def\evi{{i}}
|
||||
\def\evj{{j}}
|
||||
\def\evk{{k}}
|
||||
\def\evl{{l}}
|
||||
\def\evm{{m}}
|
||||
\def\evn{{n}}
|
||||
\def\evo{{o}}
|
||||
\def\evp{{p}}
|
||||
\def\evq{{q}}
|
||||
\def\evr{{r}}
|
||||
\def\evs{{s}}
|
||||
\def\evt{{t}}
|
||||
\def\evu{{u}}
|
||||
\def\evv{{v}}
|
||||
\def\evw{{w}}
|
||||
\def\evx{{x}}
|
||||
\def\evy{{y}}
|
||||
\def\evz{{z}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Matrix
|
||||
\def\mA{{\bm{A}}}
|
||||
\def\mB{{\bm{B}}}
|
||||
\def\mC{{\bm{C}}}
|
||||
\def\mD{{\bm{D}}}
|
||||
\def\mE{{\bm{E}}}
|
||||
\def\mF{{\bm{F}}}
|
||||
\def\mG{{\bm{G}}}
|
||||
\def\mH{{\bm{H}}}
|
||||
\def\mI{{\bm{I}}}
|
||||
\def\mJ{{\bm{J}}}
|
||||
\def\mK{{\bm{K}}}
|
||||
\def\mL{{\bm{L}}}
|
||||
\def\mM{{\bm{M}}}
|
||||
\def\mN{{\bm{N}}}
|
||||
\def\mO{{\bm{O}}}
|
||||
\def\mP{{\bm{P}}}
|
||||
\def\mQ{{\bm{Q}}}
|
||||
\def\mR{{\bm{R}}}
|
||||
\def\mS{{\bm{S}}}
|
||||
\def\mT{{\bm{T}}}
|
||||
\def\mU{{\bm{U}}}
|
||||
\def\mV{{\bm{V}}}
|
||||
\def\mW{{\bm{W}}}
|
||||
\def\mX{{\bm{X}}}
|
||||
\def\mY{{\bm{Y}}}
|
||||
\def\mZ{{\bm{Z}}}
|
||||
\def\mBeta{{\bm{\beta}}}
|
||||
\def\mPhi{{\bm{\Phi}}}
|
||||
\def\mLambda{{\bm{\Lambda}}}
|
||||
\def\mSigma{{\bm{\Sigma}}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Tensor
|
||||
\DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathsfit}{\encodingdefault}{\sfdefault}{m}{sl}
|
||||
\SetMathAlphabet{\mathsfit}{bold}{\encodingdefault}{\sfdefault}{bx}{n}
|
||||
\newcommand{\tens}[1]{\bm{\mathsfit{#1}}}
|
||||
\def\tA{{\tens{A}}}
|
||||
\def\tB{{\tens{B}}}
|
||||
\def\tC{{\tens{C}}}
|
||||
\def\tD{{\tens{D}}}
|
||||
\def\tE{{\tens{E}}}
|
||||
\def\tF{{\tens{F}}}
|
||||
\def\tG{{\tens{G}}}
|
||||
\def\tH{{\tens{H}}}
|
||||
\def\tI{{\tens{I}}}
|
||||
\def\tJ{{\tens{J}}}
|
||||
\def\tK{{\tens{K}}}
|
||||
\def\tL{{\tens{L}}}
|
||||
\def\tM{{\tens{M}}}
|
||||
\def\tN{{\tens{N}}}
|
||||
\def\tO{{\tens{O}}}
|
||||
\def\tP{{\tens{P}}}
|
||||
\def\tQ{{\tens{Q}}}
|
||||
\def\tR{{\tens{R}}}
|
||||
\def\tS{{\tens{S}}}
|
||||
\def\tT{{\tens{T}}}
|
||||
\def\tU{{\tens{U}}}
|
||||
\def\tV{{\tens{V}}}
|
||||
\def\tW{{\tens{W}}}
|
||||
\def\tX{{\tens{X}}}
|
||||
\def\tY{{\tens{Y}}}
|
||||
\def\tZ{{\tens{Z}}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% Graph
|
||||
\def\gA{{\mathcal{A}}}
|
||||
\def\gB{{\mathcal{B}}}
|
||||
\def\gC{{\mathcal{C}}}
|
||||
\def\gD{{\mathcal{D}}}
|
||||
\def\gE{{\mathcal{E}}}
|
||||
\def\gF{{\mathcal{F}}}
|
||||
\def\gG{{\mathcal{G}}}
|
||||
\def\gH{{\mathcal{H}}}
|
||||
\def\gI{{\mathcal{I}}}
|
||||
\def\gJ{{\mathcal{J}}}
|
||||
\def\gK{{\mathcal{K}}}
|
||||
\def\gL{{\mathcal{L}}}
|
||||
\def\gM{{\mathcal{M}}}
|
||||
\def\gN{{\mathcal{N}}}
|
||||
\def\gO{{\mathcal{O}}}
|
||||
\def\gP{{\mathcal{P}}}
|
||||
\def\gQ{{\mathcal{Q}}}
|
||||
\def\gR{{\mathcal{R}}}
|
||||
\def\gS{{\mathcal{S}}}
|
||||
\def\gT{{\mathcal{T}}}
|
||||
\def\gU{{\mathcal{U}}}
|
||||
\def\gV{{\mathcal{V}}}
|
||||
\def\gW{{\mathcal{W}}}
|
||||
\def\gX{{\mathcal{X}}}
|
||||
\def\gY{{\mathcal{Y}}}
|
||||
\def\gZ{{\mathcal{Z}}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Sets
|
||||
\def\sA{{\mathbb{A}}}
|
||||
\def\sB{{\mathbb{B}}}
|
||||
\def\sC{{\mathbb{C}}}
|
||||
\def\sD{{\mathbb{D}}}
|
||||
% Don't use a set called E, because this would be the same as our symbol
|
||||
% for expectation.
|
||||
\def\sF{{\mathbb{F}}}
|
||||
\def\sG{{\mathbb{G}}}
|
||||
\def\sH{{\mathbb{H}}}
|
||||
\def\sI{{\mathbb{I}}}
|
||||
\def\sJ{{\mathbb{J}}}
|
||||
\def\sK{{\mathbb{K}}}
|
||||
\def\sL{{\mathbb{L}}}
|
||||
\def\sM{{\mathbb{M}}}
|
||||
\def\sN{{\mathbb{N}}}
|
||||
\def\sO{{\mathbb{O}}}
|
||||
\def\sP{{\mathbb{P}}}
|
||||
\def\sQ{{\mathbb{Q}}}
|
||||
\def\sR{{\mathbb{R}}}
|
||||
\def\sS{{\mathbb{S}}}
|
||||
\def\sT{{\mathbb{T}}}
|
||||
\def\sU{{\mathbb{U}}}
|
||||
\def\sV{{\mathbb{V}}}
|
||||
\def\sW{{\mathbb{W}}}
|
||||
\def\sX{{\mathbb{X}}}
|
||||
\def\sY{{\mathbb{Y}}}
|
||||
\def\sZ{{\mathbb{Z}}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Entries of a matrix
|
||||
\def\emLambda{{\Lambda}}
|
||||
\def\emA{{A}}
|
||||
\def\emB{{B}}
|
||||
\def\emC{{C}}
|
||||
\def\emD{{D}}
|
||||
\def\emE{{E}}
|
||||
\def\emF{{F}}
|
||||
\def\emG{{G}}
|
||||
\def\emH{{H}}
|
||||
\def\emI{{I}}
|
||||
\def\emJ{{J}}
|
||||
\def\emK{{K}}
|
||||
\def\emL{{L}}
|
||||
\def\emM{{M}}
|
||||
\def\emN{{N}}
|
||||
\def\emO{{O}}
|
||||
\def\emP{{P}}
|
||||
\def\emQ{{Q}}
|
||||
\def\emR{{R}}
|
||||
\def\emS{{S}}
|
||||
\def\emT{{T}}
|
||||
\def\emU{{U}}
|
||||
\def\emV{{V}}
|
||||
\def\emW{{W}}
|
||||
\def\emX{{X}}
|
||||
\def\emY{{Y}}
|
||||
\def\emZ{{Z}}
|
||||
\def\emSigma{{\Sigma}}
|
||||
|
||||
% entries of a tensor
|
||||
% Same font as tensor, without \bm wrapper
|
||||
\newcommand{\etens}[1]{\mathsfit{#1}}
|
||||
\def\etLambda{{\etens{\Lambda}}}
|
||||
\def\etA{{\etens{A}}}
|
||||
\def\etB{{\etens{B}}}
|
||||
\def\etC{{\etens{C}}}
|
||||
\def\etD{{\etens{D}}}
|
||||
\def\etE{{\etens{E}}}
|
||||
\def\etF{{\etens{F}}}
|
||||
\def\etG{{\etens{G}}}
|
||||
\def\etH{{\etens{H}}}
|
||||
\def\etI{{\etens{I}}}
|
||||
\def\etJ{{\etens{J}}}
|
||||
\def\etK{{\etens{K}}}
|
||||
\def\etL{{\etens{L}}}
|
||||
\def\etM{{\etens{M}}}
|
||||
\def\etN{{\etens{N}}}
|
||||
\def\etO{{\etens{O}}}
|
||||
\def\etP{{\etens{P}}}
|
||||
\def\etQ{{\etens{Q}}}
|
||||
\def\etR{{\etens{R}}}
|
||||
\def\etS{{\etens{S}}}
|
||||
\def\etT{{\etens{T}}}
|
||||
\def\etU{{\etens{U}}}
|
||||
\def\etV{{\etens{V}}}
|
||||
\def\etW{{\etens{W}}}
|
||||
\def\etX{{\etens{X}}}
|
||||
\def\etY{{\etens{Y}}}
|
||||
\def\etZ{{\etens{Z}}}
|
||||
|
||||
% The true underlying data generating distribution
|
||||
\newcommand{\pdata}{p_{\rm{data}}}
|
||||
% The empirical distribution defined by the training set
|
||||
\newcommand{\ptrain}{\hat{p}_{\rm{data}}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\Ptrain}{\hat{P}_{\rm{data}}}
|
||||
% The model distribution
|
||||
\newcommand{\pmodel}{p_{\rm{model}}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\Pmodel}{P_{\rm{model}}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\ptildemodel}{\tilde{p}_{\rm{model}}}
|
||||
% Stochastic autoencoder distributions
|
||||
\newcommand{\pencode}{p_{\rm{encoder}}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\pdecode}{p_{\rm{decoder}}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\precons}{p_{\rm{reconstruct}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\laplace}{\mathrm{Laplace}} % Laplace distribution
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\E}{\mathbb{E}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\Ls}{\mathcal{L}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\R}{\mathbb{R}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\emp}{\tilde{p}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\lr}{\alpha}
|
||||
\newcommand{\reg}{\lambda}
|
||||
\newcommand{\rect}{\mathrm{rectifier}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\softmax}{\mathrm{softmax}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\sigmoid}{\sigma}
|
||||
\newcommand{\softplus}{\zeta}
|
||||
\newcommand{\KL}{D_{\mathrm{KL}}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\Var}{\mathrm{Var}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\standarderror}{\mathrm{SE}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\Cov}{\mathrm{Cov}}
|
||||
% Wolfram Mathworld says $L^2$ is for function spaces and $\ell^2$ is for vectors
|
||||
% But then they seem to use $L^2$ for vectors throughout the site, and so does
|
||||
% wikipedia.
|
||||
\newcommand{\normlzero}{L^0}
|
||||
\newcommand{\normlone}{L^1}
|
||||
\newcommand{\normltwo}{L^2}
|
||||
\newcommand{\normlp}{L^p}
|
||||
\newcommand{\normmax}{L^\infty}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\parents}{Pa} % See usage in notation.tex. Chosen to match Daphne's book.
|
||||
|
||||
\DeclareMathOperator*{\argmax}{arg\,max}
|
||||
\DeclareMathOperator*{\argmin}{arg\,min}
|
||||
|
||||
\DeclareMathOperator{\sign}{sign}
|
||||
\DeclareMathOperator{\Tr}{Tr}
|
||||
\let\ab\allowbreak
|
||||
1246
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/iclr2026/natbib.sty
Normal file
1246
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/iclr2026/natbib.sty
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
|
||||
% ALGORITHM STYLE -- Released 8 April 1996
|
||||
% for LaTeX-2e
|
||||
% Copyright -- 1994 Peter Williams
|
||||
% E-mail Peter.Williams@dsto.defence.gov.au
|
||||
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
|
||||
\ProvidesPackage{algorithm}
|
||||
\typeout{Document Style `algorithm' - floating environment}
|
||||
|
||||
\RequirePackage{float}
|
||||
\RequirePackage{ifthen}
|
||||
\newcommand{\ALG@within}{nothing}
|
||||
\newboolean{ALG@within}
|
||||
\setboolean{ALG@within}{false}
|
||||
\newcommand{\ALG@floatstyle}{ruled}
|
||||
\newcommand{\ALG@name}{Algorithm}
|
||||
\newcommand{\listalgorithmname}{List of \ALG@name s}
|
||||
|
||||
% Declare Options
|
||||
% first appearance
|
||||
\DeclareOption{plain}{
|
||||
\renewcommand{\ALG@floatstyle}{plain}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\DeclareOption{ruled}{
|
||||
\renewcommand{\ALG@floatstyle}{ruled}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\DeclareOption{boxed}{
|
||||
\renewcommand{\ALG@floatstyle}{boxed}
|
||||
}
|
||||
% then numbering convention
|
||||
\DeclareOption{part}{
|
||||
\renewcommand{\ALG@within}{part}
|
||||
\setboolean{ALG@within}{true}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\DeclareOption{chapter}{
|
||||
\renewcommand{\ALG@within}{chapter}
|
||||
\setboolean{ALG@within}{true}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\DeclareOption{section}{
|
||||
\renewcommand{\ALG@within}{section}
|
||||
\setboolean{ALG@within}{true}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\DeclareOption{subsection}{
|
||||
\renewcommand{\ALG@within}{subsection}
|
||||
\setboolean{ALG@within}{true}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\DeclareOption{subsubsection}{
|
||||
\renewcommand{\ALG@within}{subsubsection}
|
||||
\setboolean{ALG@within}{true}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\DeclareOption{nothing}{
|
||||
\renewcommand{\ALG@within}{nothing}
|
||||
\setboolean{ALG@within}{true}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\DeclareOption*{\edef\ALG@name{\CurrentOption}}
|
||||
|
||||
% ALGORITHM
|
||||
%
|
||||
\ProcessOptions
|
||||
\floatstyle{\ALG@floatstyle}
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ALG@within}}{
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\equal{\ALG@within}{part}}
|
||||
{\newfloat{algorithm}{htbp}{loa}[part]}{}
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\equal{\ALG@within}{chapter}}
|
||||
{\newfloat{algorithm}{htbp}{loa}[chapter]}{}
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\equal{\ALG@within}{section}}
|
||||
{\newfloat{algorithm}{htbp}{loa}[section]}{}
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\equal{\ALG@within}{subsection}}
|
||||
{\newfloat{algorithm}{htbp}{loa}[subsection]}{}
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\equal{\ALG@within}{subsubsection}}
|
||||
{\newfloat{algorithm}{htbp}{loa}[subsubsection]}{}
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\equal{\ALG@within}{nothing}}
|
||||
{\newfloat{algorithm}{htbp}{loa}}{}
|
||||
}{
|
||||
\newfloat{algorithm}{htbp}{loa}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\floatname{algorithm}{\ALG@name}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\listofalgorithms}{\listof{algorithm}{\listalgorithmname}}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
|
||||
% ALGORITHMIC STYLE -- Released 8 APRIL 1996
|
||||
% for LaTeX version 2e
|
||||
% Copyright -- 1994 Peter Williams
|
||||
% E-mail PeterWilliams@dsto.defence.gov.au
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Modified by Alex Smola (08/2000)
|
||||
% E-mail Alex.Smola@anu.edu.au
|
||||
%
|
||||
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
|
||||
\ProvidesPackage{algorithmic}
|
||||
\typeout{Document Style `algorithmic' - environment}
|
||||
%
|
||||
\RequirePackage{ifthen}
|
||||
\RequirePackage{calc}
|
||||
\newboolean{ALC@noend}
|
||||
\setboolean{ALC@noend}{false}
|
||||
\newcounter{ALC@line}
|
||||
\newcounter{ALC@rem}
|
||||
\newlength{\ALC@tlm}
|
||||
%
|
||||
\DeclareOption{noend}{\setboolean{ALC@noend}{true}}
|
||||
%
|
||||
\ProcessOptions
|
||||
%
|
||||
% ALGORITHMIC
|
||||
\newcommand{\algorithmicrequire}{\textbf{Require:}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\algorithmicensure}{\textbf{Ensure:}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\algorithmiccomment}[1]{\{#1\}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\algorithmicend}{\textbf{end}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\algorithmicif}{\textbf{if}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\algorithmicthen}{\textbf{then}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\algorithmicelse}{\textbf{else}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\algorithmicelsif}{\algorithmicelse\ \algorithmicif}
|
||||
\newcommand{\algorithmicendif}{\algorithmicend\ \algorithmicif}
|
||||
\newcommand{\algorithmicfor}{\textbf{for}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\algorithmicforall}{\textbf{for all}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\algorithmicdo}{\textbf{do}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\algorithmicendfor}{\algorithmicend\ \algorithmicfor}
|
||||
\newcommand{\algorithmicwhile}{\textbf{while}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\algorithmicendwhile}{\algorithmicend\ \algorithmicwhile}
|
||||
\newcommand{\algorithmicloop}{\textbf{loop}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\algorithmicendloop}{\algorithmicend\ \algorithmicloop}
|
||||
\newcommand{\algorithmicrepeat}{\textbf{repeat}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\algorithmicuntil}{\textbf{until}}
|
||||
|
||||
%changed by alex smola
|
||||
\newcommand{\algorithmicinput}{\textbf{input}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\algorithmicoutput}{\textbf{output}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\algorithmicset}{\textbf{set}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\algorithmictrue}{\textbf{true}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\algorithmicfalse}{\textbf{false}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\algorithmicand}{\textbf{and\ }}
|
||||
\newcommand{\algorithmicor}{\textbf{or\ }}
|
||||
\newcommand{\algorithmicfunction}{\textbf{function}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\algorithmicendfunction}{\algorithmicend\ \algorithmicfunction}
|
||||
\newcommand{\algorithmicmain}{\textbf{main}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\algorithmicendmain}{\algorithmicend\ \algorithmicmain}
|
||||
%end changed by alex smola
|
||||
|
||||
\def\ALC@item[#1]{%
|
||||
\if@noparitem \@donoparitem
|
||||
\else \if@inlabel \indent \par \fi
|
||||
\ifhmode \unskip\unskip \par \fi
|
||||
\if@newlist \if@nobreak \@nbitem \else
|
||||
\addpenalty\@beginparpenalty
|
||||
\addvspace\@topsep \addvspace{-\parskip}\fi
|
||||
\else \addpenalty\@itempenalty \addvspace\itemsep
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\global\@inlabeltrue
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\everypar{\global\@minipagefalse\global\@newlistfalse
|
||||
\if@inlabel\global\@inlabelfalse \hskip -\parindent \box\@labels
|
||||
\penalty\z@ \fi
|
||||
\everypar{}}\global\@nobreakfalse
|
||||
\if@noitemarg \@noitemargfalse \if@nmbrlist \refstepcounter{\@listctr}\fi \fi
|
||||
\sbox\@tempboxa{\makelabel{#1}}%
|
||||
\global\setbox\@labels
|
||||
\hbox{\unhbox\@labels \hskip \itemindent
|
||||
\hskip -\labelwidth \hskip -\ALC@tlm
|
||||
\ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\labelwidth
|
||||
\box\@tempboxa
|
||||
\else \hbox to\labelwidth {\unhbox\@tempboxa}\fi
|
||||
\hskip \ALC@tlm}\ignorespaces}
|
||||
%
|
||||
\newenvironment{algorithmic}[1][0]{
|
||||
\let\@item\ALC@item
|
||||
\newcommand{\ALC@lno}{%
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\equal{\arabic{ALC@rem}}{0}}
|
||||
{{\footnotesize \arabic{ALC@line}:}}{}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\let\@listii\@listi
|
||||
\let\@listiii\@listi
|
||||
\let\@listiv\@listi
|
||||
\let\@listv\@listi
|
||||
\let\@listvi\@listi
|
||||
\let\@listvii\@listi
|
||||
\newenvironment{ALC@g}{
|
||||
\begin{list}{\ALC@lno}{ \itemsep\z@ \itemindent\z@
|
||||
\listparindent\z@ \rightmargin\z@
|
||||
\topsep\z@ \partopsep\z@ \parskip\z@\parsep\z@
|
||||
\leftmargin 1em
|
||||
\addtolength{\ALC@tlm}{\leftmargin}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
{\end{list}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\ALC@it}{\addtocounter{ALC@line}{1}\addtocounter{ALC@rem}{1}\ifthenelse{\equal{\arabic{ALC@rem}}{#1}}{\setcounter{ALC@rem}{0}}{}\item}
|
||||
\newcommand{\ALC@com}[1]{\ifthenelse{\equal{##1}{default}}%
|
||||
{}{\ \algorithmiccomment{##1}}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\REQUIRE}{\item[\algorithmicrequire]}
|
||||
\newcommand{\ENSURE}{\item[\algorithmicensure]}
|
||||
\newcommand{\STATE}{\ALC@it}
|
||||
\newcommand{\COMMENT}[1]{\algorithmiccomment{##1}}
|
||||
%changes by alex smola
|
||||
\newcommand{\INPUT}{\item[\algorithmicinput]}
|
||||
\newcommand{\OUTPUT}{\item[\algorithmicoutput]}
|
||||
\newcommand{\SET}{\item[\algorithmicset]}
|
||||
% \newcommand{\TRUE}{\algorithmictrue}
|
||||
% \newcommand{\FALSE}{\algorithmicfalse}
|
||||
\newcommand{\AND}{\algorithmicand}
|
||||
\newcommand{\OR}{\algorithmicor}
|
||||
\newenvironment{ALC@func}{\begin{ALC@g}}{\end{ALC@g}}
|
||||
\newenvironment{ALC@main}{\begin{ALC@g}}{\end{ALC@g}}
|
||||
%end changes by alex smola
|
||||
\newenvironment{ALC@if}{\begin{ALC@g}}{\end{ALC@g}}
|
||||
\newenvironment{ALC@for}{\begin{ALC@g}}{\end{ALC@g}}
|
||||
\newenvironment{ALC@whl}{\begin{ALC@g}}{\end{ALC@g}}
|
||||
\newenvironment{ALC@loop}{\begin{ALC@g}}{\end{ALC@g}}
|
||||
\newenvironment{ALC@rpt}{\begin{ALC@g}}{\end{ALC@g}}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\\}{\@centercr}
|
||||
\newcommand{\IF}[2][default]{\ALC@it\algorithmicif\ ##2\ \algorithmicthen%
|
||||
\ALC@com{##1}\begin{ALC@if}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\SHORTIF}[2]{\ALC@it\algorithmicif\ ##1\
|
||||
\algorithmicthen\ {##2}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\ELSE}[1][default]{\end{ALC@if}\ALC@it\algorithmicelse%
|
||||
\ALC@com{##1}\begin{ALC@if}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\ELSIF}[2][default]%
|
||||
{\end{ALC@if}\ALC@it\algorithmicelsif\ ##2\ \algorithmicthen%
|
||||
\ALC@com{##1}\begin{ALC@if}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\FOR}[2][default]{\ALC@it\algorithmicfor\ ##2\ \algorithmicdo%
|
||||
\ALC@com{##1}\begin{ALC@for}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\FORALL}[2][default]{\ALC@it\algorithmicforall\ ##2\ %
|
||||
\algorithmicdo%
|
||||
\ALC@com{##1}\begin{ALC@for}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\SHORTFORALL}[2]{\ALC@it\algorithmicforall\ ##1\ %
|
||||
\algorithmicdo\ {##2}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\WHILE}[2][default]{\ALC@it\algorithmicwhile\ ##2\ %
|
||||
\algorithmicdo%
|
||||
\ALC@com{##1}\begin{ALC@whl}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\LOOP}[1][default]{\ALC@it\algorithmicloop%
|
||||
\ALC@com{##1}\begin{ALC@loop}}
|
||||
%changed by alex smola
|
||||
\newcommand{\FUNCTION}[2][default]{\ALC@it\algorithmicfunction\ ##2\ %
|
||||
\ALC@com{##1}\begin{ALC@func}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\MAIN}[2][default]{\ALC@it\algorithmicmain\ ##2\ %
|
||||
\ALC@com{##1}\begin{ALC@main}}
|
||||
%end changed by alex smola
|
||||
\newcommand{\REPEAT}[1][default]{\ALC@it\algorithmicrepeat%
|
||||
\ALC@com{##1}\begin{ALC@rpt}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\UNTIL}[1]{\end{ALC@rpt}\ALC@it\algorithmicuntil\ ##1}
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ALC@noend}}{
|
||||
\newcommand{\ENDIF}{\end{ALC@if}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\ENDFOR}{\end{ALC@for}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\ENDWHILE}{\end{ALC@whl}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\ENDLOOP}{\end{ALC@loop}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\ENDFUNCTION}{\end{ALC@func}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\ENDMAIN}{\end{ALC@main}}
|
||||
}{
|
||||
\newcommand{\ENDIF}{\end{ALC@if}\ALC@it\algorithmicendif}
|
||||
\newcommand{\ENDFOR}{\end{ALC@for}\ALC@it\algorithmicendfor}
|
||||
\newcommand{\ENDWHILE}{\end{ALC@whl}\ALC@it\algorithmicendwhile}
|
||||
\newcommand{\ENDLOOP}{\end{ALC@loop}\ALC@it\algorithmicendloop}
|
||||
\newcommand{\ENDFUNCTION}{\end{ALC@func}\ALC@it\algorithmicendfunction}
|
||||
\newcommand{\ENDMAIN}{\end{ALC@main}\ALC@it\algorithmicendmain}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\@toodeep}{}
|
||||
\begin{list}{\ALC@lno}{\setcounter{ALC@line}{0}\setcounter{ALC@rem}{0}%
|
||||
\itemsep\z@ \itemindent\z@ \listparindent\z@%
|
||||
\partopsep\z@ \parskip\z@ \parsep\z@%
|
||||
\labelsep 0.5em \topsep 0.2em%
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{0}}
|
||||
{\labelwidth 0.5em }
|
||||
{\labelwidth 1.2em }
|
||||
\leftmargin\labelwidth \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}
|
||||
\ALC@tlm\labelsep
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
{\end{list}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
|
||||
@inproceedings{langley00,
|
||||
author = {P. Langley},
|
||||
title = {Crafting Papers on Machine Learning},
|
||||
year = {2000},
|
||||
pages = {1207--1216},
|
||||
editor = {Pat Langley},
|
||||
booktitle = {Proceedings of the 17th International Conference
|
||||
on Machine Learning (ICML 2000)},
|
||||
address = {Stanford, CA},
|
||||
publisher = {Morgan Kaufmann}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@TechReport{mitchell80,
|
||||
author = "T. M. Mitchell",
|
||||
title = "The Need for Biases in Learning Generalizations",
|
||||
institution = "Computer Science Department, Rutgers University",
|
||||
year = "1980",
|
||||
address = "New Brunswick, MA",
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@phdthesis{kearns89,
|
||||
author = {M. J. Kearns},
|
||||
title = {Computational Complexity of Machine Learning},
|
||||
school = {Department of Computer Science, Harvard University},
|
||||
year = {1989}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Book{MachineLearningI,
|
||||
editor = "R. S. Michalski and J. G. Carbonell and T.
|
||||
M. Mitchell",
|
||||
title = "Machine Learning: An Artificial Intelligence
|
||||
Approach, Vol. I",
|
||||
publisher = "Tioga",
|
||||
year = "1983",
|
||||
address = "Palo Alto, CA"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@Book{DudaHart2nd,
|
||||
author = "R. O. Duda and P. E. Hart and D. G. Stork",
|
||||
title = "Pattern Classification",
|
||||
publisher = "John Wiley and Sons",
|
||||
edition = "2nd",
|
||||
year = "2000"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@misc{anonymous,
|
||||
title= {Suppressed for Anonymity},
|
||||
author= {Author, N. N.},
|
||||
year= {2021}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@InCollection{Newell81,
|
||||
author = "A. Newell and P. S. Rosenbloom",
|
||||
title = "Mechanisms of Skill Acquisition and the Law of
|
||||
Practice",
|
||||
booktitle = "Cognitive Skills and Their Acquisition",
|
||||
pages = "1--51",
|
||||
publisher = "Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc.",
|
||||
year = "1981",
|
||||
editor = "J. R. Anderson",
|
||||
chapter = "1",
|
||||
address = "Hillsdale, NJ"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@Article{Samuel59,
|
||||
author = "A. L. Samuel",
|
||||
title = "Some Studies in Machine Learning Using the Game of
|
||||
Checkers",
|
||||
journal = "IBM Journal of Research and Development",
|
||||
year = "1959",
|
||||
volume = "3",
|
||||
number = "3",
|
||||
pages = "211--229"
|
||||
}
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
@@ -0,0 +1,662 @@
|
||||
%%%%%%%% ICML 2026 EXAMPLE LATEX SUBMISSION FILE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||
|
||||
\documentclass{article}
|
||||
|
||||
% Recommended, but optional, packages for figures and better typesetting:
|
||||
\usepackage{microtype}
|
||||
\usepackage{graphicx}
|
||||
\usepackage{subcaption}
|
||||
\usepackage{booktabs} % for professional tables
|
||||
|
||||
% hyperref makes hyperlinks in the resulting PDF.
|
||||
% If your build breaks (sometimes temporarily if a hyperlink spans a page)
|
||||
% please comment out the following usepackage line and replace
|
||||
% \usepackage{icml2026} with \usepackage[nohyperref]{icml2026} above.
|
||||
\usepackage{hyperref}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% Attempt to make hyperref and algorithmic work together better:
|
||||
\newcommand{\theHalgorithm}{\arabic{algorithm}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Use the following line for the initial blind version submitted for review:
|
||||
\usepackage{icml2026}
|
||||
|
||||
% For preprint, use
|
||||
% \usepackage[preprint]{icml2026}
|
||||
|
||||
% If accepted, instead use the following line for the camera-ready submission:
|
||||
% \usepackage[accepted]{icml2026}
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage{amsmath}
|
||||
\usepackage{amssymb}
|
||||
\usepackage{mathtools}
|
||||
\usepackage{amsthm}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% if you use cleveref..
|
||||
\usepackage[capitalize,noabbrev]{cleveref}
|
||||
|
||||
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||
% THEOREMS
|
||||
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||
\theoremstyle{plain}
|
||||
\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}[section]
|
||||
\newtheorem{proposition}[theorem]{Proposition}
|
||||
\newtheorem{lemma}[theorem]{Lemma}
|
||||
\newtheorem{corollary}[theorem]{Corollary}
|
||||
\theoremstyle{definition}
|
||||
\newtheorem{definition}[theorem]{Definition}
|
||||
\newtheorem{assumption}[theorem]{Assumption}
|
||||
\theoremstyle{remark}
|
||||
\newtheorem{remark}[theorem]{Remark}
|
||||
|
||||
% Todonotes is useful during development; simply uncomment the next line
|
||||
% and comment out the line below the next line to turn off comments
|
||||
%\usepackage[disable,textsize=tiny]{todonotes}
|
||||
\usepackage[textsize=tiny]{todonotes}
|
||||
|
||||
% The \icmltitle you define below is probably too long as a header.
|
||||
% Therefore, a short form for the running title is supplied here:
|
||||
\icmltitlerunning{Submission and Formatting Instructions for ICML 2026}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{document}
|
||||
|
||||
\twocolumn[
|
||||
\icmltitle{Submission and Formatting Instructions for \\
|
||||
International Conference on Machine Learning (ICML 2026)}
|
||||
|
||||
% It is OKAY to include author information, even for blind submissions: the
|
||||
% style file will automatically remove it for you unless you've provided
|
||||
% the [accepted] option to the icml2026 package.
|
||||
|
||||
% List of affiliations: The first argument should be a (short) identifier you
|
||||
% will use later to specify author affiliations Academic affiliations
|
||||
% should list Department, University, City, Region, Country Industry
|
||||
% affiliations should list Company, City, Region, Country
|
||||
|
||||
% You can specify symbols, otherwise they are numbered in order. Ideally, you
|
||||
% should not use this facility. Affiliations will be numbered in order of
|
||||
% appearance and this is the preferred way.
|
||||
\icmlsetsymbol{equal}{*}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{icmlauthorlist}
|
||||
\icmlauthor{Firstname1 Lastname1}{equal,yyy}
|
||||
\icmlauthor{Firstname2 Lastname2}{equal,yyy,comp}
|
||||
\icmlauthor{Firstname3 Lastname3}{comp}
|
||||
\icmlauthor{Firstname4 Lastname4}{sch}
|
||||
\icmlauthor{Firstname5 Lastname5}{yyy}
|
||||
\icmlauthor{Firstname6 Lastname6}{sch,yyy,comp}
|
||||
\icmlauthor{Firstname7 Lastname7}{comp}
|
||||
%\icmlauthor{}{sch}
|
||||
\icmlauthor{Firstname8 Lastname8}{sch}
|
||||
\icmlauthor{Firstname8 Lastname8}{yyy,comp}
|
||||
%\icmlauthor{}{sch}
|
||||
%\icmlauthor{}{sch}
|
||||
\end{icmlauthorlist}
|
||||
|
||||
\icmlaffiliation{yyy}{Department of XXX, University of YYY, Location, Country}
|
||||
\icmlaffiliation{comp}{Company Name, Location, Country}
|
||||
\icmlaffiliation{sch}{School of ZZZ, Institute of WWW, Location, Country}
|
||||
|
||||
\icmlcorrespondingauthor{Firstname1 Lastname1}{first1.last1@xxx.edu}
|
||||
\icmlcorrespondingauthor{Firstname2 Lastname2}{first2.last2@www.uk}
|
||||
|
||||
% You may provide any keywords that you find helpful for describing your
|
||||
% paper; these are used to populate the "keywords" metadata in the PDF but
|
||||
% will not be shown in the document
|
||||
\icmlkeywords{Machine Learning, ICML}
|
||||
|
||||
\vskip 0.3in
|
||||
]
|
||||
|
||||
% this must go after the closing bracket ] following \twocolumn[ ...
|
||||
|
||||
% This command actually creates the footnote in the first column listing the
|
||||
% affiliations and the copyright notice. The command takes one argument, which
|
||||
% is text to display at the start of the footnote. The \icmlEqualContribution
|
||||
% command is standard text for equal contribution. Remove it (just {}) if you
|
||||
% do not need this facility.
|
||||
|
||||
% Use ONE of the following lines. DO NOT remove the command.
|
||||
% If you have no special notice, KEEP empty braces:
|
||||
\printAffiliationsAndNotice{} % no special notice (required even if empty)
|
||||
% Or, if applicable, use the standard equal contribution text:
|
||||
% \printAffiliationsAndNotice{\icmlEqualContribution}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{abstract}
|
||||
This document provides a basic paper template and submission guidelines.
|
||||
Abstracts must be a single paragraph, ideally between 4--6 sentences long.
|
||||
Gross violations will trigger corrections at the camera-ready phase.
|
||||
\end{abstract}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Electronic Submission}
|
||||
|
||||
Submission to ICML 2026 will be entirely electronic, via a web site
|
||||
(not email). Information about the submission process and \LaTeX\ templates
|
||||
are available on the conference web site at:
|
||||
\begin{center}
|
||||
\texttt{http://icml.cc/}
|
||||
\end{center}
|
||||
|
||||
The guidelines below will be enforced for initial submissions and
|
||||
camera-ready copies. Here is a brief summary:
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item Submissions must be in PDF\@.
|
||||
\item If your paper has appendices, submit the appendix together with the
|
||||
main body and the references \textbf{as a single file}. Reviewers will not
|
||||
look for appendices as a separate PDF file. So if you submit such an extra
|
||||
file, reviewers will very likely miss it.
|
||||
\item Page limit: The main body of the paper has to be fitted to 8 pages,
|
||||
excluding references and appendices; the space for the latter two is not
|
||||
limited in pages, but the total file size may not exceed 10MB. For the
|
||||
final version of the paper, authors can add one extra page to the main
|
||||
body.
|
||||
\item \textbf{Do not include author information or acknowledgements} in your
|
||||
initial submission.
|
||||
\item Your paper should be in \textbf{10 point Times font}.
|
||||
\item Make sure your PDF file only uses Type-1 fonts.
|
||||
\item Place figure captions \emph{under} the figure (and omit titles from
|
||||
inside the graphic file itself). Place table captions \emph{over} the
|
||||
table.
|
||||
\item References must include page numbers whenever possible and be as
|
||||
complete as possible. Place multiple citations in chronological order.
|
||||
\item Do not alter the style template; in particular, do not compress the
|
||||
paper format by reducing the vertical spaces.
|
||||
\item Keep your abstract brief and self-contained, one paragraph and roughly
|
||||
4--6 sentences. Gross violations will require correction at the
|
||||
camera-ready phase. The title should have content words capitalized.
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Submitting Papers}
|
||||
|
||||
\textbf{Anonymous Submission:} ICML uses double-blind review: no identifying
|
||||
author information may appear on the title page or in the paper
|
||||
itself. \cref{author info} gives further details.
|
||||
|
||||
\medskip
|
||||
|
||||
Authors must provide their manuscripts in \textbf{PDF} format.
|
||||
Furthermore, please make sure that files contain only embedded Type-1 fonts
|
||||
(e.g.,~using the program \texttt{pdffonts} in linux or using
|
||||
File/DocumentProperties/Fonts in Acrobat). Other fonts (like Type-3)
|
||||
might come from graphics files imported into the document.
|
||||
|
||||
Authors using \textbf{Word} must convert their document to PDF\@. Most
|
||||
of the latest versions of Word have the facility to do this
|
||||
automatically. Submissions will not be accepted in Word format or any
|
||||
format other than PDF\@. Really. We're not joking. Don't send Word.
|
||||
|
||||
Those who use \textbf{\LaTeX} should avoid including Type-3 fonts.
|
||||
Those using \texttt{latex} and \texttt{dvips} may need the following
|
||||
two commands:
|
||||
|
||||
{\footnotesize
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
dvips -Ppdf -tletter -G0 -o paper.ps paper.dvi
|
||||
ps2pdf paper.ps
|
||||
\end{verbatim}}
|
||||
It is a zero following the ``-G'', which tells dvips to use
|
||||
the config.pdf file. Newer \TeX\ distributions don't always need this
|
||||
option.
|
||||
|
||||
Using \texttt{pdflatex} rather than \texttt{latex}, often gives better
|
||||
results. This program avoids the Type-3 font problem, and supports more
|
||||
advanced features in the \texttt{microtype} package.
|
||||
|
||||
\textbf{Graphics files} should be a reasonable size, and included from
|
||||
an appropriate format. Use vector formats (.eps/.pdf) for plots,
|
||||
lossless bitmap formats (.png) for raster graphics with sharp lines, and
|
||||
jpeg for photo-like images.
|
||||
|
||||
The style file uses the \texttt{hyperref} package to make clickable
|
||||
links in documents. If this causes problems for you, add
|
||||
\texttt{nohyperref} as one of the options to the \texttt{icml2026}
|
||||
usepackage statement.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Submitting Final Camera-Ready Copy}
|
||||
|
||||
The final versions of papers accepted for publication should follow the
|
||||
same format and naming convention as initial submissions, except that
|
||||
author information (names and affiliations) should be given. See
|
||||
\cref{final author} for formatting instructions.
|
||||
|
||||
The footnote, ``Preliminary work. Under review by the International
|
||||
Conference on Machine Learning (ICML). Do not distribute.'' must be
|
||||
modified to ``\textit{Proceedings of the
|
||||
$\mathit{43}^{rd}$ International Conference on Machine Learning},
|
||||
Seoul, South Korea, PMLR 306, 2026.
|
||||
Copyright 2026 by the author(s).''
|
||||
|
||||
For those using the \textbf{\LaTeX} style file, this change (and others) is
|
||||
handled automatically by simply changing
|
||||
$\mathtt{\backslash usepackage\{icml2026\}}$ to
|
||||
$$\mathtt{\backslash usepackage[accepted]\{icml2026\}}$$
|
||||
Authors using \textbf{Word} must edit the
|
||||
footnote on the first page of the document themselves.
|
||||
|
||||
Camera-ready copies should have the title of the paper as running head
|
||||
on each page except the first one. The running title consists of a
|
||||
single line centered above a horizontal rule which is $1$~point thick.
|
||||
The running head should be centered, bold and in $9$~point type. The
|
||||
rule should be $10$~points above the main text. For those using the
|
||||
\textbf{\LaTeX} style file, the original title is automatically set as running
|
||||
head using the \texttt{fancyhdr} package which is included in the ICML
|
||||
2026 style file package. In case that the original title exceeds the
|
||||
size restrictions, a shorter form can be supplied by using
|
||||
|
||||
\verb|\icmltitlerunning{...}|
|
||||
|
||||
just before $\mathtt{\backslash begin\{document\}}$.
|
||||
Authors using \textbf{Word} must edit the header of the document themselves.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Format of the Paper}
|
||||
|
||||
All submissions must follow the specified format.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Dimensions}
|
||||
|
||||
The text of the paper should be formatted in two columns, with an
|
||||
overall width of 6.75~inches, height of 9.0~inches, and 0.25~inches
|
||||
between the columns. The left margin should be 0.75~inches and the top
|
||||
margin 1.0~inch (2.54~cm). The right and bottom margins will depend on
|
||||
whether you print on US letter or A4 paper, but all final versions
|
||||
must be produced for US letter size.
|
||||
Do not write anything on the margins.
|
||||
|
||||
The paper body should be set in 10~point type with a vertical spacing
|
||||
of 11~points. Please use Times typeface throughout the text.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Title}
|
||||
|
||||
The paper title should be set in 14~point bold type and centered
|
||||
between two horizontal rules that are 1~point thick, with 1.0~inch
|
||||
between the top rule and the top edge of the page. Capitalize the
|
||||
first letter of content words and put the rest of the title in lower
|
||||
case.
|
||||
You can use TeX math in the title (we suggest sparingly),
|
||||
but no custom macros, images, or other TeX commands.
|
||||
Please make sure that accents, special characters, etc., are entered using
|
||||
TeX commands and not using non-English characters.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Author Information for Submission}
|
||||
\label{author info}
|
||||
|
||||
ICML uses double-blind review, so author information must not appear. If
|
||||
you are using \LaTeX\/ and the \texttt{icml2026.sty} file, use
|
||||
\verb+\icmlauthor{...}+ to specify authors and \verb+\icmlaffiliation{...}+
|
||||
to specify affiliations. (Read the TeX code used to produce this document for
|
||||
an example usage.) The author information will not be printed unless
|
||||
\texttt{accepted} is passed as an argument to the style file. Submissions that
|
||||
include the author information will not be reviewed.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Self-Citations}
|
||||
|
||||
If you are citing published papers for which you are an author, refer
|
||||
to yourself in the third person. In particular, do not use phrases
|
||||
that reveal your identity (e.g., ``in previous work \cite{langley00}, we
|
||||
have shown \ldots'').
|
||||
|
||||
Do not anonymize citations in the reference section. The only exception are manuscripts that are
|
||||
not yet published (e.g., under submission). If you choose to refer to
|
||||
such unpublished manuscripts \cite{anonymous}, anonymized copies have
|
||||
to be submitted
|
||||
as Supplementary Material via OpenReview\@. However, keep in mind that an ICML
|
||||
paper should be self contained and should contain sufficient detail
|
||||
for the reviewers to evaluate the work. In particular, reviewers are
|
||||
not required to look at the Supplementary Material when writing their
|
||||
review (they are not required to look at more than the first $8$ pages of the submitted document).
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Camera-Ready Author Information}
|
||||
\label{final author}
|
||||
|
||||
If a paper is accepted, a final camera-ready copy must be prepared.
|
||||
%
|
||||
For camera-ready papers, author information should start 0.3~inches below the
|
||||
bottom rule surrounding the title. The authors' names should appear in 10~point
|
||||
bold type, in a row, separated by white space, and centered. Author names should
|
||||
not be broken across lines. Unbolded superscripted numbers, starting 1, should
|
||||
be used to refer to affiliations.
|
||||
|
||||
Affiliations should be numbered in the order of appearance. A single footnote
|
||||
block of text should be used to list all the affiliations. (Academic
|
||||
affiliations should list Department, University, City, State/Region, Country.
|
||||
Similarly for industrial affiliations.)
|
||||
|
||||
Each distinct affiliations should be listed once. If an author has multiple
|
||||
affiliations, multiple superscripts should be placed after the name, separated
|
||||
by thin spaces. If the authors would like to highlight equal contribution by
|
||||
multiple first authors, those authors should have an asterisk placed after their
|
||||
name in superscript, and the term ``\textsuperscript{*}Equal contribution"
|
||||
should be placed in the footnote block ahead of the list of affiliations. A
|
||||
list of corresponding authors and their emails (in the format Full Name
|
||||
\textless{}email@domain.com\textgreater{}) can follow the list of affiliations.
|
||||
Ideally only one or two names should be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
A sample file with author names is included in the ICML2026 style file
|
||||
package. Turn on the \texttt{[accepted]} option to the stylefile to
|
||||
see the names rendered. All of the guidelines above are implemented
|
||||
by the \LaTeX\ style file.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Abstract}
|
||||
|
||||
The paper abstract should begin in the left column, 0.4~inches below the final
|
||||
address. The heading `Abstract' should be centered, bold, and in 11~point type.
|
||||
The abstract body should use 10~point type, with a vertical spacing of
|
||||
11~points, and should be indented 0.25~inches more than normal on left-hand and
|
||||
right-hand margins. Insert 0.4~inches of blank space after the body. Keep your
|
||||
abstract brief and self-contained, limiting it to one paragraph and roughly 4--6
|
||||
sentences. Gross violations will require correction at the camera-ready phase.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Partitioning the Text}
|
||||
|
||||
You should organize your paper into sections and paragraphs to help readers
|
||||
place a structure on the material and understand its contributions.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Sections and Subsections}
|
||||
|
||||
Section headings should be numbered, flush left, and set in 11~pt bold type
|
||||
with the content words capitalized. Leave 0.25~inches of space before the
|
||||
heading and 0.15~inches after the heading.
|
||||
|
||||
Similarly, subsection headings should be numbered, flush left, and set in 10~pt
|
||||
bold type with the content words capitalized. Leave
|
||||
0.2~inches of space before the heading and 0.13~inches afterward.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, subsubsection headings should be numbered, flush left, and set in
|
||||
10~pt small caps with the content words capitalized. Leave
|
||||
0.18~inches of space before the heading and 0.1~inches after the heading.
|
||||
|
||||
Please use no more than three levels of headings.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Paragraphs and Footnotes}
|
||||
|
||||
Within each section or subsection, you should further partition the paper into
|
||||
paragraphs. Do not indent the first line of a given paragraph, but insert a
|
||||
blank line between succeeding ones.
|
||||
|
||||
You can use footnotes\footnote{Footnotes should be complete sentences.}
|
||||
to provide readers with additional information about a topic without
|
||||
interrupting the flow of the paper. Indicate footnotes with a number in the
|
||||
text where the point is most relevant. Place the footnote in 9~point type at
|
||||
the bottom of the column in which it appears. Precede the first footnote in a
|
||||
column with a horizontal rule of 0.8~inches.\footnote{Multiple footnotes can
|
||||
appear in each column, in the same order as they appear in the text,
|
||||
but spread them across columns and pages if possible.}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{figure}[ht]
|
||||
\vskip 0.2in
|
||||
\begin{center}
|
||||
\centerline{\includegraphics[width=\columnwidth]{icml_numpapers}}
|
||||
\caption{
|
||||
Historical locations and number of accepted papers for International
|
||||
Machine Learning Conferences (ICML 1993 -- ICML 2008) and International
|
||||
Workshops on Machine Learning (ML 1988 -- ML 1992). At the time this
|
||||
figure was produced, the number of accepted papers for ICML 2008 was
|
||||
unknown and instead estimated.
|
||||
}
|
||||
\label{icml-historical}
|
||||
\end{center}
|
||||
\end{figure}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Figures}
|
||||
|
||||
You may want to include figures in the paper to illustrate your approach and
|
||||
results. Such artwork should be centered, legible, and separated from the text.
|
||||
Lines should be dark and at least 0.5~points thick for purposes of
|
||||
reproduction, and text should not appear on a gray background.
|
||||
|
||||
Label all distinct components of each figure. If the figure takes the form of a
|
||||
graph, then give a name for each axis and include a legend that briefly
|
||||
describes each curve. Do not include a title inside the figure; instead, the
|
||||
caption should serve this function.
|
||||
|
||||
Number figures sequentially, placing the figure number and caption \emph{after}
|
||||
the graphics, with at least 0.1~inches of space before the caption and
|
||||
0.1~inches after it, as in \cref{icml-historical}. The figure caption should be
|
||||
set in 9~point type and centered unless it runs two or more lines, in which
|
||||
case it should be flush left. You may float figures to the top or bottom of a
|
||||
column, and you may set wide figures across both columns (use the environment
|
||||
\texttt{figure*} in \LaTeX). Always place two-column figures at the top or
|
||||
bottom of the page.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Algorithms}
|
||||
|
||||
If you are using \LaTeX, please use the ``algorithm'' and ``algorithmic''
|
||||
environments to format pseudocode. These require the corresponding stylefiles,
|
||||
algorithm.sty and algorithmic.sty, which are supplied with this package.
|
||||
\cref{alg:example} shows an example.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{algorithm}[tb]
|
||||
\caption{Bubble Sort}
|
||||
\label{alg:example}
|
||||
\begin{algorithmic}
|
||||
\STATE {\bfseries Input:} data $x_i$, size $m$
|
||||
\REPEAT
|
||||
\STATE Initialize $noChange = true$.
|
||||
\FOR{$i=1$ {\bfseries to} $m-1$}
|
||||
\IF{$x_i > x_{i+1}$}
|
||||
\STATE Swap $x_i$ and $x_{i+1}$
|
||||
\STATE $noChange = false$
|
||||
\ENDIF
|
||||
\ENDFOR
|
||||
\UNTIL{$noChange$ is $true$}
|
||||
\end{algorithmic}
|
||||
\end{algorithm}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Tables}
|
||||
|
||||
You may also want to include tables that summarize material. Like figures,
|
||||
these should be centered, legible, and numbered consecutively. However, place
|
||||
the title \emph{above} the table with at least 0.1~inches of space before the
|
||||
title and the same after it, as in \cref{sample-table}. The table title should
|
||||
be set in 9~point type and centered unless it runs two or more lines, in which
|
||||
case it should be flush left.
|
||||
|
||||
% Note use of \abovespace and \belowspace to get reasonable spacing
|
||||
% above and below tabular lines.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{table}[t]
|
||||
\caption{Classification accuracies for naive Bayes and flexible
|
||||
Bayes on various data sets.}
|
||||
\label{sample-table}
|
||||
\begin{center}
|
||||
\begin{small}
|
||||
\begin{sc}
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{lcccr}
|
||||
\toprule
|
||||
Data set & Naive & Flexible & Better? \\
|
||||
\midrule
|
||||
Breast & 95.9$\pm$ 0.2 & 96.7$\pm$ 0.2 & $\surd$ \\
|
||||
Cleveland & 83.3$\pm$ 0.6 & 80.0$\pm$ 0.6 & $\times$ \\
|
||||
Glass2 & 61.9$\pm$ 1.4 & 83.8$\pm$ 0.7 & $\surd$ \\
|
||||
Credit & 74.8$\pm$ 0.5 & 78.3$\pm$ 0.6 & \\
|
||||
Horse & 73.3$\pm$ 0.9 & 69.7$\pm$ 1.0 & $\times$ \\
|
||||
Meta & 67.1$\pm$ 0.6 & 76.5$\pm$ 0.5 & $\surd$ \\
|
||||
Pima & 75.1$\pm$ 0.6 & 73.9$\pm$ 0.5 & \\
|
||||
Vehicle & 44.9$\pm$ 0.6 & 61.5$\pm$ 0.4 & $\surd$ \\
|
||||
\bottomrule
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
\end{sc}
|
||||
\end{small}
|
||||
\end{center}
|
||||
\vskip -0.1in
|
||||
\end{table}
|
||||
|
||||
Tables contain textual material, whereas figures contain graphical material.
|
||||
Specify the contents of each row and column in the table's topmost row. Again,
|
||||
you may float tables to a column's top or bottom, and set wide tables across
|
||||
both columns. Place two-column tables at the top or bottom of the page.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Theorems and Such}
|
||||
The preferred way is to number definitions, propositions, lemmas, etc.
|
||||
consecutively, within sections, as shown below.
|
||||
\begin{definition}
|
||||
\label{def:inj}
|
||||
A function $f:X \to Y$ is injective if for any $x,y\in X$ different, $f(x)\ne
|
||||
f(y)$.
|
||||
\end{definition}
|
||||
Using \cref{def:inj} we immediate get the following result:
|
||||
\begin{proposition}
|
||||
If $f$ is injective mapping a set $X$ to another set $Y$,
|
||||
the cardinality of $Y$ is at least as large as that of $X$
|
||||
\end{proposition}
|
||||
\begin{proof}
|
||||
Left as an exercise to the reader.
|
||||
\end{proof}
|
||||
\cref{lem:usefullemma} stated next will prove to be useful.
|
||||
\begin{lemma}
|
||||
\label{lem:usefullemma}
|
||||
For any $f:X \to Y$ and $g:Y\to Z$ injective functions, $f \circ g$ is
|
||||
injective.
|
||||
\end{lemma}
|
||||
\begin{theorem}
|
||||
\label{thm:bigtheorem}
|
||||
If $f:X\to Y$ is bijective, the cardinality of $X$ and $Y$ are the same.
|
||||
\end{theorem}
|
||||
An easy corollary of \cref{thm:bigtheorem} is the following:
|
||||
\begin{corollary}
|
||||
If $f:X\to Y$ is bijective,
|
||||
the cardinality of $X$ is at least as large as that of $Y$.
|
||||
\end{corollary}
|
||||
\begin{assumption}
|
||||
The set $X$ is finite.
|
||||
\label{ass:xfinite}
|
||||
\end{assumption}
|
||||
\begin{remark}
|
||||
According to some, it is only the finite case (cf. \cref{ass:xfinite}) that
|
||||
is interesting.
|
||||
\end{remark}
|
||||
%restatable
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Citations and References}
|
||||
|
||||
Please use APA reference format regardless of your formatter or word processor.
|
||||
If you rely on the \LaTeX\/ bibliographic facility, use \texttt{natbib.sty} and
|
||||
\texttt{icml2026.bst} included in the style-file package to obtain this format.
|
||||
|
||||
Citations within the text should include the authors' last names and year. If
|
||||
the authors' names are included in the sentence, place only the year in
|
||||
parentheses, for example when referencing Arthur Samuel's pioneering work
|
||||
\yrcite{Samuel59}. Otherwise place the entire reference in parentheses with the
|
||||
authors and year separated by a comma \cite{Samuel59}. List multiple references
|
||||
separated by semicolons \cite{kearns89,Samuel59,mitchell80}. Use the `et~al.'
|
||||
construct only for citations with three or more authors or after listing all
|
||||
authors to a publication in an earlier reference \cite{MachineLearningI}.
|
||||
|
||||
Authors should cite their own work in the third person in the initial version
|
||||
of their paper submitted for blind review. Please refer to \cref{author info}
|
||||
for detailed instructions on how to cite your own papers.
|
||||
|
||||
Use an unnumbered first-level section heading for the references, and use a
|
||||
hanging indent style, with the first line of the reference flush against the
|
||||
left margin and subsequent lines indented by 10 points. The references at the
|
||||
end of this document give examples for journal articles \cite{Samuel59},
|
||||
conference publications \cite{langley00}, book chapters \cite{Newell81}, books
|
||||
\cite{DudaHart2nd}, edited volumes \cite{MachineLearningI}, technical reports
|
||||
\cite{mitchell80}, and dissertations \cite{kearns89}.
|
||||
|
||||
Alphabetize references by the surnames of the first authors, with single author
|
||||
entries preceding multiple author entries. Order references for the same
|
||||
authors by year of publication, with the earliest first. Make sure that each
|
||||
reference includes all relevant information (e.g., page numbers).
|
||||
|
||||
Please put some effort into making references complete, presentable, and
|
||||
consistent, e.g. use the actual current name of authors. If using bibtex,
|
||||
please protect capital letters of names and abbreviations in titles, for
|
||||
example, use \{B\}ayesian or \{L\}ipschitz in your .bib file.
|
||||
|
||||
\section*{Accessibility}
|
||||
|
||||
Authors are kindly asked to make their submissions as accessible as possible
|
||||
for everyone including people with disabilities and sensory or neurological
|
||||
differences. Tips of how to achieve this and what to pay attention to will be
|
||||
provided on the conference website \url{http://icml.cc/}.
|
||||
|
||||
\section*{Software and Data}
|
||||
|
||||
If a paper is accepted, we strongly encourage the publication of software and
|
||||
data with the camera-ready version of the paper whenever appropriate. This can
|
||||
be done by including a URL in the camera-ready copy. However, \textbf{do not}
|
||||
include URLs that reveal your institution or identity in your submission for
|
||||
review. Instead, provide an anonymous URL or upload the material as
|
||||
``Supplementary Material'' into the OpenReview reviewing system. Note that
|
||||
reviewers are not required to look at this material when writing their review.
|
||||
|
||||
% Acknowledgements should only appear in the accepted version.
|
||||
\section*{Acknowledgements}
|
||||
|
||||
\textbf{Do not} include acknowledgements in the initial version of the paper
|
||||
submitted for blind review.
|
||||
|
||||
If a paper is accepted, the final camera-ready version can (and usually should)
|
||||
include acknowledgements. Such acknowledgements should be placed at the end of
|
||||
the section, in an unnumbered section that does not count towards the paper
|
||||
page limit. Typically, this will include thanks to reviewers who gave useful
|
||||
comments, to colleagues who contributed to the ideas, and to funding agencies
|
||||
and corporate sponsors that provided financial support.
|
||||
|
||||
\section*{Impact Statement}
|
||||
|
||||
Authors are \textbf{required} to include a statement of the potential broader
|
||||
impact of their work, including its ethical aspects and future societal
|
||||
consequences. This statement should be in an unnumbered section at the end of
|
||||
the paper (co-located with Acknowledgements -- the two may appear in either
|
||||
order, but both must be before References), and does not count toward the paper
|
||||
page limit. In many cases, where the ethical impacts and expected societal
|
||||
implications are those that are well established when advancing the field of
|
||||
Machine Learning, substantial discussion is not required, and a simple
|
||||
statement such as the following will suffice:
|
||||
|
||||
``This paper presents work whose goal is to advance the field of Machine
|
||||
Learning. There are many potential societal consequences of our work, none
|
||||
which we feel must be specifically highlighted here.''
|
||||
|
||||
The above statement can be used verbatim in such cases, but we encourage
|
||||
authors to think about whether there is content which does warrant further
|
||||
discussion, as this statement will be apparent if the paper is later flagged
|
||||
for ethics review.
|
||||
|
||||
% In the unusual situation where you want a paper to appear in the
|
||||
% references without citing it in the main text, use \nocite
|
||||
\nocite{langley00}
|
||||
|
||||
\bibliography{example_paper}
|
||||
\bibliographystyle{icml2026}
|
||||
|
||||
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||
% APPENDIX
|
||||
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||
\newpage
|
||||
\appendix
|
||||
\onecolumn
|
||||
\section{You \emph{can} have an appendix here.}
|
||||
|
||||
You can have as much text here as you want. The main body must be at most $8$
|
||||
pages long. For the final version, one more page can be added. If you want, you
|
||||
can use an appendix like this one.
|
||||
|
||||
The $\mathtt{\backslash onecolumn}$ command above can be kept in place if you
|
||||
prefer a one-column appendix, or can be removed if you prefer a two-column
|
||||
appendix. Apart from this possible change, the style (font size, spacing,
|
||||
margins, page numbering, etc.) should be kept the same as the main body.
|
||||
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||
|
||||
\end{document}
|
||||
|
||||
% This document was modified from the file originally made available by
|
||||
% Pat Langley and Andrea Danyluk for ICML-2K. This version was created
|
||||
% by Iain Murray in 2018, and modified by Alexandre Bouchard in
|
||||
% 2019 and 2021 and by Csaba Szepesvari, Gang Niu and Sivan Sabato in 2022.
|
||||
% Modified again in 2023 and 2024 by Sivan Sabato and Jonathan Scarlett.
|
||||
% Previous contributors include Dan Roy, Lise Getoor and Tobias
|
||||
% Scheffer, which was slightly modified from the 2010 version by
|
||||
% Thorsten Joachims & Johannes Fuernkranz, slightly modified from the
|
||||
% 2009 version by Kiri Wagstaff and Sam Roweis's 2008 version, which is
|
||||
% slightly modified from Prasad Tadepalli's 2007 version which is a
|
||||
% lightly changed version of the previous year's version by Andrew
|
||||
% Moore, which was in turn edited from those of Kristian Kersting and
|
||||
% Codrina Lauth. Alex Smola contributed to the algorithmic style files.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,864 @@
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%% This is file `fancyhdr.sty',
|
||||
%% generated with the docstrip utility.
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%% The original source files were:
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%% fancyhdr.dtx (with options: `fancyhdr')
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%% This is a generated file.
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
|
||||
%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license
|
||||
%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
|
||||
%% license is in:
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
|
||||
%% 2005/12/01 or later.
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2018-04-01]
|
||||
\ProvidesPackage{fancyhdr}%
|
||||
[2025/02/07 v5.2
|
||||
Extensive control of page headers and footers]%
|
||||
% Copyright (C) 1994-2025 by Pieter van Oostrum <pieter@vanoostrum.org>
|
||||
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||
\ifdefined\NewDocumentCommand\else\RequirePackage{xparse}\fi
|
||||
\newif\iff@nch@check
|
||||
\f@nch@checktrue
|
||||
\DeclareOption{nocheck}{%
|
||||
\f@nch@checkfalse
|
||||
}
|
||||
\let\f@nch@gbl\relax
|
||||
\newif\iff@nch@compatViii
|
||||
\DeclareOption{compatV3}{%
|
||||
\PackageWarningNoLine{fancyhdr}{The `compatV3' option is deprecated.\MessageBreak
|
||||
It will disappear in one of the following releases.\MessageBreak
|
||||
Please change your document to work\MessageBreak
|
||||
without this option}
|
||||
\let\f@nch@gbl\global
|
||||
\f@nch@compatViiitrue
|
||||
}
|
||||
\newif\iff@nch@twoside
|
||||
\f@nch@twosidefalse
|
||||
\DeclareOption{twoside}{%
|
||||
\if@twoside\else\f@nch@twosidetrue\fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
\newcommand\f@nch@def[2]{%
|
||||
\def\temp@a{#2}\ifx\temp@a\@empty\f@nch@gbl\def#1{}%
|
||||
\else\f@nch@gbl\def#1{#2\strut}\fi}
|
||||
\DeclareOption{myheadings}{%
|
||||
\@ifundefined{chapter}{%
|
||||
\def\ps@myheadings{\ps@f@nch@fancyproto \let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
|
||||
\fancyhf{}
|
||||
\fancyhead[LE,RO]{\thepage}%
|
||||
\fancyhead[RE]{\slshape\leftmark}%
|
||||
\fancyhead[LO]{\slshape\rightmark}%
|
||||
\let\sectionmark\@gobble
|
||||
\let\subsectionmark\@gobble
|
||||
}%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
{\def\ps@myheadings{\ps@f@nch@fancyproto \let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
|
||||
\fancyhf{}
|
||||
\fancyhead[LE,RO]{\thepage}%
|
||||
\fancyhead[RE]{\slshape\leftmark}%
|
||||
\fancyhead[LO]{\slshape\rightmark}%
|
||||
\let\chaptermark\@gobble
|
||||
\let\sectionmark\@gobble
|
||||
}%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\DeclareOption{headings}{%
|
||||
\@ifundefined{chapter}{%
|
||||
\if@twoside
|
||||
\def\ps@headings{\ps@f@nch@fancyproto \def\@mkboth{\protect\markboth}
|
||||
\fancyhf{}
|
||||
\fancyhead[LE,RO]{\thepage}%
|
||||
\fancyhead[RE]{\slshape\leftmark}%
|
||||
\fancyhead[LO]{\slshape\rightmark}%
|
||||
\def\sectionmark##1{%
|
||||
\markboth{\MakeUppercase{%
|
||||
\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@ \thesection\quad \fi##1}}{}}%
|
||||
\def\subsectionmark##1{%
|
||||
\markright{%
|
||||
\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\@ne \thesubsection\quad \fi##1}}%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\def\ps@headings{\ps@f@nch@fancyproto \def\@mkboth{\protect\markboth}
|
||||
\fancyhf{}
|
||||
\fancyhead[LE,RO]{\thepage}%
|
||||
\fancyhead[RE]{\slshape\leftmark}%
|
||||
\fancyhead[LO]{\slshape\rightmark}%
|
||||
\def\sectionmark##1{%
|
||||
\markright {\MakeUppercase{%
|
||||
\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@ \thesection\quad \fi##1}}}%
|
||||
\let\subsectionmark\@gobble % Not needed but inserted for safety
|
||||
}%
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
}{\if@twoside
|
||||
\def\ps@headings{\ps@f@nch@fancyproto \def\@mkboth{\protect\markboth}
|
||||
\fancyhf{}
|
||||
\fancyhead[LE,RO]{\thepage}%
|
||||
\fancyhead[RE]{\slshape\leftmark}%
|
||||
\fancyhead[LO]{\slshape\rightmark}%
|
||||
\def\chaptermark##1{%
|
||||
\markboth{\MakeUppercase{%
|
||||
\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne \if@mainmatter
|
||||
\@chapapp\ \thechapter. \ \fi\fi##1}}{}}%
|
||||
\def\sectionmark##1{%
|
||||
\markright {\MakeUppercase{%
|
||||
\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@ \thesection. \ \fi##1}}}%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\def\ps@headings{\ps@f@nch@fancyproto \def\@mkboth{\protect\markboth}
|
||||
\fancyhf{}
|
||||
\fancyhead[LE,RO]{\thepage}%
|
||||
\fancyhead[RE]{\slshape\leftmark}%
|
||||
\fancyhead[LO]{\slshape\rightmark}%
|
||||
\def\chaptermark##1{%
|
||||
\markright{\MakeUppercase{%
|
||||
\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne \if@mainmatter
|
||||
\@chapapp\ \thechapter. \ \fi\fi##1}}}%
|
||||
\let\sectionmark\@gobble % Not needed but inserted for safety
|
||||
}%
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\ProcessOptions*
|
||||
\newcommand{\f@nch@forc}[3]{\expandafter\f@nchf@rc\expandafter#1\expandafter{#2}{#3}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\f@nchf@rc}[3]{\def\temp@ty{#2}\ifx\@empty\temp@ty\else
|
||||
\f@nch@rc#1#2\f@nch@rc{#3}\fi}
|
||||
\long\def\f@nch@rc#1#2#3\f@nch@rc#4{\def#1{#2}#4\f@nchf@rc#1{#3}{#4}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\f@nch@for}[3]{\edef\@fortmp{#2}%
|
||||
\expandafter\@forloop#2,\@nil,\@nil\@@#1{#3}}
|
||||
\newcommand\f@nch@default[3]{%
|
||||
\edef\temp@a{\lowercase{\edef\noexpand\temp@a{#3}}}\temp@a \def#1{}%
|
||||
\f@nch@forc\tmpf@ra{#2}%
|
||||
{\expandafter\f@nch@ifin\tmpf@ra\temp@a{\edef#1{#1\tmpf@ra}}{}}%
|
||||
\ifx\@empty#1\def#1{#2}\fi}
|
||||
\newcommand{\f@nch@ifin}[4]{%
|
||||
\edef\temp@a{#2}\def\temp@b##1#1##2\temp@b{\def\temp@b{##1}}%
|
||||
\expandafter\temp@b#2#1\temp@b\ifx\temp@a\temp@b #4\else #3\fi}
|
||||
\newcommand{\fancyhead}[2][]{\f@nch@fancyhf\fancyhead h[#1]{#2}}%
|
||||
\newcommand{\fancyfoot}[2][]{\f@nch@fancyhf\fancyfoot f[#1]{#2}}%
|
||||
\newcommand{\fancyhf}[2][]{\f@nch@fancyhf\fancyhf {}[#1]{#2}}%
|
||||
\newcommand{\fancyheadoffset}[2][]{\f@nch@fancyhfoffs\fancyheadoffset h[#1]{#2}}%
|
||||
\newcommand{\fancyfootoffset}[2][]{\f@nch@fancyhfoffs\fancyfootoffset f[#1]{#2}}%
|
||||
\newcommand{\fancyhfoffset}[2][]{\f@nch@fancyhfoffs\fancyhfoffset {}[#1]{#2}}%
|
||||
\def\f@nch@fancyhf@Echeck#1{%
|
||||
\if@twoside\else
|
||||
\iff@nch@twoside\else
|
||||
\if\f@nch@@eo e%
|
||||
\PackageWarning{fancyhdr} {\string#1's `E' option without twoside option is useless.\MessageBreak
|
||||
Please consider using the `twoside' option}%
|
||||
\fi\fi\fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
\long\def\f@nch@fancyhf#1#2[#3]#4{%
|
||||
\def\temp@c{}%
|
||||
\f@nch@forc\tmpf@ra{#3}%
|
||||
{\expandafter\f@nch@ifin\tmpf@ra{eolcrhf,EOLCRHF}%
|
||||
{}{\edef\temp@c{\temp@c\tmpf@ra}}}%
|
||||
\ifx\@empty\temp@c\else \PackageError{fancyhdr}{Illegal char `\temp@c' in
|
||||
\string#1 argument: [#3]}{}%
|
||||
\fi \f@nch@for\temp@c{#3}%
|
||||
{\f@nch@default\f@nch@@eo{eo}\temp@c
|
||||
\f@nch@fancyhf@Echeck{#1}%
|
||||
\f@nch@default\f@nch@@lcr{lcr}\temp@c
|
||||
\f@nch@default\f@nch@@hf{hf}{#2\temp@c}%
|
||||
\f@nch@forc\f@nch@eo\f@nch@@eo
|
||||
{\f@nch@forc\f@nch@lcr\f@nch@@lcr
|
||||
{\f@nch@forc\f@nch@hf\f@nch@@hf
|
||||
{\expandafter\f@nch@def\csname
|
||||
f@nch@\f@nch@eo\f@nch@lcr\f@nch@hf\endcsname {#4}}}}}}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@fancyhfoffs#1#2[#3]#4{%
|
||||
\def\temp@c{}%
|
||||
\f@nch@forc\tmpf@ra{#3}%
|
||||
{\expandafter\f@nch@ifin\tmpf@ra{eolrhf,EOLRHF}%
|
||||
{}{\edef\temp@c{\temp@c\tmpf@ra}}}%
|
||||
\ifx\@empty\temp@c\else \PackageError{fancyhdr}{Illegal char `\temp@c' in
|
||||
\string#1 argument: [#3]}{}%
|
||||
\fi \f@nch@for\temp@c{#3}%
|
||||
{\f@nch@default\f@nch@@eo{eo}\temp@c
|
||||
\f@nch@fancyhf@Echeck{#1}%
|
||||
\f@nch@default\f@nch@@lcr{lr}\temp@c
|
||||
\f@nch@default\f@nch@@hf{hf}{#2\temp@c}%
|
||||
\f@nch@forc\f@nch@eo\f@nch@@eo
|
||||
{\f@nch@forc\f@nch@lcr\f@nch@@lcr
|
||||
{\f@nch@forc\f@nch@hf\f@nch@@hf
|
||||
{\expandafter\setlength\csname
|
||||
f@nch@offset@\f@nch@eo\f@nch@lcr\f@nch@hf\endcsname {#4}}}}}%
|
||||
\f@nch@setoffs}
|
||||
\NewDocumentCommand {\fancyheadwidth}{ s O{} O{} m }
|
||||
{\f@nch@fancyhfwidth{#1}\fancyheadwidth h[#2][#3]{#4}}%
|
||||
\NewDocumentCommand {\fancyfootwidth}{ s O{} O{} m }
|
||||
{\f@nch@fancyhfwidth{#1}\fancyfootwidth f[#2][#3]{#4}}%
|
||||
\NewDocumentCommand {\fancyhfwidth} { s O{} O{} m }
|
||||
{\f@nch@fancyhfwidth{#1}\fancyhfwidth {}[#2][#3]{#4}}%
|
||||
\def\f@nch@fancyhfwidth#1#2#3[#4][#5]#6{%
|
||||
\setlength\@tempdima{#6}%
|
||||
\def\temp@c{}%
|
||||
\f@nch@forc\tmpf@ra{#4}%
|
||||
{\expandafter\f@nch@ifin\tmpf@ra{eolcrhf,EOLCRHF}%
|
||||
{}{\edef\temp@c{\temp@c\tmpf@ra}}}%
|
||||
\ifx\@empty\temp@c\else \PackageError{fancyhdr}{Illegal char `\temp@c' in
|
||||
\string#2 argument: [#4]}{}%
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\f@nch@for\temp@c{#4}%
|
||||
{\f@nch@default\f@nch@@eo{eo}\temp@c
|
||||
\f@nch@fancyhf@Echeck{#2}%
|
||||
\f@nch@default\f@nch@@lcr{lcr}\temp@c
|
||||
\f@nch@default\f@nch@@hf{hf}{#3\temp@c}%
|
||||
\f@nch@forc\f@nch@eo\f@nch@@eo
|
||||
{\f@nch@forc\f@nch@lcr\f@nch@@lcr
|
||||
{\f@nch@forc\f@nch@hf\f@nch@@hf
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\IfBooleanTF{#1}{%
|
||||
\expandafter\edef\csname
|
||||
f@nch@width@\f@nch@eo\f@nch@lcr\f@nch@hf\endcsname{\the\@tempdima}%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\expandafter\def\csname
|
||||
f@nch@width@\f@nch@eo\f@nch@lcr\f@nch@hf\endcsname{#6}%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
\csname f@nchdrwdt@align@v@\f@nch@hf\endcsname
|
||||
\edef\f@nch@align@@h{\f@nch@lcr}%
|
||||
\def\temp@a{#5}%
|
||||
\ifx\temp@a\@empty \else \f@nchdrwdt@align#5\@nil{#2}\fi
|
||||
\expandafter\edef\csname
|
||||
f@nch@align@\f@nch@eo\f@nch@lcr\f@nch@hf\endcsname
|
||||
{\f@nch@align@@v\f@nch@align@@h}}}}}}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@width@elh{\headwidth}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@width@ech{\headwidth}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@width@erh{\headwidth}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@width@olh{\headwidth}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@width@och{\headwidth}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@width@orh{\headwidth}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@width@elf{\headwidth}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@width@ecf{\headwidth}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@width@erf{\headwidth}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@width@olf{\headwidth}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@width@ocf{\headwidth}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@width@orf{\headwidth}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@align@elh{bl}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@align@ech{bc}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@align@erh{br}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@align@olh{bl}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@align@och{bc}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@align@orh{br}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@align@elf{tl}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@align@ecf{tc}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@align@erf{tr}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@align@olf{tl}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@align@ocf{tc}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@align@orf{tr}
|
||||
\def\f@nchdrwdt@align@v@h{\def\f@nch@align@@v{b}}%
|
||||
\def\f@nchdrwdt@align@v@f{\def\f@nch@align@@v{t}}%
|
||||
\long\def\f@nchdrwdt@align#1#2\@nil#3{%
|
||||
\f@nch@ifin{#1}{TtcbB-}{%
|
||||
\f@nch@ifin{#1}{-}{}{\def\f@nch@align@@v{#1}}%
|
||||
\def\@tempa{#2}%
|
||||
\ifx\@tempa\@empty \else \def\f@nch@align@@h{#2}\fi
|
||||
}%
|
||||
{\def\f@nch@align@@h{#1}}%
|
||||
\expandafter\f@nch@ifin\expandafter{\f@nch@align@@h}{lcrj}{}%
|
||||
{\PackageError{fancyhdr}
|
||||
{\string#3: Illegal char `\f@nch@align@@h'\MessageBreak
|
||||
in alignment argument}{}}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\newcommand{\lhead}[2][\f@nch@olh]%
|
||||
{\f@nch@def\f@nch@olh{#2}\f@nch@def\f@nch@elh{#1}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\chead}[2][\f@nch@och]%
|
||||
{\f@nch@def\f@nch@och{#2}\f@nch@def\f@nch@ech{#1}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\rhead}[2][\f@nch@orh]%
|
||||
{\f@nch@def\f@nch@orh{#2}\f@nch@def\f@nch@erh{#1}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\lfoot}[2][\f@nch@olf]%
|
||||
{\f@nch@def\f@nch@olf{#2}\f@nch@def\f@nch@elf{#1}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\cfoot}[2][\f@nch@ocf]%
|
||||
{\f@nch@def\f@nch@ocf{#2}\f@nch@def\f@nch@ecf{#1}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\rfoot}[2][\f@nch@orf]%
|
||||
{\f@nch@def\f@nch@orf{#2}\f@nch@def\f@nch@erf{#1}}
|
||||
\newlength{\f@nch@headwidth} \let\headwidth\f@nch@headwidth
|
||||
\newlength{\f@nch@offset@elh}
|
||||
\newlength{\f@nch@offset@erh}
|
||||
\newlength{\f@nch@offset@olh}
|
||||
\newlength{\f@nch@offset@orh}
|
||||
\newlength{\f@nch@offset@elf}
|
||||
\newlength{\f@nch@offset@erf}
|
||||
\newlength{\f@nch@offset@olf}
|
||||
\newlength{\f@nch@offset@orf}
|
||||
\newcommand{\headrulewidth}{0.4pt}
|
||||
\newcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}
|
||||
\@ifundefined{headruleskip}%
|
||||
{\newcommand{\headruleskip}{0pt}}{}
|
||||
\@ifundefined{footruleskip}%
|
||||
{\newcommand{\footruleskip}{.3\normalbaselineskip}}{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\plainheadrulewidth}{0pt}
|
||||
\newcommand{\plainfootrulewidth}{0pt}
|
||||
\newif\if@fancyplain \@fancyplainfalse
|
||||
\def\fancyplain#1#2{\if@fancyplain#1\else#2\fi}
|
||||
\headwidth=-123456789sp
|
||||
\let\f@nch@raggedleft\raggedleft
|
||||
\let\f@nch@raggedright\raggedright
|
||||
\let\f@nch@centering\centering
|
||||
\let\f@nch@everypar\everypar
|
||||
\ifdefined\ExplSyntaxOn
|
||||
\ExplSyntaxOn
|
||||
\providecommand\IfFormatAtLeastTF{\@ifl@t@r\fmtversion}
|
||||
\IfFormatAtLeastTF{2021-06-01}{
|
||||
\def\f@nch@saveclr@parhook #1{
|
||||
\expandafter\let\csname f@nch@__hook~#1\expandafter\endcsname
|
||||
\csname __hook~#1\endcsname
|
||||
\expandafter\let\csname f@nch@__hook_toplevel~#1\expandafter\endcsname
|
||||
\csname __hook_toplevel~#1\endcsname
|
||||
\expandafter\let\csname f@nch@__hook_next~#1\expandafter\endcsname
|
||||
\csname __hook_next~#1\endcsname
|
||||
\expandafter\let\csname f@nch@g__hook_#1_code_prop\expandafter\endcsname
|
||||
\csname g__hook_#1_code_prop\endcsname
|
||||
\RemoveFromHook{#1}[*]
|
||||
\ClearHookNext{#1}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@restore@parhook #1{
|
||||
\global\expandafter\let\csname __hook~#1\expandafter\endcsname
|
||||
\csname f@nch@__hook~#1\endcsname
|
||||
\global\expandafter\let\csname __hook_toplevel~#1\expandafter\endcsname
|
||||
\csname f@nch@__hook_toplevel~#1\endcsname
|
||||
\global\expandafter\let\csname __hook_next~#1\expandafter\endcsname
|
||||
\csname f@nch@__hook_next~#1\endcsname
|
||||
\global\expandafter\let\csname g__hook_#1_code_prop\expandafter\endcsname
|
||||
\csname f@nch@g__hook_#1_code_prop\endcsname
|
||||
}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@resetpar{
|
||||
\f@nch@everypar{}
|
||||
\f@nch@saveclr@parhook{para/before}
|
||||
\f@nch@saveclr@parhook{para/begin}
|
||||
\f@nch@saveclr@parhook{para/end}
|
||||
\f@nch@saveclr@parhook{para/after}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@restorepar{
|
||||
\f@nch@restore@parhook{para/before}
|
||||
\f@nch@restore@parhook{para/begin}
|
||||
\f@nch@restore@parhook{para/end}
|
||||
\f@nch@restore@parhook{para/after}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}{
|
||||
\def\f@nch@resetpar{
|
||||
\f@nch@everypar{}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@restorepar{}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\ExplSyntaxOff
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\def\f@nch@resetpar{%
|
||||
\f@nch@everypar{}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@restorepar{}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\newcommand\f@nch@noUppercase[2][]{#2}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@reset{\f@nch@resetpar\restorecr\endlinechar=13
|
||||
\catcode`\\=0\catcode`\{=1\catcode`\}=2\catcode`\$=3\catcode`\&=4
|
||||
\catcode`\#=6\catcode`\^=7\catcode`\_=8\catcode`\ =10\catcode`\@=11
|
||||
\catcode`\:=11\catcode`\~=13\catcode`\%=14
|
||||
\catcode0=15 %NULL
|
||||
\catcode9=10 %TAB
|
||||
\let\\\@normalcr \let\raggedleft\f@nch@raggedleft
|
||||
\let\raggedright\f@nch@raggedright \let\centering\f@nch@centering
|
||||
\def\baselinestretch{1}%
|
||||
\hsize=\headwidth
|
||||
\def\nouppercase##1{{%
|
||||
\let\uppercase\relax\let\MakeUppercase\f@nch@noUppercase
|
||||
\expandafter\let\csname MakeUppercase \endcsname\relax
|
||||
\expandafter\def\csname MakeUppercase\space\space\space\endcsname
|
||||
[####1]####2{####2}%
|
||||
##1}}%
|
||||
\@ifundefined{@normalsize} {\normalsize} % for ucthesis.cls
|
||||
{\@normalsize}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\newcommand*{\fancycenter}[1][1em]{%
|
||||
\@ifnextchar[{\f@nch@center{#1}}{\f@nch@center{#1}[3]}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@center#1[#2]#3#4#5{%
|
||||
\def\@tempa{#4}\ifx\@tempa\@empty
|
||||
\hbox to\linewidth{\color@begingroup{#3}\hfil {#5}\color@endgroup}%
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\setlength\@tempdima{#1}%
|
||||
\setlength{\@tempdimb}{#2\@tempdima}%
|
||||
\@tempdimc \@tempdimb \advance\@tempdimc -\@tempdima
|
||||
\setlength\@tempskipa{\@tempdimb \@plus 1fil \@minus \@tempdimc}%
|
||||
\@tempskipb\@tempskipa
|
||||
\def\@tempa{#3}\ifx\@tempa\@empty
|
||||
\addtolength\@tempskipa{\z@ \@minus \@tempdima}%
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\def\@tempa{#5}\ifx\@tempa\@empty % empty right
|
||||
\addtolength\@tempskipb{\z@ \@minus \@tempdima}%
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\settowidth{\@tempdimb}{#3}%
|
||||
\settowidth{\@tempdimc}{#5}%
|
||||
\ifdim\@tempdimb>\@tempdimc
|
||||
\advance\@tempdimb -\@tempdimc
|
||||
\addtolength\@tempskipb{\@tempdimb \@minus \@tempdimb}%
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\advance\@tempdimc -\@tempdimb
|
||||
\addtolength\@tempskipa{\@tempdimc \@minus \@tempdimc}%
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\hbox to\linewidth{\color@begingroup{#3}\hskip \@tempskipa
|
||||
{#4}\hskip \@tempskipb {#5}\color@endgroup}%
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
\newcommand{\f@nch@headinit}{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\fancyheadinit}[1]{%
|
||||
\def\f@nch@headinit{#1}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\newcommand{\f@nch@footinit}{}
|
||||
\newcommand{\fancyfootinit}[1]{%
|
||||
\def\f@nch@footinit{#1}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\newcommand{\fancyhfinit}[1]{%
|
||||
\def\f@nch@headinit{#1}%
|
||||
\def\f@nch@footinit{#1}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\ifdefined\NewMirroredHookPair
|
||||
\NewMirroredHookPair{fancyhdr/before}{fancyhdr/after}
|
||||
\NewMirroredHookPair{fancyhdr/head/begin}{fancyhdr/head/end}
|
||||
\NewMirroredHookPair{fancyhdr/foot/begin}{fancyhdr/foot/end}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\newlength\f@nch@height
|
||||
\newlength\f@nch@footalignment
|
||||
\newif\iff@nch@footalign\f@nch@footalignfalse
|
||||
\newcommand{\fancyfootalign}[1]{%
|
||||
\def\temp@a{#1}%
|
||||
\ifx\temp@a\@empty
|
||||
\f@nch@footalignfalse
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\f@nch@footaligntrue
|
||||
\setlength\f@nch@footalignment{#1}%
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
\newcommand\fancyhdrsettoheight[2]{%
|
||||
\expandafter\ifx\csname f@nch@#2\endcsname\fancyhdrsettoheight
|
||||
\else\PackageError{fancyhdr}{Unknown parameter #2 in \string\fancyhdrsettoheight}{}\fi
|
||||
\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{{\f@nch@checkfalse\csname @#2\endcsname}}%
|
||||
\setlength{#1}\f@nch@height
|
||||
\setbox\@tempboxa\box\voidb@x
|
||||
}
|
||||
\let\f@nch@oddhead\fancyhdrsettoheight
|
||||
\let\f@nch@evenhead\fancyhdrsettoheight
|
||||
\let\f@nch@oddfoot\fancyhdrsettoheight
|
||||
\let\f@nch@evenfoot\fancyhdrsettoheight
|
||||
\newcommand\f@nch@vbox[2]{%
|
||||
\setbox0\vbox{#2}%
|
||||
\global\f@nch@height=\ht0
|
||||
\ifdim\ht0>#1\relax
|
||||
\iff@nch@check
|
||||
\dimen0=#1\advance\dimen0-\ht0
|
||||
\PackageWarning{fancyhdr}{%
|
||||
\string#1 is too small (\the#1): \MessageBreak
|
||||
Make it at least \the\ht0, for example:\MessageBreak
|
||||
\string\setlength{\string#1}{\the\ht0}%
|
||||
\iff@nch@compatViii .\MessageBreak
|
||||
We now make it that large for the rest of the document.\MessageBreak
|
||||
This may cause the page layout to be inconsistent, however
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\ifx#1\headheight .\MessageBreak
|
||||
You might also make \topmargin smaller:\MessageBreak
|
||||
\string\addtolength{\string\topmargin}{\the\dimen0}%
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\@gobble
|
||||
}%
|
||||
\iff@nch@compatViii
|
||||
\dimen0=#1\relax
|
||||
\global#1=\ht0\relax
|
||||
\ht0=\dimen0 %
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\ht0=#1\relax
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\ht0=#1\relax
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\box0}
|
||||
\newcommand\f@nch@head[6]{%
|
||||
\f@nch@reset
|
||||
\ifdefined\UseHook\UseHook{fancyhdr/before}\UseHook{fancyhdr/head/begin}\fi
|
||||
\f@nch@headinit\relax
|
||||
#1%
|
||||
\hbox to\headwidth{%
|
||||
\f@nch@vbox\headheight{%
|
||||
\f@nch@hfbox{#2}{#3}{#4}{#6}{h}%
|
||||
\vskip\headruleskip\relax
|
||||
\headrule
|
||||
}%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
#5%
|
||||
\ifdefined\UseHook\UseHook{fancyhdr/head/end}\UseHook{fancyhdr/after}\fi
|
||||
\f@nch@restorepar
|
||||
}
|
||||
\newcommand\f@nch@foot[6]{%
|
||||
\f@nch@reset
|
||||
\ifdefined\UseHook\UseHook{fancyhdr/before}\UseHook{fancyhdr/foot/begin}\fi
|
||||
\f@nch@footinit\relax
|
||||
#1%
|
||||
\hbox to\headwidth{%
|
||||
\f@nch@vbox\footskip{%
|
||||
\setbox0=\vbox{\footrule}\unvbox0
|
||||
\vskip\footruleskip
|
||||
\f@nch@hfbox{#2}{#3}{#4}{#6}{f}%
|
||||
\iff@nch@footalign \vskip\f@nch@footalignment \fi
|
||||
}%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
#5%
|
||||
\ifdefined\UseHook\UseHook{fancyhdr/foot/end}\UseHook{fancyhdr/after}\fi
|
||||
\f@nch@restorepar
|
||||
}
|
||||
\newlength\f@nch@widthL
|
||||
\newlength\f@nch@widthC
|
||||
\newlength\f@nch@widthR
|
||||
\newcommand\f@nch@hfbox[5]{%
|
||||
\setlength\f@nch@widthL{\csname f@nch@width@#4l#5\endcsname}%
|
||||
\setlength\f@nch@widthC{\csname f@nch@width@#4c#5\endcsname}%
|
||||
\setlength\f@nch@widthR{\csname f@nch@width@#4r#5\endcsname}%
|
||||
\let\@tempa\f@nch@hfbox@center
|
||||
\ifdim \dimexpr \f@nch@widthL+\f@nch@widthC+\f@nch@widthR>\headwidth
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\ifdim \dimexpr \f@nch@widthL+0.5\f@nch@widthC>0.5\headwidth
|
||||
\let \@tempa\f@nch@hfbox@fit
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\ifdim \dimexpr \f@nch@widthR+0.5\f@nch@widthC>0.5\headwidth
|
||||
\let \@tempa\f@nch@hfbox@fit
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\@tempa{#1}{#2}{#3}#4#5%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\newcommand\f@nch@hfbox@center[5]{%
|
||||
\hbox to \headwidth{%
|
||||
\rlap{\f@nch@parbox{#1}\f@nch@widthL{#4}l{#5}}%
|
||||
\hfill
|
||||
\f@nch@parbox{#2}\f@nch@widthC{#4}c{#5}%
|
||||
\hfill
|
||||
\llap{\f@nch@parbox{#3}\f@nch@widthR{#4}r{#5}}%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\newcommand\f@nch@hfbox@fit[5]{%
|
||||
\hbox to \headwidth{%
|
||||
\f@nch@parbox{#1}\f@nch@widthL{#4}l{#5}%
|
||||
\hfill
|
||||
\f@nch@parbox{#2}\f@nch@widthC{#4}c{#5}%
|
||||
\hfill
|
||||
\f@nch@parbox{#3}\f@nch@widthR{#4}r{#5}%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
\newcommand\f@nch@parbox[5]{%
|
||||
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\f@nch@parbox@align
|
||||
\csname f@nch@align@#3#4#5\endcsname
|
||||
\parbox[\f@nch@align@@v]{#2}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\f@nch@align@@pre
|
||||
\f@nch@align@@h\leavevmode\ignorespaces#1%
|
||||
\f@nch@align@@post
|
||||
}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\newcommand\f@nch@parbox@align[2]{%
|
||||
\def\f@nch@align@@pre{}%
|
||||
\def\f@nch@align@@post{}%
|
||||
\csname f@nch@parbox@align@v#1\endcsname
|
||||
\csname f@nch@parbox@align@h#2\endcsname
|
||||
}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@parbox@align@vT{\def\f@nch@align@@v{t}\def\f@nch@align@@pre{\vspace{0pt}}}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@parbox@align@vt{\def\f@nch@align@@v{t}}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@parbox@align@vc{\def\f@nch@align@@v{c}}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@parbox@align@vb{\def\f@nch@align@@v{b}}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@parbox@align@vB{\def\f@nch@align@@v{b}\def\f@nch@align@@post{\vspace{0pt}}}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@parbox@align@hl{\def\f@nch@align@@h{\raggedright}}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@parbox@align@hc{\def\f@nch@align@@h{\centering}}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@parbox@align@hr{\def\f@nch@align@@h{\raggedleft}}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@parbox@align@hj{\def\f@nch@align@@h{}}
|
||||
\@ifundefined{@chapapp}{\let\@chapapp\chaptername}{}%
|
||||
\def\f@nch@initialise{%
|
||||
\@ifundefined{chapter}%
|
||||
{\def\sectionmark##1{\markboth{\MakeUppercase{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth>\z@
|
||||
\thesection\hskip 1em\relax
|
||||
\fi ##1}}{}}%
|
||||
\def\subsectionmark##1{\markright {\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\@ne
|
||||
\thesubsection\hskip 1em\relax \fi ##1}}}%
|
||||
{\def\chaptermark##1{\markboth {\MakeUppercase{\ifnum
|
||||
\c@secnumdepth>\m@ne \@chapapp\ \thechapter. \ \fi ##1}}{}}%
|
||||
\def\sectionmark##1{\markright{\MakeUppercase{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@
|
||||
\thesection. \ \fi ##1}}}%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
\def\headrule{{\if@fancyplain\let\headrulewidth\plainheadrulewidth\fi
|
||||
\hrule\@height\headrulewidth\@width\headwidth
|
||||
\vskip-\headrulewidth}}%
|
||||
\def\footrule{{\if@fancyplain\let\footrulewidth\plainfootrulewidth\fi
|
||||
\hrule\@width\headwidth\@height\footrulewidth}}%
|
||||
\def\headrulewidth{0.4pt}%
|
||||
\def\footrulewidth{0pt}%
|
||||
\def\headruleskip{0pt}%
|
||||
\def\footruleskip{0.3\normalbaselineskip}%
|
||||
\fancyhf{}%
|
||||
\if@twoside
|
||||
\fancyhead[el,or]{\fancyplain{}{\slshape\rightmark}}%
|
||||
\fancyhead[er,ol]{\fancyplain{}{\slshape\leftmark}}%
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\fancyhead[l]{\fancyplain{}{\slshape\rightmark}}%
|
||||
\fancyhead[r]{\fancyplain{}{\slshape\leftmark}}%
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\fancyfoot[c]{\rmfamily\thepage}% page number
|
||||
}
|
||||
\f@nch@initialise
|
||||
\def\ps@f@nch@fancyproto{%
|
||||
\ifdim\headwidth<0sp
|
||||
\global\advance\headwidth123456789sp\global\advance\headwidth\textwidth
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\gdef\ps@f@nch@fancyproto{\@fancyplainfalse\ps@f@nch@fancycore}%
|
||||
\@fancyplainfalse\ps@f@nch@fancycore
|
||||
}%
|
||||
\@namedef{f@nch@ps@f@nch@fancyproto-is-fancyhdr}{}
|
||||
\def\ps@fancy{\ps@f@nch@fancyproto}
|
||||
\@namedef{f@nch@ps@fancy-is-fancyhdr}{}
|
||||
\def\ps@fancyplain{\ps@f@nch@fancyproto \let\ps@plain\ps@plain@fancy}
|
||||
\def\ps@plain@fancy{\@fancyplaintrue\ps@f@nch@fancycore}
|
||||
\let\f@nch@ps@empty\ps@empty
|
||||
\def\ps@f@nch@fancycore{%
|
||||
\f@nch@ps@empty
|
||||
\def\@mkboth{\protect\markboth}%
|
||||
\def\f@nch@oddhead{\f@nch@head\f@nch@Oolh\f@nch@olh\f@nch@och\f@nch@orh\f@nch@Oorh{o}}%
|
||||
\def\@oddhead{%
|
||||
\iff@nch@twoside
|
||||
\ifodd\c@page
|
||||
\f@nch@oddhead
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\@evenhead
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\f@nch@oddhead
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@oddfoot{\f@nch@foot\f@nch@Oolf\f@nch@olf\f@nch@ocf\f@nch@orf\f@nch@Oorf{o}}%
|
||||
\def\@oddfoot{%
|
||||
\iff@nch@twoside
|
||||
\ifodd\c@page
|
||||
\f@nch@oddfoot
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\@evenfoot
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\f@nch@oddfoot
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
\def\@evenhead{\f@nch@head\f@nch@Oelh\f@nch@elh\f@nch@ech\f@nch@erh\f@nch@Oerh{e}}%
|
||||
\def\@evenfoot{\f@nch@foot\f@nch@Oelf\f@nch@elf\f@nch@ecf\f@nch@erf\f@nch@Oerf{e}}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@Oolh{\if@reversemargin\hss\else\relax\fi}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@Oorh{\if@reversemargin\relax\else\hss\fi}
|
||||
\let\f@nch@Oelh\f@nch@Oorh
|
||||
\let\f@nch@Oerh\f@nch@Oolh
|
||||
\let\f@nch@Oolf\f@nch@Oolh
|
||||
\let\f@nch@Oorf\f@nch@Oorh
|
||||
\let\f@nch@Oelf\f@nch@Oelh
|
||||
\let\f@nch@Oerf\f@nch@Oerh
|
||||
\def\f@nch@offsolh{\headwidth=\textwidth\advance\headwidth\f@nch@offset@olh
|
||||
\advance\headwidth\f@nch@offset@orh\hskip-\f@nch@offset@olh}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@offselh{\headwidth=\textwidth\advance\headwidth\f@nch@offset@elh
|
||||
\advance\headwidth\f@nch@offset@erh\hskip-\f@nch@offset@elh}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@offsolf{\headwidth=\textwidth\advance\headwidth\f@nch@offset@olf
|
||||
\advance\headwidth\f@nch@offset@orf\hskip-\f@nch@offset@olf}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@offself{\headwidth=\textwidth\advance\headwidth\f@nch@offset@elf
|
||||
\advance\headwidth\f@nch@offset@erf\hskip-\f@nch@offset@elf}
|
||||
\def\f@nch@setoffs{%
|
||||
\f@nch@gbl\let\headwidth\f@nch@headwidth
|
||||
\f@nch@gbl\def\f@nch@Oolh{\f@nch@offsolh}%
|
||||
\f@nch@gbl\def\f@nch@Oelh{\f@nch@offselh}%
|
||||
\f@nch@gbl\def\f@nch@Oorh{\hss}%
|
||||
\f@nch@gbl\def\f@nch@Oerh{\hss}%
|
||||
\f@nch@gbl\def\f@nch@Oolf{\f@nch@offsolf}%
|
||||
\f@nch@gbl\def\f@nch@Oelf{\f@nch@offself}%
|
||||
\f@nch@gbl\def\f@nch@Oorf{\hss}%
|
||||
\f@nch@gbl\def\f@nch@Oerf{\hss}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\newif\iff@nch@footnote
|
||||
\AtBeginDocument{%
|
||||
\let\latex@makecol\@makecol
|
||||
\def\@makecol{\ifvoid\footins\f@nch@footnotefalse\else\f@nch@footnotetrue\fi
|
||||
\let\f@nch@topfloat\@toplist\let\f@nch@botfloat\@botlist\latex@makecol}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\newcommand\iftopfloat[2]{\ifx\f@nch@topfloat\@empty #2\else #1\fi}%
|
||||
\newcommand\ifbotfloat[2]{\ifx\f@nch@botfloat\@empty #2\else #1\fi}%
|
||||
\newcommand\iffloatpage[2]{\if@fcolmade #1\else #2\fi}%
|
||||
\newcommand\iffootnote[2]{\iff@nch@footnote #1\else #2\fi}%
|
||||
\ifx\@temptokenb\undefined \csname newtoks\endcsname\@temptokenb\fi
|
||||
\newif\iff@nch@pagestyle@star
|
||||
\newcommand\fancypagestyle{%
|
||||
\@ifstar{\f@nch@pagestyle@startrue\f@nch@pagestyle}%
|
||||
{\f@nch@pagestyle@starfalse\f@nch@pagestyle}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\newcommand\f@nch@pagestyle[1]{%
|
||||
\@ifnextchar[{\f@nch@@pagestyle{#1}}{\f@nch@@pagestyle{#1}[f@nch@fancyproto]}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\long\def\f@nch@@pagestyle#1[#2]#3{%
|
||||
\@ifundefined{ps@#2}{%
|
||||
\PackageError{fancyhdr}{\string\fancypagestyle: Unknown base page style `#2'}{}%
|
||||
}{%
|
||||
\@ifundefined{f@nch@ps@#2-is-fancyhdr}{%
|
||||
\PackageError{fancyhdr}{\string\fancypagestyle: Base page style `#2' is not fancyhdr-based}{}%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\f@nch@pagestyle@setup
|
||||
\def\temp@b{\@namedef{ps@#1}}%
|
||||
\expandafter\temp@b\expandafter{\the\@temptokenb
|
||||
\let\f@nch@gbl\relax\@nameuse{ps@#2}#3\relax}%
|
||||
\@namedef{f@nch@ps@#1-is-fancyhdr}{}%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\newcommand\f@nch@pagestyle@setup{%
|
||||
\iff@nch@pagestyle@star
|
||||
\iff@nch@check\@temptokenb={\f@nch@checktrue}\else\@temptokenb={\f@nch@checkfalse}\fi
|
||||
\@tfor\temp@a:=
|
||||
\f@nch@olh\f@nch@och\f@nch@orh\f@nch@elh\f@nch@ech\f@nch@erh
|
||||
\f@nch@olf\f@nch@ocf\f@nch@orf\f@nch@elf\f@nch@ecf\f@nch@erf
|
||||
\f@nch@width@elh\f@nch@width@ech\f@nch@width@erh\f@nch@width@olh
|
||||
\f@nch@width@och\f@nch@width@orh\f@nch@width@elf\f@nch@width@ecf
|
||||
\f@nch@width@erf\f@nch@width@olf\f@nch@width@ocf\f@nch@width@orf
|
||||
\f@nch@align@elh\f@nch@align@ech\f@nch@align@erh\f@nch@align@olh
|
||||
\f@nch@align@och\f@nch@align@orh\f@nch@align@elf\f@nch@align@ecf
|
||||
\f@nch@align@erf\f@nch@align@olf\f@nch@align@ocf\f@nch@align@orf
|
||||
\f@nch@Oolh\f@nch@Oorh\f@nch@Oelh\f@nch@Oerh
|
||||
\f@nch@Oolf\f@nch@Oorf\f@nch@Oelf\f@nch@Oerf
|
||||
\f@nch@headinit\f@nch@footinit
|
||||
\headrule\headrulewidth\footrule\footrulewidth
|
||||
\do {%
|
||||
\toks@=\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\temp@a}%
|
||||
\toks@=\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
|
||||
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def
|
||||
\expandafter\expandafter\temp@a\expandafter{\the\toks@}}%
|
||||
\edef\temp@b{\@temptokenb={\the\@temptokenb\the\toks@}}%
|
||||
\temp@b
|
||||
}%
|
||||
\@tfor\temp@a:=
|
||||
\f@nch@offset@olh\f@nch@offset@orh\f@nch@offset@elh\f@nch@offset@erh
|
||||
\f@nch@offset@olf\f@nch@offset@orf\f@nch@offset@elf\f@nch@offset@erf
|
||||
\do {%
|
||||
\toks@=\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\the\temp@a}%
|
||||
\toks@=\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
|
||||
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setlength
|
||||
\expandafter\expandafter\temp@a\expandafter{\the\toks@}}%
|
||||
\edef\temp@b{\@temptokenb={\the\@temptokenb\the\toks@}}%
|
||||
\temp@b
|
||||
}%
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\@temptokenb={}%
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
\newcommand\fancypagestyleassign[2]{%
|
||||
\@ifundefined{ps@#2}{%
|
||||
\PackageError{fancyhdr}{\string\fancypagestyleassign: Unknown page style `#2'}{}%
|
||||
}{%
|
||||
\expandafter\let
|
||||
\csname ps@#1\expandafter\endcsname
|
||||
\csname ps@#2\endcsname
|
||||
\@ifundefined{f@nch@ps@#2-is-fancyhdr}{%
|
||||
\expandafter\let\csname f@nch@ps@#1-is-fancyhdr\endcsname\@undefined
|
||||
}{%
|
||||
\@namedef{f@nch@ps@#1-is-fancyhdr}{}%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\fancypagestyle*{fancydefault}{\f@nch@initialise}
|
||||
\def\f@nchdrbox@topstrut{\vrule height\ht\strutbox width\z@}
|
||||
\def\f@nchdrbox@botstrut{\vrule depth\dp\strutbox width\z@}
|
||||
\def\f@nchdrbox@nostrut{\noalign{\vspace{0pt}}\let\f@nchdrbox@@crstrut\f@nchdrbox@botstrut}
|
||||
\NewDocumentCommand{\fancyhdrbox}{ O{cl} o m }{%
|
||||
\begingroup
|
||||
\let\f@nchdrbox@@pre\f@nchdrbox@topstrut
|
||||
\let\f@nchdrbox@@postx\f@nchdrbox@botstrut
|
||||
\let\f@nchdrbox@@posty\relax
|
||||
\let\f@nchdrbox@@crstrut\strut
|
||||
\IfNoValueTF{#2}%
|
||||
{\let\f@nchdrbox@@halignto\@empty}%
|
||||
{\setlength\@tempdima{#2}%
|
||||
\def\f@nchdrbox@@halignto{to\@tempdima}}%
|
||||
\def\@tempa{#1}%
|
||||
\ifx\@tempa\@empty
|
||||
\f@nchdrbox@align cl\@nil{#3}%
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\f@nchdrbox@align #1\@nil{#3}%
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\endgroup
|
||||
}
|
||||
\protected\def\f@nchdrbox@cr{%
|
||||
{\ifnum0=`}\fi\@ifstar\@f@nchdrbox@xcr\@f@nchdrbox@xcr}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\@f@nchdrbox@xcr{%
|
||||
\unskip\f@nchdrbox@@crstrut
|
||||
\@ifnextchar[\@f@nchdrbox@argc{\ifnum0=`{\fi}\cr}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\@f@nchdrbox@argc[#1]{%
|
||||
\ifnum0=`{\fi}%
|
||||
\ifdim #1>\z@
|
||||
\unskip\@f@nchdrbox@xargc{#1}%
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\@f@nchdrbox@yargc{#1}%
|
||||
\fi}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\@f@nchdrbox@xargc#1{\@tempdima #1\advance\@tempdima \dp \strutbox
|
||||
\vrule \@height\z@ \@depth\@tempdima \@width\z@ \cr}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\@f@nchdrbox@yargc#1{\cr\noalign{\setlength\@tempdima{#1}\vskip\@tempdima}}
|
||||
\def\f@nchdrbox@T{\let\f@nchdrbox@@pre\f@nchdrbox@nostrut
|
||||
\f@nchdrbox@t}
|
||||
\def\f@nchdrbox@t{\def\f@nchdrbox@@v{t}\def\f@nchdrbox@@h{l}}
|
||||
\def\f@nchdrbox@c{\def\f@nchdrbox@@v{c}\def\f@nchdrbox@@h{c}}
|
||||
\def\f@nchdrbox@b{\def\f@nchdrbox@@v{b}\def\f@nchdrbox@@h{l}}
|
||||
\def\f@nchdrbox@B{\let\f@nchdrbox@@postx\relax
|
||||
\def\f@nchdrbox@@posty{\vspace{0pt}}%
|
||||
\f@nchdrbox@b}
|
||||
\long\def\f@nchdrbox@align#1#2\@nil#3{%
|
||||
\f@nch@ifin{#1}{TtcbB}{%
|
||||
\@nameuse{f@nchdrbox@#1}%
|
||||
\def\@tempa{#2}%
|
||||
\ifx\@tempa\@empty\else \def\f@nchdrbox@@h{#2}\fi
|
||||
}%
|
||||
{\def\f@nchdrbox@@v{c}\def\f@nchdrbox@@h{#1}}%
|
||||
\expandafter\f@nch@ifin\expandafter{\f@nchdrbox@@h}{lcr}{}%
|
||||
{\PackageError{fancyhdr}{\string\fancyhdrbox: Illegal char `\f@nchdrbox@@h'\MessageBreak
|
||||
in alignment argument}{}}%
|
||||
\let\\\f@nchdrbox@cr
|
||||
\setbox0=\if \f@nchdrbox@@v t\vtop
|
||||
\else \vbox
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\ialign \f@nchdrbox@@halignto
|
||||
\bgroup \relax
|
||||
{\if \f@nchdrbox@@h l\hskip 1sp\else \hfil \fi
|
||||
\ignorespaces ##\unskip
|
||||
\if\f@nchdrbox@@h r\else \hfil \fi
|
||||
}%
|
||||
\tabskip\z@skip \cr
|
||||
\f@nchdrbox@@pre
|
||||
#3\unskip \f@nchdrbox@@postx
|
||||
\crcr
|
||||
\egroup
|
||||
\f@nchdrbox@@posty
|
||||
}%
|
||||
\if\f@nchdrbox@@v c\@tempdima=\ht0\advance\@tempdima\dp0%
|
||||
\ht0=0.5\@tempdima\dp0=0.5\@tempdima\fi
|
||||
\leavevmode \box0
|
||||
}
|
||||
\@ifclassloaded{newlfm}
|
||||
{
|
||||
\let\ps@@empty\f@nch@ps@empty
|
||||
\AtBeginDocument{%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\@zfancyhead}[5]{\relax\hbox to\headwidth{\f@nch@reset
|
||||
\@zfancyvbox\headheight{\hbox
|
||||
{\rlap{\parbox[b]{\headwidth}{\raggedright\f@nch@olh}}\hfill
|
||||
\parbox[b]{\headwidth}{\centering\f@nch@olh}\hfill
|
||||
\llap{\parbox[b]{\headwidth}{\raggedleft\f@nch@orh}}}%
|
||||
\zheadrule}}\relax}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
{}
|
||||
\endinput
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%% End of file `fancyhdr.sty'.
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,767 @@
|
||||
% File: icml2026.sty (LaTeX style file for ICML-2026, version of 2025-10-29)
|
||||
|
||||
% This file contains the LaTeX formatting parameters for a two-column
|
||||
% conference proceedings that is 8.5 inches wide by 11 inches high.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Modified by Hanze Dong, Alberto Bietti, and Felix Berkenkamp, 2025
|
||||
% - Revert to times for better compatibility
|
||||
% - Updated years, volume, location
|
||||
% - Added preprint version
|
||||
% - Based on the suggestion from Johan Larsson:
|
||||
% 1. Added an end-of-document safety check to ensure the affiliations or notice footnote is printed:
|
||||
% (1) Introduces a flag \newif\ificml@noticeprinted and sets it false by default.
|
||||
% (2) At end of document, emits a package warning if \printAffiliationsAndNotice{...} was never called.
|
||||
% 2. \printAffiliationsAndNotice now sets the flag when called: Begins with \global\icml@noticeprintedtrue.
|
||||
% - Migrated to more recent version of fancyhdr for running title in header
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Modified by Johan Larsson, 2025
|
||||
% - Use newtx instead of times, aligning serif, sans-serif, typerwriter,
|
||||
% and math fonts.
|
||||
% - Use caption package to setup captions instead of manually defining themanually defining them.
|
||||
% - Formatted icml2026.sty and example_paper.tex
|
||||
% - Use title case for section title to 2.9
|
||||
% - Replace subfigure package with subcaption in example, since it is
|
||||
% designed to work together with the caption package (which is now required).
|
||||
% - Remove unused label in example
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Modified by Tegan Maharaj and Felix Berkenkamp 2025: changed years, volume, location
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Modified by Jonathan Scarlett 2024: changed years, volume, location
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Modified by Sivan Sabato 2023: changed years and volume number.
|
||||
% Modified by Jonathan Scarlett 2023: added page numbers to every page
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Modified by Csaba Szepesvari 2022: changed years, PMLR ref. Turned off checking marginparwidth
|
||||
% as marginparwidth only controls the space available for margin notes and margin notes
|
||||
% will NEVER be used anyways in submitted versions, so there is no reason one should
|
||||
% check whether marginparwidth has been tampered with.
|
||||
% Also removed pdfview=FitH from hypersetup as it did not do its job; the default choice is a bit better
|
||||
% but of course the double-column format is not supported by this hyperlink preview functionality
|
||||
% in a completely satisfactory fashion.
|
||||
% Modified by Gang Niu 2022: Changed color to xcolor
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Modified by Iain Murray 2018: changed years, location. Remove affiliation notes when anonymous.
|
||||
% Move times dependency from .tex to .sty so fewer people delete it.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Modified by Daniel Roy 2017: changed byline to use footnotes for affiliations, and removed emails
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Modified by Percy Liang 12/2/2013: changed the year, location from the previous template for ICML 2014
|
||||
|
||||
% Modified by Fei Sha 9/2/2013: changed the year, location form the previous template for ICML 2013
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Modified by Fei Sha 4/24/2013: (1) remove the extra whitespace after the
|
||||
% first author's email address (in %the camera-ready version) (2) change the
|
||||
% Proceeding ... of ICML 2010 to 2014 so PDF's metadata will show up %
|
||||
% correctly
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Modified by Sanjoy Dasgupta, 2013: changed years, location
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Modified by Francesco Figari, 2012: changed years, location
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Modified by Christoph Sawade and Tobias Scheffer, 2011: added line
|
||||
% numbers, changed years
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Modified by Hal Daume III, 2010: changed years, added hyperlinks
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Modified by Kiri Wagstaff, 2009: changed years
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Modified by Sam Roweis, 2008: changed years
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Modified by Ricardo Silva, 2007: update of the ifpdf verification
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Modified by Prasad Tadepalli and Andrew Moore, merely changing years.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Modified by Kristian Kersting, 2005, based on Jennifer Dy's 2004 version
|
||||
% - running title. If the original title is to long or is breaking a line,
|
||||
% use \icmltitlerunning{...} in the preamble to supply a shorter form.
|
||||
% Added fancyhdr package to get a running head.
|
||||
% - Updated to store the page size because pdflatex does compile the
|
||||
% page size into the pdf.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Hacked by Terran Lane, 2003:
|
||||
% - Updated to use LaTeX2e style file conventions (ProvidesPackage,
|
||||
% etc.)
|
||||
% - Added an ``appearing in'' block at the base of the first column
|
||||
% (thus keeping the ``appearing in'' note out of the bottom margin
|
||||
% where the printer should strip in the page numbers).
|
||||
% - Added a package option [accepted] that selects between the ``Under
|
||||
% review'' notice (default, when no option is specified) and the
|
||||
% ``Appearing in'' notice (for use when the paper has been accepted
|
||||
% and will appear).
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Originally created as: ml2k.sty (LaTeX style file for ICML-2000)
|
||||
% by P. Langley (12/23/99)
|
||||
|
||||
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||
%% This version of the style file supports both a ``review'' version
|
||||
%% and a ``final/accepted'' version. The difference is only in the
|
||||
%% text that appears in the note at the bottom of the first column of
|
||||
%% the first page. The default behavior is to print a note to the
|
||||
%% effect that the paper is under review and don't distribute it. The
|
||||
%% final/accepted version prints an ``Appearing in'' note. To get the
|
||||
%% latter behavior, in the calling file change the ``usepackage'' line
|
||||
%% from:
|
||||
%% \usepackage{icml2025}
|
||||
%% to
|
||||
%% \usepackage[accepted]{icml2025}
|
||||
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||
|
||||
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
|
||||
\ProvidesPackage{icml2026}[2025/10/29 v2.0 ICML Conference Style File]
|
||||
|
||||
% Before 2018, \usepackage{times} was in the example TeX, but inevitably
|
||||
% not everybody did it.
|
||||
% \RequirePackage[amsthm]{newtx}
|
||||
% 2025.11.6 revert to times for better compatibility
|
||||
\RequirePackage{times}
|
||||
|
||||
% Use fancyhdr package
|
||||
\RequirePackage{fancyhdr}
|
||||
\RequirePackage{xcolor} % changed from color to xcolor (2021/11/24)
|
||||
\RequirePackage{algorithm}
|
||||
\RequirePackage{algorithmic}
|
||||
\RequirePackage{natbib}
|
||||
\RequirePackage{eso-pic} % used by \AddToShipoutPicture
|
||||
\RequirePackage{forloop}
|
||||
\RequirePackage{url}
|
||||
\RequirePackage{caption}
|
||||
|
||||
%%%%%%%% Options
|
||||
\DeclareOption{accepted}{%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\Notice@String}{\ICML@appearing}
|
||||
\gdef\isaccepted{1}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% === Preprint option ===
|
||||
\DeclareOption{preprint}{%%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\Notice@String}{\ICML@preprint}%%
|
||||
\gdef\ispreprint{1}%%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Distinct preprint footer text
|
||||
\newcommand{\ICML@preprint}{%
|
||||
\textit{Preprint. \today.}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\DeclareOption{nohyperref}{%
|
||||
\gdef\nohyperref{1}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Helper flag: show real authors for accepted or preprint
|
||||
\newif\ificmlshowauthors
|
||||
\icmlshowauthorsfalse
|
||||
|
||||
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||
% This string is printed at the bottom of the page for the
|
||||
% final/accepted version of the ``appearing in'' note. Modify it to
|
||||
% change that text.
|
||||
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||
\newcommand{\ICML@appearing}{\textit{Proceedings of the
|
||||
$\mathit{43}^{rd}$ International Conference on Machine Learning},
|
||||
Seoul, South Korea. PMLR 306, 2026.
|
||||
Copyright 2026 by the author(s).}
|
||||
|
||||
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||
% This string is printed at the bottom of the page for the draft/under
|
||||
% review version of the ``appearing in'' note. Modify it to change
|
||||
% that text.
|
||||
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||
\newcommand{\Notice@String}{Preliminary work. Under review by the
|
||||
International Conference on Machine Learning (ICML)\@. Do not distribute.}
|
||||
|
||||
% Cause the declared options to actually be parsed and activated
|
||||
\ProcessOptions\relax
|
||||
|
||||
% After options are processed, decide if authors should be visible
|
||||
\ifdefined\isaccepted \icmlshowauthorstrue \fi
|
||||
\ifdefined\ispreprint \icmlshowauthorstrue \fi
|
||||
|
||||
\ifdefined\isaccepted\else\ifdefined\ispreprint\else\ifdefined\hypersetup
|
||||
\hypersetup{pdfauthor={Anonymous Authors}}
|
||||
\fi\fi\fi
|
||||
|
||||
\ifdefined\nohyperref\else\ifdefined\hypersetup
|
||||
\definecolor{mydarkblue}{rgb}{0,0.08,0.45}
|
||||
\hypersetup{ %
|
||||
pdftitle={},
|
||||
pdfsubject={Proceedings of the International Conference on Machine Learning 2026},
|
||||
pdfkeywords={},
|
||||
pdfborder=0 0 0,
|
||||
pdfpagemode=UseNone,
|
||||
colorlinks=true,
|
||||
linkcolor=mydarkblue,
|
||||
citecolor=mydarkblue,
|
||||
filecolor=mydarkblue,
|
||||
urlcolor=mydarkblue,
|
||||
}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% Uncomment the following for debugging. It will cause LaTeX to dump
|
||||
% the version of the ``appearing in'' string that will actually appear
|
||||
% in the document.
|
||||
%\typeout{>> Notice string='\Notice@String'}
|
||||
|
||||
% Change citation commands to be more like old ICML styles
|
||||
\newcommand{\yrcite}[1]{\citeyearpar{#1}}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cite}[1]{\citep{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||
% to ensure the letter format is used. pdflatex does compile the
|
||||
% page size into the pdf. This is done using \pdfpagewidth and
|
||||
% \pdfpageheight. As Latex does not know this directives, we first
|
||||
% check whether pdflatex or latex is used.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Kristian Kersting 2005
|
||||
%
|
||||
% in order to account for the more recent use of pdfetex as the default
|
||||
% compiler, I have changed the pdf verification.
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Ricardo Silva 2007
|
||||
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||
|
||||
\paperwidth=8.5in
|
||||
\paperheight=11in
|
||||
|
||||
% old PDFLaTex verification, circa 2005
|
||||
%
|
||||
%\newif\ifpdf\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
|
||||
% \pdffalse % we are not running PDFLaTeX
|
||||
%\else
|
||||
% \pdfoutput=1 % we are running PDFLaTeX
|
||||
% \pdftrue
|
||||
%\fi
|
||||
|
||||
\newif\ifpdf %adapted from ifpdf.sty
|
||||
\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\ifx\pdfoutput\relax
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\ifcase\pdfoutput
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\pdftrue
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
|
||||
\ifpdf
|
||||
% \pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth
|
||||
% \pdfpageheight=\paperheight
|
||||
\setlength{\pdfpagewidth}{8.5in}
|
||||
\setlength{\pdfpageheight}{11in}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
|
||||
% Physical page layout
|
||||
|
||||
\evensidemargin -0.23in
|
||||
\oddsidemargin -0.23in
|
||||
\setlength\textheight{9.0in}
|
||||
\setlength\textwidth{6.75in}
|
||||
\setlength\columnsep{0.25in}
|
||||
\setlength\headheight{10pt}
|
||||
\setlength\headsep{10pt}
|
||||
\addtolength{\topmargin}{-20pt}
|
||||
\addtolength{\topmargin}{-0.29in}
|
||||
|
||||
% Historically many authors tried to include packages like geometry or fullpage,
|
||||
% which change the page layout. It either makes the proceedings inconsistent, or
|
||||
% wastes organizers' time chasing authors. So let's nip these problems in the
|
||||
% bud here. -- Iain Murray 2018.
|
||||
%\RequirePackage{printlen}
|
||||
\AtBeginDocument{%
|
||||
\newif\ifmarginsmessedwith
|
||||
\marginsmessedwithfalse
|
||||
\ifdim\oddsidemargin=-16.62178pt \else oddsidemargin has been altered.\\ \marginsmessedwithtrue\fi
|
||||
\ifdim\headheight=10.0pt \else headheight has been altered.\\ \marginsmessedwithtrue\fi
|
||||
\ifdim\textheight=650.43pt \else textheight has been altered.\\ \marginsmessedwithtrue\fi
|
||||
\ifdim\marginparsep=11.0pt \else marginparsep has been altered.\\ \marginsmessedwithtrue\fi
|
||||
\ifdim\footskip=25.0pt \else footskip has been altered.\\ \marginsmessedwithtrue\fi
|
||||
\ifdim\hoffset=0.0pt \else hoffset has been altered.\\ \marginsmessedwithtrue\fi
|
||||
\ifdim\paperwidth=614.295pt \else paperwidth has been altered.\\ \marginsmessedwithtrue\fi
|
||||
\ifdim\topmargin=-24.95781pt \else topmargin has been altered.\\ \marginsmessedwithtrue\fi
|
||||
\ifdim\headsep=10.0pt \else headsep has been altered.\\ \marginsmessedwithtrue\fi
|
||||
\ifdim\textwidth=487.8225pt \else textwidth has been altered.\\ \marginsmessedwithtrue\fi
|
||||
\ifdim\marginparpush=5.0pt \else marginparpush has been altered.\\ \marginsmessedwithtrue\fi
|
||||
\ifdim\voffset=0.0pt \else voffset has been altered.\\ \marginsmessedwithtrue\fi
|
||||
\ifdim\paperheight=794.96999pt \else paperheight has been altered.\\ \marginsmessedwithtrue\fi
|
||||
\ifmarginsmessedwith
|
||||
|
||||
\textbf{\large \em The page layout violates the ICML style.}
|
||||
|
||||
Please do not change the page layout, or include packages like geometry,
|
||||
savetrees, or fullpage, which change it for you.
|
||||
|
||||
We're not able to reliably undo arbitrary changes to the style. Please remove
|
||||
the offending package(s), or layout-changing commands and try again.
|
||||
|
||||
\fi}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
%% The following is adapted from code in the acmconf.sty conference
|
||||
%% style file. The constants in it are somewhat magical, and appear
|
||||
%% to work well with the two-column format on US letter paper that
|
||||
%% ICML uses, but will break if you change that layout, or if you use
|
||||
%% a longer block of text for the copyright notice string. Fiddle with
|
||||
%% them if necessary to get the block to fit/look right.
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%% -- Terran Lane, 2003
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%% The following comments are included verbatim from acmconf.sty:
|
||||
%%
|
||||
%%% This section (written by KBT) handles the 1" box in the lower left
|
||||
%%% corner of the left column of the first page by creating a picture,
|
||||
%%% and inserting the predefined string at the bottom (with a negative
|
||||
%%% displacement to offset the space allocated for a non-existent
|
||||
%%% caption).
|
||||
%%%
|
||||
\def\ftype@copyrightbox{8}
|
||||
\def\@copyrightspace{
|
||||
\@float{copyrightbox}[b]
|
||||
\begin{center}
|
||||
\setlength{\unitlength}{1pc}
|
||||
\begin{picture}(20,1.5)
|
||||
\put(0,2.5){\line(1,0){4.818}}
|
||||
\put(0,0){\parbox[b]{19.75pc}{\small \Notice@String}}
|
||||
\end{picture}
|
||||
\end{center}
|
||||
\end@float}
|
||||
|
||||
\setlength\footskip{25.0pt}
|
||||
\flushbottom \twocolumn
|
||||
\sloppy
|
||||
|
||||
% Clear out the addcontentsline command
|
||||
\def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{}
|
||||
|
||||
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|
||||
%%% commands for formatting paper title, author names, and addresses.
|
||||
|
||||
% box to check the size of the running head
|
||||
\newbox\titrun
|
||||
|
||||
% general page style
|
||||
\pagestyle{fancy}
|
||||
\fancyhf{}
|
||||
\fancyfoot[C]{\thepage}
|
||||
% set the width of the head rule to 1 point
|
||||
\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{1pt}
|
||||
|
||||
% definition to set the head as running head in the preamble
|
||||
\def\icmltitlerunning#1{\gdef\@icmltitlerunning{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
% main definition adapting \icmltitle from 2004
|
||||
\long\def\icmltitle#1{%
|
||||
|
||||
%check whether @icmltitlerunning exists
|
||||
% if not \icmltitle is used as running head
|
||||
\ifx\undefined\@icmltitlerunning%
|
||||
\gdef\@icmltitlerunning{#1}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
|
||||
%add it to pdf information
|
||||
\ifdefined\nohyperref\else\ifdefined\hypersetup
|
||||
\hypersetup{pdftitle={#1}}
|
||||
\fi\fi
|
||||
|
||||
%get the dimension of the running title
|
||||
\global\setbox\titrun=\vbox{\small\bf\@icmltitlerunning}
|
||||
|
||||
% error flag
|
||||
\gdef\@runningtitleerror{0}
|
||||
|
||||
% running title too long
|
||||
\ifdim\wd\titrun>\textwidth%
|
||||
\gdef\@runningtitleerror{1}%
|
||||
% running title breaks a line
|
||||
\else \ifdim\ht\titrun>6.25pt
|
||||
\gdef\@runningtitleerror{2}%
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
|
||||
% if there is somthing wrong with the running title
|
||||
\ifnum\@runningtitleerror>0
|
||||
\typeout{}%
|
||||
\typeout{}%
|
||||
\typeout{*******************************************************}%
|
||||
\typeout{Title exceeds size limitations for running head.}%
|
||||
\typeout{Please supply a shorter form for the running head}
|
||||
\typeout{with \string\icmltitlerunning{...}\space prior to \string\begin{document}}%
|
||||
\typeout{*******************************************************}%
|
||||
\typeout{}%
|
||||
\typeout{}%
|
||||
% set default running title
|
||||
\gdef\@icmltitlerunning{Title Suppressed Due to Excessive Size}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
|
||||
% no running title on the first page of the paper
|
||||
\thispagestyle{plain}
|
||||
|
||||
{\center\baselineskip 18pt
|
||||
\toptitlebar{\Large\bf #1}\bottomtitlebar}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% set running title header
|
||||
\fancyhead[C]{\small\bf\@icmltitlerunning}
|
||||
|
||||
\gdef\icmlfullauthorlist{}
|
||||
\newcommand\addstringtofullauthorlist{\g@addto@macro\icmlfullauthorlist}
|
||||
\newcommand\addtofullauthorlist[1]{%
|
||||
\ifdefined\icmlanyauthors%
|
||||
\addstringtofullauthorlist{, #1}%
|
||||
\else%
|
||||
\addstringtofullauthorlist{#1}%
|
||||
\gdef\icmlanyauthors{1}%
|
||||
\fi%
|
||||
\ifdefined\hypersetup%
|
||||
\hypersetup{pdfauthor=\icmlfullauthorlist}%
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\toptitlebar{\hrule height1pt \vskip .25in}
|
||||
\def\bottomtitlebar{\vskip .22in \hrule height1pt \vskip .3in}
|
||||
|
||||
\newenvironment{icmlauthorlist}{%
|
||||
\setlength\topsep{0pt}
|
||||
\setlength\parskip{0pt}
|
||||
\begin{center}
|
||||
}{%
|
||||
\end{center}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcounter{@affiliationcounter}
|
||||
\newcommand{\@pa}[1]{%
|
||||
\ifcsname the@affil#1\endcsname
|
||||
% do nothing
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\ifcsname @icmlsymbol#1\endcsname
|
||||
% nothing
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\stepcounter{@affiliationcounter}%
|
||||
\newcounter{@affil#1}%
|
||||
\setcounter{@affil#1}{\value{@affiliationcounter}}%
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\fi%
|
||||
\ifcsname @icmlsymbol#1\endcsname
|
||||
\textsuperscript{\csname @icmlsymbol#1\endcsname\,}%
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\textsuperscript{\arabic{@affil#1}\,}%
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\icmlauthor}[2]{%
|
||||
\ificmlshowauthors
|
||||
\mbox{\bf #1}\,\@for\theaffil:=#2\do{\@pa{\theaffil}} \addtofullauthorlist{#1}%
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\ifdefined\@icmlfirsttime\else
|
||||
\gdef\@icmlfirsttime{1}
|
||||
\mbox{\bf Anonymous Authors}\@pa{@anon} \addtofullauthorlist{Anonymous Authors}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\icmlsetsymbol}[2]{%
|
||||
\expandafter\gdef\csname @icmlsymbol#1\endcsname{#2}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\icmlaffiliation}[2]{%
|
||||
\ificmlshowauthors
|
||||
\ifcsname the@affil#1\endcsname
|
||||
\expandafter\gdef\csname @affilname\csname the@affil#1\endcsname\endcsname{#2}%
|
||||
\else
|
||||
{\bf AUTHORERR: Error in use of \textbackslash{}icmlaffiliation command. Label ``#1'' not mentioned in some \textbackslash{}icmlauthor\{author name\}\{labels here\} command beforehand. }
|
||||
\typeout{}%
|
||||
\typeout{}%
|
||||
\typeout{*******************************************************}%
|
||||
\typeout{Affiliation label undefined. }%
|
||||
\typeout{Make sure \string\icmlaffiliation\space follows }%
|
||||
\typeout{all of \string\icmlauthor\space commands}%
|
||||
\typeout{*******************************************************}%
|
||||
\typeout{}%
|
||||
\typeout{}%
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\expandafter\gdef\csname @affilname1\endcsname{Anonymous Institution, Anonymous City, Anonymous Region, Anonymous Country}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\icmlcorrespondingauthor}[2]{%
|
||||
\ificmlshowauthors
|
||||
\ifdefined\icmlcorrespondingauthor@text
|
||||
\g@addto@macro\icmlcorrespondingauthor@text{, #1 \textless{}#2\textgreater{}}
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\gdef\icmlcorrespondingauthor@text{#1 \textless{}#2\textgreater{}}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\gdef\icmlcorrespondingauthor@text{Anonymous Author \textless{}anon.email@domain.com\textgreater{}}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\icmlEqualContribution}{\textsuperscript{*}Equal contribution }
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% --- ICML 2026: ensure authors do not omit the affiliations/notice footnote ---
|
||||
\newif\ificml@noticeprinted
|
||||
\icml@noticeprintedfalse
|
||||
\AtEndDocument{%
|
||||
\ificml@noticeprinted\relax\else
|
||||
\PackageWarningNoLine{icml2026}{%
|
||||
You did not call \string\printAffiliationsAndNotice{}. If you have no notice,%
|
||||
call \string\printAffiliationsAndNotice\string{} (empty braces).%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\newcounter{@affilnum}
|
||||
\newcommand{\printAffiliationsAndNotice}[1]{\global\icml@noticeprintedtrue%
|
||||
\stepcounter{@affiliationcounter}%
|
||||
{\let\thefootnote\relax\footnotetext{\hspace*{-\footnotesep}\ificmlshowauthors #1\fi%
|
||||
\forloop{@affilnum}{1}{\value{@affilnum} < \value{@affiliationcounter}}{
|
||||
\textsuperscript{\arabic{@affilnum}}\ifcsname @affilname\the@affilnum\endcsname%
|
||||
\csname @affilname\the@affilnum\endcsname%
|
||||
\else
|
||||
{\bf AUTHORERR: Missing \textbackslash{}icmlaffiliation.}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
}.%
|
||||
\ifdefined\icmlcorrespondingauthor@text
|
||||
{ }Correspondence to: \icmlcorrespondingauthor@text.
|
||||
\else
|
||||
{\bf AUTHORERR: Missing \textbackslash{}icmlcorrespondingauthor.}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
|
||||
\ \\
|
||||
\Notice@String
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\long\def\icmladdress#1{%
|
||||
{\bf The \textbackslash{}icmladdress command is no longer used. See the example\_paper PDF .tex for usage of \textbackslash{}icmlauther and \textbackslash{}icmlaffiliation.}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
%% keywords as first class citizens
|
||||
\def\icmlkeywords#1{%
|
||||
\ifdefined\nohyperref\else\ifdefined\hypersetup
|
||||
\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={#1}}
|
||||
\fi\fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% modification to natbib citations
|
||||
\setcitestyle{authoryear,round,citesep={;},aysep={,},yysep={;}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Redefinition of the abstract environment.
|
||||
\renewenvironment{abstract}
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\centerline{\large\bf Abstract}
|
||||
\vspace{-0.12in}\begin{quote}}
|
||||
{\par\end{quote}\vskip 0.12in}
|
||||
|
||||
% numbered section headings with different treatment of numbers
|
||||
|
||||
\def\@startsection#1#2#3#4#5#6{\if@noskipsec \leavevmode \fi
|
||||
\par \@tempskipa #4\relax
|
||||
\@afterindenttrue
|
||||
\ifdim \@tempskipa <\z@ \@tempskipa -\@tempskipa \fi
|
||||
\if@nobreak \everypar{}\else
|
||||
\addpenalty{\@secpenalty}\addvspace{\@tempskipa}\fi \@ifstar
|
||||
{\@ssect{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}{\@dblarg{\@sict{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\@sict#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth
|
||||
\def\@svsec{}\else
|
||||
\refstepcounter{#1}\edef\@svsec{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
|
||||
\@tempskipa #5\relax
|
||||
\ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
|
||||
\begingroup #6\relax
|
||||
\@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec.~}{\interlinepenalty \@M #8\par}
|
||||
\endgroup
|
||||
\csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}\addcontentsline
|
||||
{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
|
||||
\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
|
||||
#7}\else
|
||||
\def\@svsechd{#6\hskip #3\@svsec #8\csname #1mark\endcsname
|
||||
{#7}\addcontentsline
|
||||
{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
|
||||
\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
|
||||
#7}}\fi
|
||||
\@xsect{#5}}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth
|
||||
\def\@svsec{}\else
|
||||
\refstepcounter{#1}\edef\@svsec{\csname the#1\endcsname\hskip 0.4em }\fi
|
||||
\@tempskipa #5\relax
|
||||
\ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
|
||||
\begingroup #6\relax
|
||||
\@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}{\interlinepenalty \@M #8\par}
|
||||
\endgroup
|
||||
\csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}\addcontentsline
|
||||
{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
|
||||
\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
|
||||
#7}\else
|
||||
\def\@svsechd{#6\hskip #3\@svsec #8\csname #1mark\endcsname
|
||||
{#7}\addcontentsline
|
||||
{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
|
||||
\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
|
||||
#7}}\fi
|
||||
\@xsect{#5}}
|
||||
|
||||
% section headings with less space above and below them
|
||||
\def\thesection {\arabic{section}}
|
||||
\def\thesubsection {\thesection.\arabic{subsection}}
|
||||
\def\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{-0.12in}{0.02in}
|
||||
{\large\bf\raggedright}}
|
||||
\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{-0.10in}{0.01in}
|
||||
{\normalsize\bf\raggedright}}
|
||||
\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-0.08in}{0.01in}
|
||||
{\normalsize\sc\raggedright}}
|
||||
\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}{1.5ex plus
|
||||
0.5ex minus .2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize\bf}}
|
||||
\def\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{5}{\z@}{1.5ex plus
|
||||
0.5ex minus .2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize\bf}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Footnotes
|
||||
\footnotesep 6.65pt %
|
||||
\skip\footins 9pt
|
||||
\def\footnoterule{\kern-3pt \hrule width 0.8in \kern 2.6pt }
|
||||
\setcounter{footnote}{0}
|
||||
|
||||
% Lists and paragraphs
|
||||
\parindent 0pt
|
||||
\topsep 4pt plus 1pt minus 2pt
|
||||
\partopsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\itemsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\parsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\parskip 6pt
|
||||
|
||||
\leftmargin 2em \leftmargini\leftmargin \leftmarginii 2em
|
||||
\leftmarginiii 1.5em \leftmarginiv 1.0em \leftmarginv .5em
|
||||
\leftmarginvi .5em
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmargini\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep \labelsep 5pt
|
||||
|
||||
\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini}
|
||||
\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
|
||||
\topsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\parsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\itemsep \parsep}
|
||||
\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
|
||||
\topsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\parsep \z@ \partopsep 0.5pt plus 0pt minus 0.5pt
|
||||
\itemsep \topsep}
|
||||
\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmarginiv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
|
||||
\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmarginv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
|
||||
\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmarginvi\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
|
||||
|
||||
\abovedisplayskip 7pt plus2pt minus5pt%
|
||||
\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
|
||||
\abovedisplayshortskip 0pt plus3pt%
|
||||
\belowdisplayshortskip 4pt plus3pt minus3pt%
|
||||
|
||||
% Less leading in most fonts (due to the narrow columns)
|
||||
% The choices were between 1-pt and 1.5-pt leading
|
||||
\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{11pt}\xpt\@xpt}
|
||||
\def\small{\@setsize\small{10pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}
|
||||
\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{10pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}
|
||||
\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}
|
||||
\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}
|
||||
\def\large{\@setsize\large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}
|
||||
\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{16pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
|
||||
\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{20pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}
|
||||
\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{23pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
|
||||
\def\Huge{\@setsize\Huge{28pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}
|
||||
|
||||
% Revised formatting for figure captions and table titles.
|
||||
\captionsetup{
|
||||
skip=0.1in,
|
||||
font=small,
|
||||
labelfont={it,small},
|
||||
labelsep=period
|
||||
}
|
||||
\captionsetup[table]{position=above}
|
||||
\captionsetup[figure]{position=below}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\fnum@figure{Figure \thefigure}
|
||||
\def\fnum@table{Table \thetable}
|
||||
|
||||
% Strut macros for skipping spaces above and below text in tables.
|
||||
\def\abovestrut#1{\rule[0in]{0in}{#1}\ignorespaces}
|
||||
\def\belowstrut#1{\rule[-#1]{0in}{#1}\ignorespaces}
|
||||
|
||||
\def\abovespace{\abovestrut{0.20in}}
|
||||
\def\aroundspace{\abovestrut{0.20in}\belowstrut{0.10in}}
|
||||
\def\belowspace{\belowstrut{0.10in}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Various personal itemization commands.
|
||||
\def\texitem#1{\par\noindent\hangindent 12pt
|
||||
\hbox to 12pt {\hss #1 ~}\ignorespaces}
|
||||
\def\icmlitem{\texitem{$\bullet$}}
|
||||
|
||||
% To comment out multiple lines of text.
|
||||
\long\def\comment#1{}
|
||||
|
||||
%% Line counter (not in final version). Adapted from NIPS style file by Christoph Sawade
|
||||
|
||||
% Vertical Ruler
|
||||
% This code is, largely, from the CVPR 2010 conference style file
|
||||
% ----- define vruler
|
||||
\makeatletter
|
||||
\newbox\icmlrulerbox
|
||||
\newcount\icmlrulercount
|
||||
\newdimen\icmlruleroffset
|
||||
\newdimen\cv@lineheight
|
||||
\newdimen\cv@boxheight
|
||||
\newbox\cv@tmpbox
|
||||
\newcount\cv@refno
|
||||
\newcount\cv@tot
|
||||
% NUMBER with left flushed zeros \fillzeros[<WIDTH>]<NUMBER>
|
||||
\newcount\cv@tmpc@ \newcount\cv@tmpc
|
||||
\def\fillzeros[#1]#2{\cv@tmpc@=#2\relax\ifnum\cv@tmpc@<0\cv@tmpc@=-\cv@tmpc@\fi
|
||||
\cv@tmpc=1 %
|
||||
\loop\ifnum\cv@tmpc@<10 \else \divide\cv@tmpc@ by 10 \advance\cv@tmpc by 1 \fi
|
||||
\ifnum\cv@tmpc@=10\relax\cv@tmpc@=11\relax\fi \ifnum\cv@tmpc@>10 \repeat
|
||||
\ifnum#2<0\advance\cv@tmpc1\relax-\fi
|
||||
\loop\ifnum\cv@tmpc<#1\relax0\advance\cv@tmpc1\relax\fi \ifnum\cv@tmpc<#1 \repeat
|
||||
\cv@tmpc@=#2\relax\ifnum\cv@tmpc@<0\cv@tmpc@=-\cv@tmpc@\fi \relax\the\cv@tmpc@}%
|
||||
% \makevruler[<SCALE>][<INITIAL_COUNT>][<STEP>][<DIGITS>][<HEIGHT>]
|
||||
\def\makevruler[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5]{
|
||||
\begingroup\offinterlineskip
|
||||
\textheight=#5\vbadness=10000\vfuzz=120ex\overfullrule=0pt%
|
||||
\global\setbox\icmlrulerbox=\vbox to \textheight{%
|
||||
{
|
||||
\parskip=0pt\hfuzz=150em\cv@boxheight=\textheight
|
||||
\cv@lineheight=#1\global\icmlrulercount=#2%
|
||||
\cv@tot\cv@boxheight\divide\cv@tot\cv@lineheight\advance\cv@tot2%
|
||||
\cv@refno1\vskip-\cv@lineheight\vskip1ex%
|
||||
\loop\setbox\cv@tmpbox=\hbox to0cm{\hfil {\hfil\fillzeros[#4]\icmlrulercount}}%
|
||||
\ht\cv@tmpbox\cv@lineheight\dp\cv@tmpbox0pt\box\cv@tmpbox\break
|
||||
\advance\cv@refno1\global\advance\icmlrulercount#3\relax
|
||||
\ifnum\cv@refno<\cv@tot\repeat
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\endgroup
|
||||
}%
|
||||
\makeatother
|
||||
% ----- end of vruler
|
||||
|
||||
% \makevruler[<SCALE>][<INITIAL_COUNT>][<STEP>][<DIGITS>][<HEIGHT>]
|
||||
\def\icmlruler#1{\makevruler[12pt][#1][1][3][\textheight]\usebox{\icmlrulerbox}}
|
||||
\AddToShipoutPicture{%
|
||||
\icmlruleroffset=\textheight
|
||||
\advance\icmlruleroffset by 5.2pt % top margin
|
||||
\color[rgb]{.7,.7,.7}
|
||||
\ificmlshowauthors\else
|
||||
\AtTextUpperLeft{%
|
||||
\put(\LenToUnit{-35pt},\LenToUnit{-\icmlruleroffset}){%left ruler
|
||||
\icmlruler{\icmlrulercount}}
|
||||
%\put(\LenToUnit{1.04\textwidth},\LenToUnit{-\icmlruleroffset}){%right ruler
|
||||
% \icmlruler{\icmlrulercount}}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
\endinput
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
|
||||
FIGURES_FOLDER := figures
|
||||
PDFS := \
|
||||
$(filter-out $(wildcard $(FIGURES_FOLDER)/*-crop.pdf),$(wildcard $(FIGURES_FOLDER)/*.pdf)) \
|
||||
$(filter-out $(wildcard $(FIGURES_FOLDER)/**/*-crop.pdf),$(wildcard $(FIGURES_FOLDER)/**/*.pdf))
|
||||
CROPPED_PDFS := $(PDFS:.pdf=-crop.pdf)
|
||||
|
||||
all: main.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
%.pdf: %.tex Makefile $(CROPPED_PDFS)
|
||||
pdflatex -synctex=1 -interaction=nonstopmode $<
|
||||
-bibtex $*.aux
|
||||
pdflatex -synctex=1 -interaction=nonstopmode $<
|
||||
pdflatex -synctex=1 -interaction=nonstopmode $<
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: figures
|
||||
figures: $(CROPPED_PDFS)
|
||||
|
||||
.PRECIOUS: $(CROPPED_PDFS)
|
||||
%-crop.pdf: %.pdf Makefile
|
||||
pdfcrop $<
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: clean upgrade
|
||||
clean:
|
||||
find . -maxdepth 1 \
|
||||
\( -name "*.aux" -o -name "*.bbl" -o -name "*.blg" -o \
|
||||
-name "*.log" -o -name "*.out" -o -name "*.pdf" -o \
|
||||
-name "*.synctex.gz" \) | xargs $(RM)
|
||||
find $(FIGURES_FOLDER) -name "*-crop.pdf" | xargs $(RM)
|
||||
|
||||
YEAR := 2025
|
||||
|
||||
upgrade:
|
||||
curl -O https://media.neurips.cc/Conferences/NeurIPS$(YEAR)/Styles.zip
|
||||
unzip -u Styles.zip
|
||||
mv Styles/neurips_${YEAR}.sty neurips.sty
|
||||
$(RM) -r Styles.zip Styles
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
|
||||
\usepackage[export]{adjustbox}
|
||||
\usepackage[ruled]{algorithm2e}
|
||||
\usepackage[inline, shortlabels]{enumitem}
|
||||
\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
|
||||
\usepackage{hyperref}
|
||||
\usepackage{microtype}
|
||||
\usepackage{pifont}
|
||||
\usepackage{xcolor}
|
||||
\usepackage{xurl}
|
||||
% Figures and Tables
|
||||
\usepackage{graphicx}
|
||||
\usepackage{booktabs}
|
||||
\usepackage{tabularray}
|
||||
% Monospaced Code Blocks
|
||||
\usepackage{listings}
|
||||
% Math Packages
|
||||
\usepackage{amsmath, amsfonts}
|
||||
\usepackage{nicefrac}
|
||||
|
||||
\UseTblrLibrary{booktabs}
|
||||
|
||||
\lstset{
|
||||
backgroundcolor=\color{white}, % choose the background color; you must add \usepackage{color} or \usepackage{xcolor}; should come as last argument
|
||||
basicstyle=\ttfamily, % the size of the fonts that are used for the code
|
||||
breakatwhitespace=false, % sets if automatic breaks should only happen at whitespace
|
||||
breaklines=true, % sets automatic line breaking
|
||||
captionpos=b, % sets the caption-position to bottom
|
||||
columns=fullflexible, % reduce the column spacing
|
||||
commentstyle=\color{gray}, % comment style
|
||||
deletekeywords={}, % if you want to delete keywords from the given language
|
||||
escapeinside={\%*}{*)}, % if you want to add LaTeX within your code
|
||||
extendedchars=true, % lets you use non-ASCII characters; for 8-bits encodings only, does not work with UTF-8
|
||||
frame=none, % adds no frame around the code
|
||||
keepspaces=true, % keeps spaces in text, useful for keeping indentation of code (possibly needs columns=flexible)
|
||||
keywordstyle=\color{blue}, % keyword style
|
||||
language=C++, % the language of the code
|
||||
morekeywords={}, % if you want to add more keywords to the set
|
||||
numbers=none, % where to put the line-numbers; possible values are (none, left, right)
|
||||
numbersep=5pt, % how far the line-numbers are from the code
|
||||
numberstyle=\color{black}, % the style that is used for the line-numbers
|
||||
rulecolor=\color{black}, % if not set, the frame-color may be changed on line-breaks within not-black text (e.g. comments (green here))
|
||||
showspaces=false, % show spaces everywhere adding particular underscores; it overrides 'showstringspaces'
|
||||
showstringspaces=false, % underline spaces within strings only
|
||||
showtabs=false, % show tabs within strings adding particular underscores
|
||||
stepnumber=1, % the step between two line-numbers. If it's 1, each line will be numbered
|
||||
stringstyle=\color{red}, % string literal style
|
||||
tabsize=4, % sets default tabsize to 4 spaces
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\makeatletter
|
||||
\newcommand{\ssymbol}[1]{\@fnsymbol{#1}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\romanNumeral}[1]{\expandafter\@slowromancap\romannumeral #1@}
|
||||
\makeatother
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
|
||||
\documentclass{article}
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage[nonatbib, final]{neurips}
|
||||
\usepackage[numbers]{natbib}
|
||||
|
||||
\makeatletter
|
||||
\renewcommand{\@noticestring}{
|
||||
\centering
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
\makeatother
|
||||
|
||||
\input{extra_pkgs}
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage{physics}
|
||||
\usepackage{mathtools}
|
||||
\DeclarePairedDelimiter\p{(}{)}
|
||||
\DeclarePairedDelimiter\n{|}{|}
|
||||
\DeclarePairedDelimiter\B{[}{]}
|
||||
|
||||
\title{}
|
||||
|
||||
\author{
|
||||
Bojian Zheng \\
|
||||
University of Toronto \\
|
||||
\href{mailto:bojian@cs.toronto.edu}{bojian@cs.toronto.edu}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{document}
|
||||
|
||||
\maketitle
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% \bibliographystyle{plainnat}
|
||||
% \bibliography{bibliography}
|
||||
|
||||
\end{document}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,382 @@
|
||||
% partial rewrite of the LaTeX2e package for submissions to the
|
||||
% Conference on Neural Information Processing Systems (NeurIPS):
|
||||
%
|
||||
% - uses more LaTeX conventions
|
||||
% - line numbers at submission time replaced with aligned numbers from
|
||||
% lineno package
|
||||
% - \nipsfinalcopy replaced with [final] package option
|
||||
% - automatically loads times package for authors
|
||||
% - loads natbib automatically; this can be suppressed with the
|
||||
% [nonatbib] package option
|
||||
% - adds foot line to first page identifying the conference
|
||||
% - adds preprint option for submission to e.g. arXiv
|
||||
% - conference acronym modified
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Roman Garnett (garnett@wustl.edu) and the many authors of
|
||||
% nips15submit_e.sty, including MK and drstrip@sandia
|
||||
%
|
||||
% last revision: April 2025
|
||||
|
||||
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
|
||||
\ProvidesPackage{neurips_2025}[2025/04/02 NeurIPS 2025 submission/camera-ready style file]
|
||||
|
||||
% declare final option, which creates camera-ready copy
|
||||
\newif\if@neuripsfinal\@neuripsfinalfalse
|
||||
\DeclareOption{final}{
|
||||
\@neuripsfinaltrue
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% declare nonatbib option, which does not load natbib in case of
|
||||
% package clash (users can pass options to natbib via
|
||||
% \PassOptionsToPackage)
|
||||
\newif\if@natbib\@natbibtrue
|
||||
\DeclareOption{nonatbib}{
|
||||
\@natbibfalse
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% declare preprint option, which creates a preprint version ready for
|
||||
% upload to, e.g., arXiv
|
||||
\newif\if@preprint\@preprintfalse
|
||||
\DeclareOption{preprint}{
|
||||
\@preprinttrue
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\ProcessOptions\relax
|
||||
|
||||
% determine whether this is an anonymized submission
|
||||
\newif\if@submission\@submissiontrue
|
||||
\if@neuripsfinal\@submissionfalse\fi
|
||||
\if@preprint\@submissionfalse\fi
|
||||
|
||||
% fonts
|
||||
\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{ptm}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\sfdefault}{phv}
|
||||
|
||||
% change this every year for notice string at bottom
|
||||
\newcommand{\@neuripsordinal}{39th}
|
||||
\newcommand{\@neuripsyear}{2025}
|
||||
\newcommand{\@neuripslocation}{San Diego}
|
||||
|
||||
% acknowledgments
|
||||
\usepackage{environ}
|
||||
\newcommand{\acksection}{\section*{Acknowledgments and Disclosure of Funding}}
|
||||
\NewEnviron{ack}{%
|
||||
\acksection
|
||||
\BODY
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% load natbib unless told otherwise
|
||||
\if@natbib
|
||||
\RequirePackage{natbib}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
|
||||
% set page geometry
|
||||
\usepackage[verbose=true,letterpaper]{geometry}
|
||||
\AtBeginDocument{
|
||||
\newgeometry{
|
||||
textheight=9in,
|
||||
textwidth=5.5in,
|
||||
top=1in,
|
||||
headheight=12pt,
|
||||
headsep=25pt,
|
||||
footskip=30pt
|
||||
}
|
||||
\@ifpackageloaded{fullpage}
|
||||
{\PackageWarning{neurips_2025}{fullpage package not allowed! Overwriting formatting.}}
|
||||
{}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\widowpenalty=10000
|
||||
\clubpenalty=10000
|
||||
\flushbottom
|
||||
\sloppy
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% font sizes with reduced leading
|
||||
\renewcommand{\normalsize}{%
|
||||
\@setfontsize\normalsize\@xpt\@xipt
|
||||
\abovedisplayskip 7\p@ \@plus 2\p@ \@minus 5\p@
|
||||
\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus 3\p@
|
||||
\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
|
||||
\belowdisplayshortskip 4\p@ \@plus 3\p@ \@minus 3\p@
|
||||
}
|
||||
\normalsize
|
||||
\renewcommand{\small}{%
|
||||
\@setfontsize\small\@ixpt\@xpt
|
||||
\abovedisplayskip 6\p@ \@plus 1.5\p@ \@minus 4\p@
|
||||
\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus 2\p@
|
||||
\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
|
||||
\belowdisplayshortskip 3\p@ \@plus 2\p@ \@minus 2\p@
|
||||
}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\footnotesize}{\@setfontsize\footnotesize\@ixpt\@xpt}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\scriptsize}{\@setfontsize\scriptsize\@viipt\@viiipt}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\tiny}{\@setfontsize\tiny\@vipt\@viipt}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\large}{\@setfontsize\large\@xiipt{14}}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\Large}{\@setfontsize\Large\@xivpt{16}}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\LARGE}{\@setfontsize\LARGE\@xviipt{20}}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\huge}{\@setfontsize\huge\@xxpt{23}}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\Huge}{\@setfontsize\Huge\@xxvpt{28}}
|
||||
|
||||
% sections with less space
|
||||
\providecommand{\section}{}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\section}{%
|
||||
\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}%
|
||||
{-2.0ex \@plus -0.5ex \@minus -0.2ex}%
|
||||
{ 1.5ex \@plus 0.3ex \@minus 0.2ex}%
|
||||
{\large\bf\raggedright}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\providecommand{\subsection}{}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\subsection}{%
|
||||
\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}%
|
||||
{-1.8ex \@plus -0.5ex \@minus -0.2ex}%
|
||||
{ 0.8ex \@plus 0.2ex}%
|
||||
{\normalsize\bf\raggedright}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\providecommand{\subsubsection}{}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\subsubsection}{%
|
||||
\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}%
|
||||
{-1.5ex \@plus -0.5ex \@minus -0.2ex}%
|
||||
{ 0.5ex \@plus 0.2ex}%
|
||||
{\normalsize\bf\raggedright}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\providecommand{\paragraph}{}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\paragraph}{%
|
||||
\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}%
|
||||
{1.5ex \@plus 0.5ex \@minus 0.2ex}%
|
||||
{-1em}%
|
||||
{\normalsize\bf}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\providecommand{\subparagraph}{}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\subparagraph}{%
|
||||
\@startsection{subparagraph}{5}{\z@}%
|
||||
{1.5ex \@plus 0.5ex \@minus 0.2ex}%
|
||||
{-1em}%
|
||||
{\normalsize\bf}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\providecommand{\subsubsubsection}{}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\subsubsubsection}{%
|
||||
\vskip5pt{\noindent\normalsize\rm\raggedright}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% float placement
|
||||
\renewcommand{\topfraction }{0.85}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\bottomfraction }{0.4}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\textfraction }{0.1}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\floatpagefraction}{0.7}
|
||||
|
||||
\newlength{\@neuripsabovecaptionskip}\setlength{\@neuripsabovecaptionskip}{7\p@}
|
||||
\newlength{\@neuripsbelowcaptionskip}\setlength{\@neuripsbelowcaptionskip}{\z@}
|
||||
|
||||
\setlength{\abovecaptionskip}{\@neuripsabovecaptionskip}
|
||||
\setlength{\belowcaptionskip}{\@neuripsbelowcaptionskip}
|
||||
|
||||
% swap above/belowcaptionskip lengths for tables
|
||||
\renewenvironment{table}
|
||||
{\setlength{\abovecaptionskip}{\@neuripsbelowcaptionskip}%
|
||||
\setlength{\belowcaptionskip}{\@neuripsabovecaptionskip}%
|
||||
\@float{table}}
|
||||
{\end@float}
|
||||
|
||||
% footnote formatting
|
||||
\setlength{\footnotesep }{6.65\p@}
|
||||
\setlength{\skip\footins}{9\p@ \@plus 4\p@ \@minus 2\p@}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\footnoterule}{\kern-3\p@ \hrule width 12pc \kern 2.6\p@}
|
||||
\setcounter{footnote}{0}
|
||||
|
||||
% paragraph formatting
|
||||
\setlength{\parindent}{\z@}
|
||||
\setlength{\parskip }{5.5\p@}
|
||||
|
||||
% list formatting
|
||||
\setlength{\topsep }{4\p@ \@plus 1\p@ \@minus 2\p@}
|
||||
\setlength{\partopsep }{1\p@ \@plus 0.5\p@ \@minus 0.5\p@}
|
||||
\setlength{\itemsep }{2\p@ \@plus 1\p@ \@minus 0.5\p@}
|
||||
\setlength{\parsep }{2\p@ \@plus 1\p@ \@minus 0.5\p@}
|
||||
\setlength{\leftmargin }{3pc}
|
||||
\setlength{\leftmargini }{\leftmargin}
|
||||
\setlength{\leftmarginii }{2em}
|
||||
\setlength{\leftmarginiii}{1.5em}
|
||||
\setlength{\leftmarginiv }{1.0em}
|
||||
\setlength{\leftmarginv }{0.5em}
|
||||
\def\@listi {\leftmargin\leftmargini}
|
||||
\def\@listii {\leftmargin\leftmarginii
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmarginii
|
||||
\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
|
||||
\topsep 2\p@ \@plus 1\p@ \@minus 0.5\p@
|
||||
\parsep 1\p@ \@plus 0.5\p@ \@minus 0.5\p@
|
||||
\itemsep \parsep}
|
||||
\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmarginiii
|
||||
\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
|
||||
\topsep 1\p@ \@plus 0.5\p@ \@minus 0.5\p@
|
||||
\parsep \z@
|
||||
\partopsep 0.5\p@ \@plus 0\p@ \@minus 0.5\p@
|
||||
\itemsep \topsep}
|
||||
\def\@listiv {\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmarginiv
|
||||
\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
|
||||
\def\@listv {\leftmargin\leftmarginv
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmarginv
|
||||
\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
|
||||
\def\@listvi {\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
|
||||
\labelwidth\leftmarginvi
|
||||
\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
|
||||
|
||||
% create title
|
||||
\providecommand{\maketitle}{}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\maketitle}{%
|
||||
\par
|
||||
\begingroup
|
||||
\renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
|
||||
% for perfect author name centering
|
||||
\renewcommand{\@makefnmark}{\hbox to \z@{$^{\@thefnmark}$\hss}}
|
||||
% The footnote-mark was overlapping the footnote-text,
|
||||
% added the following to fix this problem (MK)
|
||||
\long\def\@makefntext##1{%
|
||||
\parindent 1em\noindent
|
||||
\hbox to 1.8em{\hss $\m@th ^{\@thefnmark}$}##1
|
||||
}
|
||||
\thispagestyle{empty}
|
||||
\@maketitle
|
||||
\@thanks
|
||||
\@notice
|
||||
\endgroup
|
||||
\let\maketitle\relax
|
||||
\let\thanks\relax
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% rules for title box at top of first page
|
||||
\newcommand{\@toptitlebar}{
|
||||
\hrule height 4\p@
|
||||
\vskip 0.25in
|
||||
\vskip -\parskip%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\newcommand{\@bottomtitlebar}{
|
||||
\vskip 0.29in
|
||||
\vskip -\parskip
|
||||
\hrule height 1\p@
|
||||
\vskip 0.09in%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% create title (includes both anonymized and non-anonymized versions)
|
||||
\providecommand{\@maketitle}{}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\@maketitle}{%
|
||||
\vbox{%
|
||||
\hsize\textwidth
|
||||
\linewidth\hsize
|
||||
\vskip 0.1in
|
||||
\@toptitlebar
|
||||
\centering
|
||||
{\LARGE\bf \@title\par}
|
||||
\@bottomtitlebar
|
||||
\if@submission
|
||||
\begin{tabular}[t]{c}\bf\rule{\z@}{24\p@}
|
||||
Anonymous Author(s) \\
|
||||
Affiliation \\
|
||||
Address \\
|
||||
\texttt{email} \\
|
||||
\end{tabular}%
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\def\And{%
|
||||
\end{tabular}\hfil\linebreak[0]\hfil%
|
||||
\begin{tabular}[t]{c}\bf\rule{\z@}{24\p@}\ignorespaces%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\def\AND{%
|
||||
\end{tabular}\hfil\linebreak[4]\hfil%
|
||||
\begin{tabular}[t]{c}\bf\rule{\z@}{24\p@}\ignorespaces%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\begin{tabular}[t]{c}\bf\rule{\z@}{24\p@}\@author\end{tabular}%
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\vskip 0.3in \@minus 0.1in
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% add conference notice to bottom of first page
|
||||
\newcommand{\ftype@noticebox}{8}
|
||||
\newcommand{\@notice}{%
|
||||
% give a bit of extra room back to authors on first page
|
||||
\enlargethispage{2\baselineskip}%
|
||||
\@float{noticebox}[b]%
|
||||
\footnotesize\@noticestring%
|
||||
\end@float%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% abstract styling
|
||||
\renewenvironment{abstract}%
|
||||
{%
|
||||
\vskip 0.075in%
|
||||
\centerline%
|
||||
{\large\bf Abstract}%
|
||||
\vspace{0.5ex}%
|
||||
\begin{quote}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
{
|
||||
\par%
|
||||
\end{quote}%
|
||||
\vskip 1ex%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% For the paper checklist
|
||||
\newcommand{\answerYes}[1][]{\textcolor{blue}{[Yes] #1}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\answerNo}[1][]{\textcolor{orange}{[No] #1}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\answerNA}[1][]{\textcolor{gray}{[NA] #1}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\answerTODO}[1][]{\textcolor{red}{\bf [TODO]}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\justificationTODO}[1][]{\textcolor{red}{\bf [TODO]}}
|
||||
|
||||
% handle tweaks for camera-ready copy vs. submission copy
|
||||
\if@preprint
|
||||
\newcommand{\@noticestring}{%
|
||||
Preprint. Under review.%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\if@neuripsfinal
|
||||
\newcommand{\@noticestring}{%
|
||||
\@neuripsordinal\/ Conference on Neural Information Processing Systems
|
||||
(NeurIPS \@neuripsyear).%, \@neuripslocation.%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\newcommand{\@noticestring}{%
|
||||
Submitted to \@neuripsordinal\/ Conference on Neural Information
|
||||
Processing Systems (NeurIPS \@neuripsyear). Do not distribute.%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% hide the acknowledgements
|
||||
\NewEnviron{hide}{}
|
||||
\let\ack\hide
|
||||
\let\endack\endhide
|
||||
|
||||
% line numbers for submission
|
||||
\RequirePackage{lineno}
|
||||
\linenumbers
|
||||
|
||||
% fix incompatibilities between lineno and amsmath, if required, by
|
||||
% transparently wrapping linenomath environments around amsmath
|
||||
% environments
|
||||
\AtBeginDocument{%
|
||||
\@ifpackageloaded{amsmath}{%
|
||||
\newcommand*\patchAmsMathEnvironmentForLineno[1]{%
|
||||
\expandafter\let\csname old#1\expandafter\endcsname\csname #1\endcsname
|
||||
\expandafter\let\csname oldend#1\expandafter\endcsname\csname end#1\endcsname
|
||||
\renewenvironment{#1}%
|
||||
{\linenomath\csname old#1\endcsname}%
|
||||
{\csname oldend#1\endcsname\endlinenomath}%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
\newcommand*\patchBothAmsMathEnvironmentsForLineno[1]{%
|
||||
\patchAmsMathEnvironmentForLineno{#1}%
|
||||
\patchAmsMathEnvironmentForLineno{#1*}%
|
||||
}%
|
||||
\patchBothAmsMathEnvironmentsForLineno{equation}%
|
||||
\patchBothAmsMathEnvironmentsForLineno{align}%
|
||||
\patchBothAmsMathEnvironmentsForLineno{flalign}%
|
||||
\patchBothAmsMathEnvironmentsForLineno{alignat}%
|
||||
\patchBothAmsMathEnvironmentsForLineno{gather}%
|
||||
\patchBothAmsMathEnvironmentsForLineno{multline}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
{}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\endinput
|
||||
Reference in New Issue
Block a user